TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.0 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

1.1 SYSTEM COVERAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

1.2 SIX-STEP TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
1.3 FUSES AND LIGHT BULBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

2.0 IDENTIFICATION OF SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

3.0 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND FUNCTIONAL OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

3.1 AIRBAG SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

3.1.1 DRIVER AIRBAG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3.1.2 CLOCKSPRING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
3.1.3 PASSENGER AIRBAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
3.1.4 SEAT BELT TENSIONER (SBT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
3.1.5 SIDE IMPACT SENSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
3.1.6 CURTAIN AIRBAGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
3.1.7 SPECIAL TOOLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
3.1.8 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
3.1.9 ACTIVE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
3.1.10 STORED CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
3.2 AUDIO SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
3.2.1 REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
3.3 BODY CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
3.4 CHIME SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.5 COMPASS/MINI-TRIP COMPUTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.6 DOOR AJAR SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.7 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.7.1 HEATED SEAT RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.7.2 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.8 EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.8.1 HEADLAMP DELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.9 HEATING AND A/C SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
3.9.1 SYSTEM AVAILABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
3.9.2 SYSTEM CONTROLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
3.9.2.1 MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL (MTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
3.9.2.2 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (ATC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
3.9.3 SYSTEM REVISIONS (ATC & MTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
3.9.4 SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS (ATC & MTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
3.9.5 FOLLOWING A REPAIR (ATC & MTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
3.10 INTERIOR LIGHTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
3.10.1 COURTESY LAMP CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
3.10.2 ILLUMINATED ENTRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
3.11 MECHANICAL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
3.12 POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
3.13 POWER CONVERTIBLE TOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
3.13.1 TOP CONTROL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
3.13.2 WINDOW DROP RELAY ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
3.14 VEHICLE COMMUNICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
3.14.1 BUS FAILURE MESSAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
3.15 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
3.16 WIPER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
3.16.1 SYSTEM FEATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18

i
 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
3.17 USING THE DRBIIIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
3.18 DRBIIIT ERROR MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
3.19 DRBIIIT DOES NOT POWER UP (BLANK SCREEN). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
3.20 DISPLAY IS NOT VISIBLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18

4.0 DISCLAIMERS, SAFETY, WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

4.1 DISCLAIMERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

4.2 SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
4.2.1 TECHNICIAN SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
4.2.2 VEHICLE PREPARATION FOR TESTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
4.2.3 SERVICING SUB ASSEMBLIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
4.2.4 DRBIIIT SAFETY INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
4.3 WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
4.3.1 VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
4.3.2 ROAD TEST COMPLAINT VEHICLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

5.0 REQUIRED TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

6.0 GLOSSARY OF TERMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

6.1 ACRONYMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

7.0 DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23

AIRBAG
ACCELEROMETER 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
INTERNAL 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
INTERNAL 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
INTERNAL 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
INTERNAL 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
OUTPUT DRIVER 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
OUTPUT DRIVER 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
STORED ENERGY FIRING 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
CALIBRATION MISMATCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74

ii
 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 INTERNAL 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
NO CLUSTER MESSAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
NO LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 COMMUNICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
NO ODOMETER MESSAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
NO PCI TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
NO RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 COMMUNICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE LOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
VEHICLE BODY STYLE MISMATCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
*AIRBAG INDICATOR ON WITHOUT ACTIVE TROUBLE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158

AUDIO
ALL OUTPUTS SHORT - PREMIUM AUDIO SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
ALL OUTPUTS SHORT- BASE AUDIO SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
CASSETTE PLAYER INOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
CD MECHANICAL FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
*AM/FM SWITCH INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
*ANY STATION PRESET SWITCH INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
*BALANCE INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
*CD EJECT SWITCH INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
*EQUALIZER INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
*FADER INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
*FF/RW SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
*HOUR/MINUTE SWITCHES INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
*PAUSE/PLAY SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
*PWR SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
*SCAN SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
*SEEK SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
*SET SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
*TAPE EJECT SWITCH INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
*TIME SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
*TUNE SWITCH INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
CD CHANGER MECHANICAL FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
CD CHANGER READ FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166

iii
 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
CD PLAY FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
CD READ FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
CD TEMPERATURE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170
LOW VOLTAGE LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171
NO ANTENNA CONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172
POWER AMP SHUTDOWN - BASE AUDIO SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
POWER AMP SHUTDOWN - PREMIUM AUDIO SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*ONE OR BOTH REMOTE RADIO SWITCHES INOPERATIVE (IF EQUIPPED) . . . .177

CHIME
*CHIME INOPERATIVE AT ALL TIMES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178
*CHIME INOPERATIVE WITH DRIVER SEAT BELT UNFASTENED . . . . . . . . . . . . .179
*CHIME INOPERATIVE WITH EXTERIOR LIGHTS ON AND DRIVERS DOOR
OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180
*CHIME INOPERATIVE WITH KEY-IN IGNITION AND DRIVER DOOR OPEN . . . . .181
*CHIME SOUNDS WITH DRIVER SEAT BELT FASTENED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183
*CHIME SOUNDS WITH DRIVERS DOOR OPEN AND KEY REMOVED FROM
IGNITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185
*VEHICLE SPEED WARNING CHIME PROBLEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186

COMMUNICATION
ATC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187
BATTERY POWER TO MODULE DISCONNECTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188
BOOTLOADER CHECKSUM FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189
EEPROM CHECKSUM FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190
MIC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191
ORC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192
PCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193
POST FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195
SKIM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196
TCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197
TRAVELER MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED (CMTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198
*NO RESPONSE FROM ACM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
*NO RESPONSE FROM AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE . . . . .201
*NO RESPONSE FROM BODY CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203
*NO RESPONSE FROM CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204
*NO RESPONSE FROM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) - NGC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) - SBEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCM SCI ONLY) - NGC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (SCI ONLY) - SBEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215
*NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
*NO RESPONSE FROM SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221
*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - EATX . . . . . . . . . .223
*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - NGC . . . . . . . . . .226
*NO RESPONSE FROM TRAVELER (CMTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
*PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231

COMPASS/MINI-TRIP COMPUTER
BCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234
COMPASS FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235
INTERNAL FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236

iv
 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
PCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237
*AVERAGE FUEL ECONOMY INOPERATIVE OR WRONG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238
*DISTANCE TO EMPTY INOPERATIVE OR WRONG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238
*ELAPSED TIME INOPERATIVE OR WRONG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238
*TRIP ODOMETER INOPERATIVE OR WRONG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238
*COMPASS/MINI-TRIP COMPUTER INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239
*OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY INACCURATE OR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . .240

DOOR AJAR
*DECKLID AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241
*DECKLID AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242
*DRIVER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243
*DRIVER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244
*LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
*LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246
*PASSENGER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .247
*PASSENGER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248
*RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249
*RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250

ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS

*HEATED SEAT RELAY NOT ENERGIZED WITH IGNITION ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251
*REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INOPERATIVE (EQUIPPED WITH AUTOMATIC
TEMP CONTROL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252
*REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INOPERATIVE (EQUIPPED WITH MANUAL
TEMP CONTROL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255

EXTERIOR LIGHTING
*HEADLAMP DELAY RELAY INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .258
*HI BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259
*HIGH BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .260
*LOW BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NO TURN OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262
*LOW BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263

HEATING & A/C

A/C BLEND DOOR INPUT SHORTED TO BATTERY - MTC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265
A/C BLEND DR INPUT OPEN/SHORT TO GROUND - MTC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266
A/C HEAD, A/C SWITCH FAILURE - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269
A/C HEAD, EBL INPUT SHORTED TO BATTERY - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270
A/C HEAD, EBL INPUT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .272
A/C HEAD, EBL SWITCH STUCK - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .275
A/C MODE DOOR INPUT OPEN/SHORT TO GROUND - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .276
A/C MODE DOOR INPUT SHORTED TO BATTERY - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .279
A/C SWITCH FAILURE - ATC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280
AUTO SWITCH FAILURE - ATC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280
BILEVEL SWITCH FAILURE - ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280
DEFROST SWITCH FAILURE - ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280
EBL SWITCH FAILURE - ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280
FLOOR SWITCH FAILURE - ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280
MIX SWITCH FAILURE - ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280
OFF SWITCH FAILURE - ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280
PANEL SWITCH FAILURE - ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280
RECIRC SWITCH FAILURE - ATC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280

v
 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
TEMP DOWN FAILURE - ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280
TEMP UP FAILURE - ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280
ATC BLOWER STALL FAULT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284
BLEND DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE - ATC & MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285
BLEND DOOR STALL TEST FAILURE - ATC & MTC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285
BLEND DOOR OUTPUT SHORT TO BATTERY - ATC & MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293
COMMON OUTPUT SHORT TO BATTERY - ATC & MTC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293
MODE DOOR OUTPUT SHORT TO BATTERY - ATC & MTC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293
RECIRC DOOR OUTPUT SHORT TO BATTERY - ATC & MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293
BLEND DOOR OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND - ATC & MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298
COMMON OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND - ATC & MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298
MODE DOOR OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND - ATC & MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298
RECIRC DOOR OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND - ATC & MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298
DIMMING CODE RX FAILURE - ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303
EVAPORATOR SENSOR FAILURE - ATC & MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305
HEAD STATUS RX FAILURE - ATC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309
IN CAR TEMP SENSOR FAILURE (ATC ASPIRATOR FAILURE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310
MODE DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE - ATC & MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
MODE DOOR STALL TEST FAILURE - ATC & MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
RECIRCULATION DOOR STALL TEST FAILURE - ATC & MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323
SUN LOAD SENSOR FAILURE - ATC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .326
*A/C SYSTEM TEST - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328
*ATC SYSTEM TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330
*ATC TEMPERATURE CONTROL INCORRECT IN SUN/SHADE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332
*BACK LIGHTING INOPERATIVE - ATC & MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .334
*BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE - ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335
*BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .340
*BLOWER MOTOR SPEEDS INCORRECT - MTC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .343
*BLOWER RUNS AT ONLY ONE SPEED - ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .345
*VF SEGMENTS STUCK ON ONE SETTING, OR DISPLAYS --F, OR SOME
OR ALL INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .347

IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY

*HORN INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
ABS LAMP CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .354
ABS LAMP CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .354
AIRBAG LAMP CIRCUIT OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .354
AIRBAG LAMP CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .354
FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .356
NO ABS BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359
NO BCM BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359
NO ORC BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359
NO TCM BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359
PANEL DIMMING OUTPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361
PCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .362
*BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR ALWAYS ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364
*BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365
*CHARGING SYSTEM WARNING INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY . . . .367
*CRUISE ENGAGED INDICATOR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .368
*ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE INOPERATIVE OR INACCURATE. .369

vi
 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
*ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE INDICATOR NOT OPERATING
PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .370
*FUEL GAUGE NOT OPERATING PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .371
*HIGH BEAM INDICATOR ALWAYS ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372
*HIGH BEAM INDICATOR INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374
*LOW FUEL WARNING INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . .376
*MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP NOT OPERATING PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . .377
*OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378
*PRND OR AUTOSTICK INDICATOR INACCURATE OR INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . .380
*SEAT BELT INDICATOR ALWAYS ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381
*SEAT BELT INDICATOR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .382
*SPEEDOMETER NOT OPERATING PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .384
*TACHOMETER NOT OPERATING PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .386
*TRACTION CONTROL INDICATOR ALWAYS ON. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387
*TRACTION CONTROL INDICATOR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388
*VTSS INDICATOR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .390

INTERIOR LIGHTING
COURTESY LAMP OUTPUT FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391
DIMMING LEVEL SWITCH INPUT FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392
*COURTESY LAMP INOPERATIVE - ALL LAMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .394
*I/P ILLUMINATION LAMPS NOT WORKING PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395

POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID OUTPUT FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .397
DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400
DOOR LOCK SWITCH FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402
DRIVER DOOR CENTRAL LOCK (ARM)/UNLOCK (DISARM) SWITCH FAILURE . .404
RKE FOB BATTERY LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406
RKE PROGRAM MODE ENTERED WITHOUT PROGRAM REQUEST . . . . . . . . . . .407
RKE UNABLE TO ENTER PROGRAM MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408
*ALL DOORS EXCEPT DRIVER FAILING TO UNLOCK FROM ANY SWITCH . . . . .409
*ALL DOORS FAILING TO LOCK AND UNLOCK FROM ANY SWITCH. . . . . . . . . . .410
*ALL DOORS FAILING TO LOCK AND UNLOCK FROM ONE SWITCH . . . . . . . . . .413
*ALL DOORS FAILING TO LOCK FROM ANY SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .416
*ALL DOORS FAILING TO LOCK FROM ONE SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .417
*ALL DOORS FAILING TO UNLOCK FROM ONE SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .418
*AUTOMATIC (ROLLING) DOOR LOCKS INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419
*DECKLID RELEASE INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420
*DOOR LOCK INHIBIT INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .422
*DRIVER DOOR FAILS TO LOCK FROM ANY SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .424
*DRIVER DOOR FAILS TO UNLOCK FROM ANY SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425
*ONE DOOR FAILS TO LOCK AND UNLOCK FROM ANY SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . .426
*REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY PROBLEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428
*RKE HORN CHIRP INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430

POWER TOP
POWER TOP SWITCH OPEN OR SHORTED TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431
POWER TOP SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .433
POWER TOP SWITCH STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435
*FOUR WINDOW DROP INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .437

vii
 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY
DECKLID SWITCH DISARM FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439
*ALARM TRIPS ON ITS OWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .441
*COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE WITH ALARM TRIPPED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .442
*DRIVER DOOR KEY FAILS TO ARM OR DISARM VTSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .443
*HEADLAMPS INOPERATIVE WITH ALARM TRIPPED (IF ENABLED) . . . . . . . . . . .444
*HORNS FAIL TO SOUND WITH ALARM TRIPPED (IF ENABLED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .446
*VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM DRIVER DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .447
*VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM LEFT REAR DOOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .448
*VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM PASSENGER DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .449
*VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM RIGHT REAR DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .450
*VTSS INDICATOR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .451
*VTSS NO TRIP FROM DECKLID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .453
*VTSS WILL NOT ARM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .454

WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER

WIPER ON/OFF RELAY OUTPUT SHORTED HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .455
WIPER ON/OFF RELAY OUTPUT SHORTED LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .456
WIPER PARK SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .458
WIPER PARK SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .460
*HEADLAMP WASHER INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .462

VERIFICATION TESTS
VERIFICATION TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .464

8.0 COMPONENT LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .469

8.1 AIRBAG SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .469

8.1.1 BASE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .469
8.1.2 PREMIUM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .469
8.2 HVAC UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .470
8.3 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .471
8.3.1 DRIVER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .471
8.3.2 DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .471
8.3.3 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .471
8.4 POWER TOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .472
8.4.1 POWER TOP RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .472
8.4.2 WINDOW DROP RELAY ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .472
8.5 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .473
8.5.1 DECKLID CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .473

9.0 CONNECTOR PINOUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .475

A/C EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .475

A/C-HEATER CONTROL C1 (MTC) - NATURAL 8 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .475
A/C-HEATER CONTROL C2 (MTC) - BLACK 10 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .475
AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE (ORC) (BASE) - YELLOW 23 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .476
AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE C1 (ORC) (PREMIUM) - YELLOW 32 WAY . . . . . . . .477
AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE C2 (ORC) (PREMIUM) - YELLOW 32 WAY . . . . . . . .478
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL HEAD - BLACK 12 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .478
BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR - NATURAL 5 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .479
BLOWER MOTOR - BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .479
BLOWER MOTOR POWER MODULE C1 (ATC) - BLACK 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .479
BLOWER MOTOR POWER MODULE C2 (ATC) - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .479

viii
 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR BLOCK (MTC) - BLACK 10 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .480
BODY CONTROL MODULE C1 - 16 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .480
BODY CONTROL MODULE C2 - 26 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .481
BODY CONTROL MODULE C3 - GRAY 16 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .482
BODY CONTROL MODULE C4 - 26 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .482
C200 (ATC) - (HVAC SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .483
C200 (ATC) - WHITE (INSTRUMENT PANEL SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .483
C200 (MTC) - NATURAL (HVAC SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .483
C200 (MTC) - NATURAL (INSTRUMENT PANEL SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .484
C304 (JR41) - YELLOW (INSTRUMENT PANEL SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .484
C304 (JR41) - YELLOW (UNIBODY SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .484
C310 - BROWN (INSTRUMENT PANEL SIDE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .485
C310 - BROWN (LEFT FRONT DOOR SIDE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .485
C311 - BLUE (INSTRUMENT PANEL SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .486
C311 - BLUE (LEFT FRONT DOOR SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .486
CD CHANGER - BLACK 8 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .487
CLOCKSPRING C1 - 5 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .487
CLOCKSPRING C2 - YELLOW 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .487
CLOCKSPRING C3 - 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .487
COMPASS/MINI-TRIP COMPUTER - BLACK 6 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .487
CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE - 24 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .488
DATA LINK CONNECTOR - BLACK 16 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .488
DECKLID CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH (VTSS) - 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .489
DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID/AJAR SWITCH (JR27 EARLY BUILD/JR41
EXPORT EARLY BUILD) - 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .489
DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID/AJAR SWITCH (JR41 EXCEPT EXPORT
EARLY BUILD) - 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .489
DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID/AJAR SWITCH (LATE BUILD) - BLACK 3 WAY . .489
DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .490
DOME LAMP (JR41) - BLACK 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .490
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 - GRAY 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .490
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 - BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .490
DRIVER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH (VTSS) - GRAY 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .490
DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH - BLACK 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .491
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH - NATURAL 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .491
DRIVER POWER WINDOW MOTOR (JR27) - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .491
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH (JR41 EXCEPT EXPORT) - GRAY 2 WAY . . . . . . . . .491
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER (JR27) - YELLOW 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .492
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER (JR41) - YELLOW 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .492
FRONT WASHER PUMP MOTOR - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .492
FRONT WIPER MOTOR (EARLY BUILD) - 4 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .492
FUEL PUMP MODULE - 4 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .493
HEADLAMP LEVELING SWITCH (EXPORT) - BLACK 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .493
HEADLAMP WASHER PUMP MOTOR (JR41 EXPORT) - 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .493
HORN - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .493
IGNITION SWITCH C1 - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .493
IGNITION SWITCH C2 - BLACK 10 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .494
IGNITION SWITCH C3 - GREEN 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .494
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER - 26 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .494
FUSES (JB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .496
HEADLAMP DELAY RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .496
HORN RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .496
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .496

ix
 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
JUNCTION BLOCK BODY CONTROL MODULE JB - 12 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .497
JUNCTION BLOCK C1 - BROWN 12 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .497
JUNCTION BLOCK C2 - 10 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .497
JUNCTION BLOCK C3 - WHITE 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .498
JUNCTION BLOCK C4 - BLUE 10 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .498
JUNCTION BLOCK C5 - GRAY 16 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .498
JUNCTION BLOCK C6 - WHITE 6 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .499
JUNCTION BLOCK C7 - NATURAL 12 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .499
JUNCTION BLOCK C8 - BLACK 8 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .499
JUNCTION BLOCK C9 - WHITE 12 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500
JUNCTION BLOCK C10 - NATURAL 6 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500
JUNCTION BLOCK C11 (EXPORT) - BLACK 8 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500
LEFT CURTAIN AIRBAG SQUIB (JR41) - YELLOW 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .501
LEFT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER - BLACK 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .501
LEFT FRONT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (JR27 BASE) - BLACK 3 WAY. . . .501
LEFT FRONT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (JR27 PREMIUM) - BLACK 2
WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .501
LEFT FRONT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (JR41 PREMIUM) - 3 WAY. . . . . . .502
LEFT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH (JR41) - BLACK 4 WAY . . . . . .502
LEFT REAR POWER WINDOW MOTOR - 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .502
LEFT REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH (JR41) - BLUE 6 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .502
LEFT REAR SPEAKER - 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .503
LEFT REMOTE RADIO SWITCH (2.7L) - 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .503
LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 - GRAY 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .503
MASTER POWER WINDOW SWITCH - BLUE 12 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .504
MODE DOOR ACTUATOR - BLACK 5 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .504
MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH C1 - NATURAL 10 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .504
MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH C2 - BLUE 12 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .505
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH - 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .505
PASSENGER AIRBAG - YELLOW 4 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .505
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH - BLACK 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . .505
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH - NATURAL 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .506
PASSENGER POWER WINDOW MOTOR (JR27) - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .506
PASSENGER POWER WINDOW MOTOR (JR41 EARLY BUILD) - 2 WAY . . . . . . . .506
PASSENGER POWER WINDOW MOTOR (JR41 LATE BUILD) - LT. GRAY 2 WAY .506
PASSENGER POWER WINDOW SWITCH - BLUE 6 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .507
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER (JR27) - YELLOW 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .507
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER (JR41) - YELLOW 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .507
POWER AMPLIFIER C1 (JR27 PREMIUM) - WHITE 12 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .507
POWER AMPLIFIER C1 (JR41 PREMIUM) - WHITE 22 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508
POWER AMPLIFIER C2 (JR27 PREMIUM) - WHITE 18 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508
POWER AMPLIFIER C2 (JR41 PREMIUM) - WHITE 12 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .509
POWER ANTENNA (EXPORT) - BROWN 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .509
FUSES (PDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .511
HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY (JR41 EXPORT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .511
HEATED SEAT RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .511
POWER TOP PUMP MOTOR (JR27) - RED 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .512
POWER TOP SWITCH (JR27) - 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .512
POWER TOP UP/DOWN RELAYS (JR27) - 6 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .512
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C1 (NGC EARLY BUILD) - 38 WAY . . . . . . . . .513
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C1 (NGC LATE BUILD) - 38 WAY . . . . . . . . . .514
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C1 (SBEC EARLY BUILD) - GRAY 40 WAY . .515
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C2 (NGC EARLY BUILD) - 38 WAY . . . . . . . . .516

x
 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C2 (NGC LATE BUILD) - 38 WAY . . . . . . . . . .517
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C2 (SBEC EARLY BUILD) - GRAY 40 WAY . .518
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C3 (NGC EARLY BUILD) - 38 WAY . . . . . . . . .519
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C3 (NGC LATE BUILD) - 38 WAY . . . . . . . . . .520
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C4 (NGC) - 38 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .521
RADIO C1 - WHITE 22 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .522
RADIO C2 - BLACK 10 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .522
RECIRCULATION DOOR ACTUATOR - 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .522
RIGHT CURTAIN AIRBAG SQUIB (JR41) - YELLOW 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523
RIGHT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER - BLACK 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523
RIGHT FRONT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (JR27 BASE) - BLACK 3 WAY . .523
RIGHT FRONT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (JR27 PREMIUM) - BLACK 2
WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523
RIGHT FRONT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (JR41 PREMIUM) - 3 WAY . . . . .524
RIGHT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH (JR41) - BLACK 4 WAY . . . . .524
RIGHT REAR POWER WINDOW MOTOR - 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .524
RIGHT REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH (JR41) - BLUE 6 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .524
RIGHT REAR SPEAKER - 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .525
RIGHT REMOTE RADIO SWITCH (2.7L) - 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .525
RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 - GRAY 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .525
SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE - BLACK 6 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .525
SUN SENSOR (ATC) - BLACK 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .525
TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH - 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .526
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (2.7L EARLY BUILD) - BLACK 60 WAY . . . .527
WINDOW DROP RELAY ASSEMBLY (JR27) - 12 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .528

10.0 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .529

10.1 AIRBAG SYSTEMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .529

10.1.1 BASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .529
10.1.2 PREMIUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .530
10.2 AUDIO SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .531
10.2.1 BASE RADIO–JR41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .531
10.2.2 BASE RADIO–JR27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .532
10.2.3 PREMIUM SYSTEM–JR41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .533
10.2.4 PREMIUM SYSTEM–JR27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .534
10.2.5 CD CHANGER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .535
10.2.6 REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .535
10.3 CHIME SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .536
10.4 COMPASS/MINI TRIP COMPUTER (CMTC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .536
10.5 DOOR AJAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .537
10.6 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .538
10.6.1 HEATED SEAT RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .538
10.6.2 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER (AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE
CONTROL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .538
10.6.3 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER (MANUAL TEMPERATURE
CONTROL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .539
10.7 EXTERIOR LIGHTING (HEADLAMPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .540
10.8 HEATING AND A/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .541
10.8.1 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (ATC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .541
10.8.2 MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL (MTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .542
10.9 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .543

xi
 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
10.10 INTERIOR LIGHTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .544
10.10.1 COURTESY LAMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .544
10.10.2 PANEL LAMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .544
10.11 MECHANICAL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .545
10.12 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .546
10.13 POWER TOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .547
10.13.1 CONVERTIBLE TOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .547
10.13.2 POWER TOP/4 WINDOW DROP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .548
10.14 VEHICLE COMMUNICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .549
10.14.1 PCI BUS COMMUNICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .549
10.14.2 PCM COMMUNICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .550
10.14.3 PCM COMMUNICATION - NGC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .550
10.15 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .551
10.16 WIPER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .552
10.16.1 WIPER SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .552
10.16.2 FRONT WIPERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .552

xii
 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.0 INTRODUCTION • symptom analysis
• problem isolation
The procedures contained in this manual include • repair of isolated problem
all the specifications, instructions and graphics
• verification of proper operation
needed to diagnose JR body system problems.
The diagnostics in this manual are based on the
failure, condition or symptom being present at the 1.3 FUSES AND LIGHT BULBS
time of diagnosis.
Please follow the recommendations below when When replacing a blown fuse, it is important to
choosing your diagnostic path. use only a fuse having the correct amperage rating.
The use of a fuse with a rating other than indicated
1. First make sure the DRBIIIt is communicating may result in a dangerous electrical system over-
with the appropriate module; i.e., if the DRBIIIt load. If a properly rated fuse continues to blow, it
shows a “no response” condition, you must diag- indicates a problem in the circuit that must be
nose that first. corrected.
2. Read DTC’s (diagnostic trouble codes) with the When replacing HALOGEN bulbs, do not touch
DRBIIIt. the new bulb with your fingers. Oil contamination
3. If no DTC’s are present, identify the customer will severely shorten bulb life. If the bulb comes in
complaint. contact with an oily surface, clean the bulb with
4. Once the DTC or customer complaint is identi- rubbing alcohol.
fied, locate the matching test in the Table of
Contents and begin to diagnose the symptom. 2.0 IDENTIFICATION OF
All component location views are in Section 8.0.
All connector pinouts are in Section 9.0.
SYSTEM
All schematics are in Section 10.0. The vehicle systems that are part of the “body”
An * placed before the symptom description indi- system are:
cates a customer complaint.
• Airbag System
When repairs are required, refer to the appropri-
ate service manual for the proper removal and • Audio
installation procedure. • Chimes
Diagnostic procedures change every year. New • Compass/Mini-Trip
diagnostic systems may be added: carry over sys-
• Door Ajar
tems may be enhanced. READ THIS MANUAL
BEFORE TRYING TO DIAGNOSE A VEHICLE • Exterior Lighting
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE. It is recom- • Heating and A/C (Automatic and Manual)
mended that you review the entire manual to be- • Interior Lighting
come familiar with all the new and changed diag-
• Mechanical Instrument Cluster
nostic procedures.
This book reflects many suggested changes from • Power Door Locks/Remote Keyless Entry
readers of past issues. After using this book, if you • Power Convertible Top
have any comments or suggestions, please fill out • Vehicle Communications
the form in the back of this book and mail it back to
• Vehicle Theft Security System
us.
• Wiper/Washer
1.1 SYSTEM COVERAGE
This diagnostic procedures manual covers all 3.0 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND
Chrysler Sebring convertible and four door models, FUNCTIONAL OPERATION
and Dodge Stratus four door models.
The JR body system consists of a combination of
1.2 SIX-STEP TROUBLESHOOTING modules that communicate over the PCI bus (Pro-
grammable Communication Interface multiplex
PROCEDURE
system). Through the PCI bus, information about
Diagnosis of the body system is done in six basic the operation of vehicle components and circuits is
steps: relayed quickly to the appropriate modules. All
modules receive all the information transmitted on
• verification of complaint
the bus even though a module may not require all
• verification of any related symptoms information to perform its function. It will only

1
GENERAL INFORMATION
respond to messages “addressed” to it through a and Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Diagnostic
binary coding process. This method of data trans- trouble codes will be set if the communication with
mission significantly reduces the complexity of the these modules is lost or contains invalid informa-
wiring in the vehicle and the size of wiring har- tion. If the ACM detects a monitored system fault, it
nesses. All of the information about the functioning sends a message to the instrument cluster via PCI
of all the systems is organized, controlled and bus to turn on the Airbag Warning Indicator. The
communicated by the PCI bus, which is described in ACM can set both active and stored diagnostic
the Vehicle Communication section of this General trouble codes to aid in the diagnosing system prob-
Information. lems. See DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES in this
Always begin by reading the diagnostic trouble section.
codes using the DRBIIIt. Next, look for the symp- The ACM has an internal accelerometer that
tom in the Diagnostic Information and Procedures senses the rate of vehicle deceleration, which pro-
section of the Table of Contents located in the front vides verification of the direction and severity of an
of the book. This will direct you to the specific tests impact. A pre-programmed decision algorithm in
that must be performed. the ACM microprocessor determines when the de-
Important Note: celeration rate is severe enough to require airbag
If the Powertrain Control Module has been system protection. The ACM also uses the crash
changed and the correct VIN and mileage have not severity to determine the level of driver and front
been programmed, a DTC will be set in the Airbag passenger deployment, staged deployment low me-
module. In addition, if the vehicle is equipped with dium or high. Staged deployment is the ability to
a Sentry Key Immobilizer Module (SKIM), Secret trigger airbag system squib inflators all at once or
Key data must be updated to enable starting. Refer individually as needed to provide the appropriate
to the 2004 JR Powertrain Diagnostic Manual for restraint for the severity of the impact. When the
more information. Erase codes in all modules. programmed conditions are met, the ACM sends an
electrical signal to deploy the appropriate airbag
3.1 AIRBAG SYSTEM system components. The ACM stores enough elec-
trical energy to deploy the airbag components for
The JR Airbag System contains the following two seconds following a battery disconnect or fail-
components: two types of Occupant Restraint Con- ure during an impact.
troller or (ORC), base and premium, Airbag Warn- The Premium ACM can be identified by the
ing Indicator, Clockspring, Driver and Passenger present of a two yellow 32 - way connectors and the
Dual Squib Airbags, Seat belt Tensioners, Left and presents of side curtain airbag. In addition to the
Right Side Impact Sensors, and Curtain (roof base system components and DTC’s the premium
mounted) Airbags. The (ORC) is a new type of ACM supports the Side Impact Sensors, side Cur-
Airbag Control Module (ACM) that supports staged tain Airbags. In addition to the ACM accelerometer
airbag deployment. The term Airbag Control Mod- the premium module uses Side Impact Sensors to
ule or ACM will be used throughout the airbag identify the direction and severity of a side impact
diagnostic section and in the Diagnostic Readout and deploy the appropriate side curtain airbag. In
Box or DRB IIIt. The Base ACM can be identified addition to the base ACM DTCs the premium ACM
by the present of a single yellow 23 - way connector. provides DTC’s for the additional circuit and com-
This module supports the Driver and Passenger ponent.
Seat Belt Tensioners and dual squib airbags. Both modules are secured to the floor panel
The ACM has four major functions: PCI Bus transmission tunnel between the front seats inside
communications, onboard diagnostics, impact sens- the vehicle. Airbag Control Modules cannot be re-
ing, and component deployment. The ACM sends paired or adjusted and must be replaced.
and/or receives PCI Bus messages with the Instru-
ment Cluster (MIC), Body Control Module (BCM),

2
 GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING: THE AIRBAG SYSTEM IS A nents. The airbag module includes a housing to
SENSITIVE, COMPLEX ELECTROMECHANI- which the cushion and hybrid inflator are attached
CAL UNIT. BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO and sealed. The driver airbag has dual stage squib
DIAGNOSE OR SERVICE ANY AIRBAG inflators that include a small canister of highly
SYSTEM OR RELATED STEERING WHEEL, compressed argon gas. The ACM uses vehicle crash
severity, to determine the level of airbag deploy-
STEERING COLUMN, OR INSTRUMENT
ment. When supplied with the proper electrical
PANEL COMPONENTS YOU MUST FIRST signal, the hybrid inflator or inflators discharge the
DISCONNECT AND ISOLATE THE BATTERY compressed gas it contains directly into the cushion.
NEGATIVE (GROUND) CABLE. WAIT TWO The airbag module cannot be repaired, and must be
MINUTES FOR THE SYSTEM CAPACITOR TO replaced if deployed or in any way damaged.
DISCHARGE BEFORE FURTHER SYSTEM
SERVICE. THIS IS THE ONLY SURE WAY TO WARNING: THE DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE
DISABLE THE AIRBAG SYSTEM. FAILURE CONTAINS ARGON GAS PRESSURIZED TO
TO DO THIS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL OVER 17236.89 Kpa (2500 PSI). DO NOT
AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND POSSIBLE ATTEMPT TO DISMANTLE AN AIRBAG
PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. MODULE OR TAMPER WITH ITS INFLATOR.
DO NOT PUNCTURE, INCINERATE, OR
WARNING: NEVER STRIKE OR KICK THE BRING INTO CONTACT WITH ELECTRICITY.
AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE OR SIDE DO NOT STORE AT TEMPERATURE
IMPACT SENSORS, AS IT CAN DAMAGE THE EXCEEDING 93°C (200°F). REPLACE AIRBAG
INTERNAL ACCELERATION SENSOR OR SYSTEM COMPONENTS ONLY WITH PARTS
AFFECT ITS CALIBRATION. IF AN AIRBAG SPECIFIED IN THE CHRYSLER MOPAR
CONTROL MODULE OR SIDE IMPACT PARTS CATALOG. SUBSTITUTE PARTS MAY
SENSOR IS ACCIDENTALLY DROPPED APPEAR INTER-CHANGEABLE, BUT
DURING SERVICE, THE MODULE OR INTERNAL DIFFERENCES MAY RESULT IN
SENSOR MUST BE SCRAPPED AND INFERIOR OCCUPANT PROTECTION. THE
REPLACED WITH A NEW UNIT. FAILURE TO FASTENERS, SCREWS, AND BOLTS
TAKE THE PROPER PRECAUTIONS COULD ORIGINALLY USED FOR THE AIRBAG
RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG SYSTEM COMPONENTS HAVE SPECIAL
DEPLOYMENT AND PERSONAL INJURY OR COATINGS AND ARE SPECIFICALLY
DEATH. DESIGNED FOR THE AIRBAG SYSTEM. THEY
The Airbag Warning Indicator is the only point at MUST NEVER BE REPLACED WITH ANY
which the customer can observe symptoms of a SUBSTITUTES. ANY TIME A NEW FASTENER
system malfunction. Whenever the ignition key is IS NEEDED, REPLACE IT WITH THE
turned to the run or start position, the MCI per- CORRECT FASTENERS PROVIDED IN THE
forms a lamp check by turning the Airbag Warning SERVICE PACKAGE OR SPECIFIED IN THE
Indicator on for 6-8 seconds. After the lamp check, if MOPAR PARTS CATALOG. FAILURE TO
the indicator turns off, it means that the ACM has TAKE THE PROPER PRECAUTIONS COULD
checked the system and found it to be free of RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG
discernible malfunctions. If the lamp remains on, DEPLOYMENT AND PERSONAL INJURY OR
there could be an active fault in the system or the
DEATH.
MIC lamp circuit may be internally shorted to
ground. If the lamp comes on and stays on for a
period longer than 6-8 seconds, then goes off, there
CAUTION: Deployed front airbags may or
is usually an intermittent problem in the system. may not have live pyrotechnic material within
the airbag inflator. Do not dispose of driver
3.1.1 DRIVER AIRBAG and passenger airbags unless you are sure
The airbag protective trim cover is the most
of complete deployment. Please refer to the
visible part of the driver side airbag system. The hazardous substance control system for
protective trim cover is fitted to the front of the proper disposal. Dispose of deployed airbags
airbag module and forms a decorative cover in the in a manner consistent with state, provincial,
center of the steering wheel. The module is local, and federal regulations. Use the
mounted directly to the steering wheel. Located following table to identify the status of the
under the trim cover are the horn switch, the airbag airbag squib.
cushion, and the airbag cushion supporting compo-

3
GENERAL INFORMATION
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB STATUS
(1) Using a DRBIIIt read Airbag DTC’s
If the following active codes are present:
ACTIVE DTC CONDITIONS SQUIB STATUS
Driver Squib 1 open Check the stored codes AND IF the stored min- Both Driver Squib 1
Driver Squib 2 open utes for both are within 15 minutes of each other. and 2 were used.
Driver Squib 1 open Check the stored codes AND IF the stored min- Driver Squib 1 was
Driver Squib 2 open utes for Driver Squib 2 open is GREATER than used;
the stored minutes for Driver Squib 1 by 15 min- Driver Squib 2 is live.
utes or more.
Driver Squib 1 open Check the stored codes AND IF the stored min- Driver Squib 1 is live;
Driver Squib 2 open utes for Driver Squib 1 open is GREATER than Driver Squib 2 was
the stored minutes for Driver Squib 2 by 15 min- used.
utes or more.
If Driver Squib 1 open Check the stored DTC’s AND IF Driver Squib 2 Driver Squib 1 was
is an active code. open is NOT an active code. used;
Driver Squib 2 is live.
If Driver Squib 2 open Check the stored DTC’s AND IF Driver Squib 1 Driver Squib 1 is live;
is an active code. open is NOT an active code. Driver Squib 2 was
used.

If neither of the following codes is an active code: cal signal, the hybrid inflator or inflator’s discharge
DTC SQUIB STATUS the compressed gas if contains directly into the
airbag. The airbag cannot be repaired, and must be
Driver squib 1 open Status of Airbag is replaced if deployed or in any way damaged.
Driver squib 2 open Unknown.
WARNING: THE PASSENGER AIRBAG
3.1.2 CLOCKSPRING CONTAINS ARGON GAS PRESSURIZED TO
The clockspring is mounted on the steering col- 17236.89 Kpa (2500 PSI). DO NOT ATTEMPT TO
umn behind the steering wheel. The assembly con- DISMANTLE AN AIRBAG MODULE OR TAMPER
sist of a plastic housing which contains a flat, WITH ITS INFLATOR. DO NOT PUNCTURE,
ribbon-like, electrically conductive tape that winds INCINERATE, OR BRING INTO CONTACT WITH
and unwinds with the steering wheel rotation. The ELECTRICITY. DO NOT STORE AT TEMPERA-
clockspring is used to maintain a continuous elec- TURE EXCEEDING 93°C (200°F). REPLACE
trical circuit between the instrument panel wiring AIRBAG SYSTEM COMPONENTS ONLY WITH
the driver airbag, the horn, and the vehicle speed PARTS SPECIFIED IN THE MOPAR PARTS
control switches if equipped. The clockspring must CATALOG. SUBSTITUTE PARTS MAY APPEAR
be properly centered when it is reinstalled on the
INTER-CHANGEABLE, BUT INTERNAL
steering column following any service procedure, or
it could be damaged. The clockspring cannot be
DIFFERENCES MAY RESULT IN INFERIOR
repaired and it must be replaced. OCCUPANT PROTECTION. THE FASTENERS,
SCREWS, AND BOLTS ORIGINALLY USED FOR
3.1.3 PASSENGER AIRBAG THE AIRBAG SYSTEM COMPONENTS HAVE
The airbag door in the instrument panel top cover
SPECIAL COATINGS AND ARE SPECIFICALLY
above the glove box is the most visible part of the DESIGNED FOR THE AIRBAG SYSTEM. THEY
passenger side airbag system. The airbag door has a MUST NEVER BE REPLACED WITH ANY
living hinge at the top, which is secured to the SUBSTITUTES. ANY TIME A NEW FASTENER IS
instrument panel top cover. Located under the air- NEEDED, REPLACE IT WITH THE CORRECT
bag door is the airbag cushion and it’s supporting FASTENERS PROVIDED IN THE SERVICE
components. The Passenger Airbag includes a hous- PACKAGE OR SPECIFIED IN THE MOPAR
ing to which the cushion, dual stage hybrid inflators, PARTS CATALOG. FAILURE TO TAKE THE
and a small canister of highly compressed argon gas PROPER PRECAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN
are attached and sealed. The ACM uses vehicle ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND
crash severity, to determine the level of airbag PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
deployment. When supplied with the proper electri-

4
 GENERAL INFORMATION
CAUTION: Deployed front airbags may or
may not have live pyrotechnic material within
the airbag inflator. Do not dispose of driver
and passenger airbags unless you are sure
of complete deployment. Please refer to the
hazardous substance control system for
proper disposal. Dispose of deployed airbags
in a manner consistent with state, provincial,
local, and federal regulations. Use the
following table to identify the status of the
airbag squib.
PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB STATUS
(1) Using a DRBIIIt read Airbag DTC’s
If the following active codes are present:
ACTIVE DTC CONDITIONS SQUIB STATUS
Passenger Squib 1 open Check the stored DTC’s AND IF the stored min- Both Passenger Squib 1
Passenger Squib 2 open utes for both are within 15 minutes of each other. and 2 were used.
Passenger Squib 1 open Check the stored DTC’s AND IF the stored min- Passenger Squib 1 was
Passenger Squib 2 open utes for Passenger Squib 2 open is GREATER used; Passenger Squib
than the stored minutes for Passenger Squib 1 by 2 is live.
15 minutes or more.
Passenger Squib 1 open Check the stored DTC’s AND IF the stored min- Passenger Squib 1 is
Passenger Squib 2 open utes for Passenger Squib 1 open is GREATER live; Driver Squib 2
than the stored minutes for Driver Squib 2 by 15 was used.
minutes or more.
If Passenger Squib 1 Check the stored DTC’s AND IF Passenger Squib Passenger Squib 1 was
open is an active code. 2 open is NOT an active code. used; Passenger Squib
2 is live.
If Passenger Squib 2 Check the stored DTC’s AND IF Passenger Squib Passenger Squib 1 is
open is an active code. 1 open is NOT an active code. live; Passenger Squib 2
was used.

If neither of the following codes is an active code: ously monitors the resistance of the seat belt ten-
DTC SQUIB STATUS sioner circuits an open or shorted conditions.

Passenger squib 1 open Status of Airbag is 3.1.5 SIDE IMPACT SENSORS

Passenger squib 2 open Unknown.
The side impact sensors are electronic accelerom-
eters that sense the rate of vehicle deceleration.
3.1.4 SEAT BELT TENSIONER (SBT) Side impact sensors and the ACM Accelerometer
The JR41 4-door driver and front passenger seat provides verification of the direction and severity of
belt (retractor) tensioners are mounted to the in- a side impact to the ACM processor. The left side
board side of the “B” pillar at the floor. The ten- impact sensor provides impact sensing for impacts
sioner is an integral part of the seat belt retractor. on the left side of the vehicle and the right side
The JR27 convertible driver and front passenger impact sensor provides sensing for impacts on the
seat belt (buckle) tensioners are mounted to the right side of the vehicle.
inboard side of the front seats. The seat belt buckle The side impact sensors receive battery current
is connected directly to the seat belt tensioner cable. and ground from he ACM through dedicated driver
At the onset of an impact event the ACM uses the and passenger sensor signal and ground circuits.
seat belt tensioner to rapidly retract the seat belt. The ACM communicate with the Side Impact Sen-
With the slack removed, the occupant’s forward sors by modulating the current in the sensor signal
motion in an impact will be reduced as will the circuit. Each sensor communicates the sensor sta-
likelihood of contacting interior components. The tus as well as sensor fault information to the
seat belt tensioner cannot be repaired, if damaged microprocessor in the Airbag Control Module.
or defective it must be replaced. The ACM continu-

5
GENERAL INFORMATION
The ACM microprocessor continuously monitors liner allowing the curtain airbag to fully deploy
all of the sensors electrical circuits to determine the between the headliner and seat. The curtain airbag
system readiness. If the ACM detects a system module cannot be repaired and must be replaced if
fault, it sets a Diagnostic Trouble Code and controls deployed or in any way damaged.
the airbag warning indicator operation accordingly.
When needed the supplemental driver or passenger WARNING: THE PASSENGER AIRBAG
curtain airbags are deployed independently by the MODULE CONTAINS ARGON GAS PRESSUR-
ACM to provide side impact protection for the IZED TO 17236.89 Kpa (2500 PSI). DO NOT
occupants. ATTEMPT TO DISMANTLE AN AIRBAG
MODULE OR TAMPER WITH ITS INFLATOR.
WARNING: THE AIRBAG SYSTEM IS A DO NOT PUNCTURE, INCINERATE, OR
SENSITIVE, COMPLEX ELECTROMECHANICAL BRING INTO CONTACT WITH ELECTRICITY.
UNIT. BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO DIAGNOSE OR DO NOT STORE AT TEMPERATURE
SERVICE ANY AIRBAG SYSTEM OR RELATED EXCEEDING 93°C (200°F). REPLACE AIRBAG
STEERING WHEEL, STEERING COLUMN, OR SYSTEM COMPONENTS ONLY WITH PARTS
INSTRUMENT PANEL COMPONENTS YOU SPECIFIED IN THE MOPAR PARTS
MUST FIRST DISCONNECT AND ISOLATE THE CATALOG. SUBSTITUTE PARTS MAY
BATTERY NEGATIVE (GROUND) CABLE. WAIT APPEAR INTERCHANGEABLE, BUT
TWO MINUTES FOR THE SYSTEM CAPACITOR INTERNAL DIFFERENCES MAY RESULT IN
TO DISCHARGE BEFORE FURTHER SYSTEM INFERIOR OCCUPANT PROTECTION. THE
SERVICE. THIS IS THE ONLY SURE WAY TO FASTENERS, SCREWS, AND BOLTS
DISABLE THE AIRBAG SYSTEM. FAILURE TO ORIGINALLY USED FOR THE AIRBAG
DO THIS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL SYSTEM COMPONENTS HAVE SPECIAL
AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND POSSIBLE COATINGS AND ARE SPECIFICALLY
PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. DESIGNED FOR THE AIRBAG SYSTEM. THEY
MUST NEVER BE REPLACED WITH ANY
WARNING: NEVER STRIKE OR KICK THE
SUBSTITUTES. ANY TIME A NEW FASTENER
AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE, AS IT CAN
IS NEEDED, REPLACE IT WITH THE
DAMAGE THE INTERNAL ACCELERATION
CORRECT FASTENERS PROVIDED IN THE
SENSOR OR AFFECT ITS CALIBRATION. IF
SERVICE PACKAGE OR SPECIFIED IN THE
AN AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE OR SIDE
MOPAR PARTS CATALOG. FAILURE TO
IMPACT SENSOR IS ACCIDENTALLY
TAKE THE PROPER PRECAUTIONS COULD
DROPPED DURING SERVICE, THE MODULE
RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG
OR SENSOR MUST BE SCRAPPED AND
DEPLOYMENT AND PERSONAL INJURY OR
REPLACED WITH A NEW UNIT. FAILURE TO
DEATH.
TAKE THE PROPER PRECAUTIONS COULD
RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG 3.1.7 SPECIAL TOOLS
DEPLOYMENT AND PERSONAL INJURY OR
Some airbag diagnostic test use special tools,
DEATH.
8310 and 8443 airbag load tool, for testing squib
circuits. The load tools contain fixed resistive loads,
CAUTION: Do not remove or install the jumpers and adapters. The fixed loads are con-
impact sensors while the sensor is attached nected to cables and mounted in a storage case. The
to the vehicle wiring. cables can be directly connected to some airbag
system connectors. Jumpers are used to convert the
3.1.6 CURTAIN AIRBAGS load tool cable connectors to the other airbag sys-
The Left and Right curtain airbag modules are tem connectors. The adapters are connected to the
located in the outboard edge of the roof under the module harness connector to open shorting clips
headliner, just above the door opening. The curtain and protect the connector terminal during testing.
airbag contains a squib and inflator (a small canis- When using the load tool follow all of the safety
ter of highly compressed argon gas) and a mounting procedures in the service information for discon-
bracket mounted to the ‘‘C’’ post and tethered to the necting airbag system components. Inspect the wir-
‘‘A’’ post. When supplied with the proper electrical ing, connector and terminals for damage or mis-
signal the inflator can discharge the compress gas it alignment. Substitute the airbag load tool in place
contains directly into the curtain airbag. Upon of a Driver or Passenger Airbag, curtain airbag,
deployment, the curtain will tear open the head- clockspring, or seat belt tensioner (use a jumper if

6
 GENERAL INFORMATION
needed). Then follow all of the safety procedures in problem existed for less than 12 seconds). The code
the service information for connecting airbag sys- is stored, along with the time in minutes it was
tem components. Read the module active DTC’s. If active, and the number of times the ignition has
the module reports NO ACTIVE DTC’s the defective been cycled since the problem was last detected.
component has been removed from the system and The minimum time shown for any code will be one
should be replaced. If the DTC is still active, con- minute, even if the code was actually present for
tinue this process until all components in the circuit less than one minute. Thus, the time shown for a
have been tested. Then disconnect the module con- code that was present for two minutes 13 seconds,
nector and connect the matching adapter to the for example, would be three minutes. If a malfunc-
module connector. With all airbags disconnected tion is detected a diagnostic trouble code is stored
and the adapter installed the squib wiring can be and will remain stored. When and if the malfunc-
tested for open and shorted conditions. tion ceases to exist, an ignition cycle count will be
initiated for that code. If the ignition cycle count
3.1.8 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES reaches 100 without a reoccurrence of the same
Airbag diagnostic trouble codes consist of active malfunction, the diagnostic trouble code is erased
and stored codes. If more than one code exists, and that ignition cycle counter is reset to zero. If the
diagnostic priority should be given to the active malfunction reoccurs before the count reaches 100,
codes. Each diagnostic trouble code is diagnosed by then the ignition cycle counter will be reset and the
following a specific testing procedure. The diagnos- diagnostic trouble code will continue to be a stored
tic test procedures contain step-by-step instructions code. If a malfunction is not active while performing
for determining the cause of the trouble codes. It is a diagnostic test procedure, the active code diagnos-
not necessary to perform all of the tests in this book tic test will not locate the source of the problem. In
to diagnose an individual code. Always begin by this case, the stored code can indicate an area to
reading the diagnostic trouble codes using the. inspect. It no obvious problems are found, erase
Then begin diagnostic with the Table of Contents stored codes, and with the ignition on wiggle the
section 7.0. This will direct you to the specific test(s) wire harness and connectors, rotate the steering
that must be performed. Most active diagnostic wheel from stop to stop. Recheck for codes periodi-
trouble codes for the airbag system are not perma- cally as you work through the system. This proce-
nent and will change the moment the reason for the dure may uncover a malfunction that is difficult to
code is corrected. In certain test procedures within locate.
this manual, diagnostic trouble codes are used as a
diagnostic tool. 3.2 AUDIO SYSTEM
Some radio systems available on the JR commu-
3.1.9 ACTIVE CODES
nicate on the PCI Bus. They use the bus for four
The code becomes active as soon as the malfunc- reasons. The first is to communicate trouble codes,
tion is detected or key-in, whichever occurs first. An second is to receive dimming information, third is to
active trouble code indicates an on-going malfunc- receive cabin equalization information and fourth is
tion or has occurred in that ignition cycle. This to control the remote radio switches located on the
means that the defect is currently there every time back of the steering wheel. The audio system is
the airbag control module checks that circuit or available in a 4 speaker or 6 speaker base system
component. It is impossible to erase an active code. and a 6 speaker system with an external power
Active codes automatically erase by themselves amplifier. An in-dash CD Changer is also optional.
when the reason for the code has been corrected or When troubleshooting output shorts or “output”
NOT present in the subsequent ignition cycle. With error messages, the following applies:
the exception of the warning lamp trouble codes or On radios without an external amplifier, the term
malfunctions, when a malfunction is detected, the output refers to the path between the radio and the
airbag lamp remains lit for a minimum of 12 speaker. This type of circuit can be monitored all
seconds or as long as the malfunction is present. the way through the speaker connections by the
radio assembly. When the radio displays a shorted
3.1.10 STORED CODES output DTC with this type of system, the speaker,
Airbag codes are automatically stored in the radio, or wiring could be at fault.
ACM’s memory as soon as the malfunction is de- On radios with an external amplifier, the term
tected. A stored code indicates there was an active “output” refers to the circuit between the radio
code present at some time. However, the code cur- connector and the amplifier. The radio is capable of
rently may not be present as an active code. When monitoring only this portion and can tell nothing
a trouble code occurs, the airbag warning indicator about the circuit between the amplifier and the
illuminates for 12 seconds minimum (even if the speakers. Consequently, a shorted output DTC on

7
GENERAL INFORMATION
this type of system would only refer to this circuit. 3.3 BODY CONTROL MODULE
A faulty speaker could not cause this DTC.
The new in-dash CD-changer is designed to fit The body control module (BCM) supplies vehicle
into the existing cubby bin in the center stack. This occupants with visual and audible information and
new cartridge-less CD-changer is controlled by your controls various vehicle functions. To provide and
radio, and allows you to individually load up to four receive information, the module is interfaced to the
discs at one time. However, due to its compact vehicle’s serial bus communications network (the
design, the CD-changer can only carry out one Programmable Communication Interface or PCI
operation at a time. For example you can not load a bus). This network consists of the body control
new disc while playing another at the same time. module (BCM), powertrain control module (PCM),
Each operation happens sequentially. sentry key immobilizer module (SKIM), the trans-
The radio unit installed with the system provides mission control module (TCM), the electro/
control over all features of the CD-changer with the mechanical instrument cluster (MIC), compass/
exception of the CD load and eject functions, which mini-trip computer (CMTC), airbag control module
are controlled by buttons located on the front of the (ORC), optional antilock brakes (ABS), the optional
CD-changer. The radio also supplies the power, automatic temperature control module, the optional
ground, PCI Bus, left and right speaker output radio and remote CD-player. The (BCM) is opera-
through a single DIN cable. All features you would tional when battery power is supplied to the mod-
expect, such as Disc Up/Down, Track Up/Down, ule, ignition switch power is needed for ignition
Random and Scan are controlled by the radio, which switched functions.
also displays all relevant CD-changer information The body control module provides the following
on the radio display. features:
The CD-changer contains a Load/Eject button A/C switch status/evaporator temperature status
and an indicator light for each of the four disc BCM diagnostic support
positions. The individual light indicates whether a Central lock and unlock (VTSS only)
CD is currently loaded in that particular chamber of Climate Control system support
the CD-changer. Pressing the individual Load/Eject Door ajar switch status
button for a particular chamber will eject a disc Door Lock Inhibit (key in ignition or headlamps/
currently present in that chamber. If the chamber is park lamps on)
currently empty, actuating the Load/Eject button Electronic Odometer Support
will position that chamber to receive and load a new Headlamp Time Delay
disc in that chamber. Illuminated Entry with “fade to off”
Interior lighting with battery save feature
3.2.1 REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS Mechanical Instrument Cluster (fuel level, dim
These radios can be controlled via remote radio data, odometer & warning chime) support
switches (optional). These switches are located on Travel information system
the back side of the steering wheel. They control Power convertible top
mode, preset, seek up, seek down, volume up and Power door lock multiplexing control
volume down functions. Rear Window Defogger Control
These functions are inputs to the Body Control Remote Keyless Entry with Panic Mode
Module and can be read with the DRBIIIt. The Remote power deck lid release
switches are a multiplexed signal to the BCM. The Remote radio switch control
radio control MUX circuit is a 5 volt line that is Rolling door lock control (customer programmable)
pulled to ground through different value resistors Sentry key immobilizer support
built into the switches. This causes a voltage drop to Vehicle Theft Security System
be seen by the BCM and it sends a specific message Wiper Control (speed sensitive with return to park)
to the radio on the PCI Bus circuit. The radio then The BCM receives information over the PCI Bus
responses to the message. from the PCM in order to support certain features.
This circuit is fairly simple to troubleshoot. The The required information is as follows:
circuit must be complete from the switches in the • Engine RPM
steering wheel to the BCM. The ground must be • Engine Temperature
complete so that the switches can cause the voltage
• Injector on Time and Distance Pulses
drop for the BCM to see. The circuit passes through
the clockspring so continuity through this device • Vehicle Speed
must be verified. • Charging System Failure, Engine Temperature
Limp-In, VTSS Arming Status
• Engine Model

8
 GENERAL INFORMATION
• “Check Engine” lamp status The JR has several customer programmable fea-
The BCM provides the PCM with information on tures which can be disabled or enabled by the
the A/C switch status and the VTSS status. customer.
FEATURE DEFAULT PROGRAMMING METHOD FEEDBACK
Rolling Enabled Close all doors BCM provides a single chime to
Automatic indicate completion of the program-
Door Locks ming
Place vehicle key in the ignition and cycle
between off and run four times ending in the
off position

Customer depresses the driver power door look

switch to lock the doors
Body Controller will toggle the enable/disable
state of rolling locks
RKE-Horn Enabled Continually press the lock button for a mini- None
Chirp mum of 4 seconds to a maximum of 10 seconds
Within the 4-10 second range, press the unlock
button while continuing to press the lock
button
Release both buttons
Body Controller will toggle on/off state of horn
chirp feature
RKE-Rear Re- Press Twice Continually press the unlock button for a
lease Toggle minimum of 4 seconds to a maximum of 10
seconds
Within the 4-10 second range, press the rear
release button while continuing to press the
unlock buttons
Release both buttons

RKE will toggle state of one press/two press

rear release
RKE Program Not Applica- Turn vehicle ignition switch on. With pro- BCM will sound a second chime
New FOB (Us- ble grammed FOB continually press the unlock when programming mode is started
ing an already button for a minimum of 4 seconds to a
programmed maximum of 10 seconds
FOB)
Within the 4-10 second range, press the panic BCM will sound a second chime
button while continuing to press the unlock after each FOB has been learned, a
button 32 second time out period has elapsed,
or the vehicle ignition has been
Release both buttons turned off

Press lock and unlock together and then press Turn off ignition or wait for 32
any button of FOB(s) to be Learned. (Note: seconds to exit programming mode
RKE system erases all FOBs when program
mode is entered So any existing FOBs must
also be Programmed
Auto Unlock Enabled Close all doors BCM provides a single chime to
on Exit indicate completion of the program-
ming
Place vehicle key in the ignition and cycle
between off and run four times ending in the
off position
Customer depresses the driver power door
unlock switch to unlock the doors
Body Controller will toggle the enable/disable
state of auto unlock on Exit

9
GENERAL INFORMATION
FEATURE DEFAULT PROGRAMMING METHOD FEEDBACK
RKE Lamp Enabled Continually press the lock button for a mini- None
Flash mum of 4 seconds to a maximum of 10 seconds

Within the 4-10 second range, press the trunk

button while continuing to press the lock
button
Release both buttons

Body Controller will toggle on/off state of lamp

flash feature

3.4 CHIME SYSTEM the US/M button will toggle the display between
English and Metric units. Trip Computer resets are
The chime system is comprised of an audible accomplished by pressing the STEP and US/M
chime located internal to the BCM; and is depen- buttons simultaneously. To reset only the trip infor-
dent on various inputs to the BCM to operate. These mation currently being displayed, press and release
inputs to the BCM include key-in ignition switch, the STEP and US/M buttons simultaneously for one
exterior lamps as well as requests for the Mechan- second until the chime sounds. To reset all trip
ical Instrument Cluster from the seat belt switch information, press and hold the STEP and US/M
input or whenever certain indicators are turned on. buttons simultaneously until a second chime
sounds (approximately 2 seconds) and then release
3.5 COMPASS/MINI-TRIP COMPUTER the buttons.
The CMTC operates only when the ignition is on.
The following functions are available using the
DESCRIPTION STEP button:
The JR Compass/Mini-Trip Computer (CMTC) is • Compass and outside temperature
located in the instrument panel between the center
• Average fuel economy (AVE ECO)
A/C outlets. The CMTC has two function buttons
and a vacuum fluorescent (VF) display that pro- • Distance to Empty (DTE)
vides the outside temperature, Trip Computer in- • Trip Odometer (ODO)
formation, and one of eight compass headings to • Elapsed ignition time (ET)
indicate the direction the vehicle is facing. The
• Display Off
compass heading and the outside temperature are
displayed at the same time.
COMPASS/MINI-TRIP COMPUTER VF DISPLAY
The BCM calculates much of the information
displayed by the CMTC. The BCM receives this MESSAGES
information from PCI Bus messages, the PCM, and The CMTC will not display information for any of
the Ambient Temperature Sensor. The Ambient the screens for which it did not receive the proper
Temperature Sensor (ATS) monitors the outside PCI bus data. Refer to the symptom list in the
temperature and is hardwired to the PCM. The Diagnostic section in this manual for problems
CMTC receives filtered outside temperature data related to the CMTC.
via PCI Bus messages from the BCM. The ambient The CMTC receives the following messages from
temperature sensor may receive invalid data when- Body Control Module (BCM):
ever the vehicle is operated at low speeds, or the • Verification of US/Metric status
ignition is off for a short period of time. These • VF display dimming brightness and exterior
causes for inaccuracy will be filtered out by the lamp status
BCM. • Trip Odometer data
The CMTC receives dedicated PCI Bus messages
• Elapsed Ignition On Time data
with the calculated information from the BCM for
the trip computer displays. • Fuel Economy
The CMTC cannot be repaired and, if faulty or • Distance to Empty
damaged it must be replaced. The incandescent • Outside Temperature
lamp for the STEP and US/M button illumination is The CMTC transmits the following messages to
serviceable. the BCM:
OPERATION • Status Request: Beep, Reset, US/M Toggle

Actuation of the STEP button will cause the • Current Display

CMTC to change modes of operation. Actuation of • Compass Heading

10
 GENERAL INFORMATION
The CMTC receives the following message from • Drive slowly, less than 4 MPH (8KPH) in 3
PCM: complete 360 degree circles.
• Vehicle Speed • CAL will remain illuminated to alert the driver
that the compass is in the calibration mode.
SETTING MAGNETIC ZONE VARIANCE • After calibration is complete, CAL will turn off.
Variance is the difference between magnetic If the compass appears unable to be calibrated or
North and geographic North. For proper compass the compass displays false indications, the vehicle
function, the correct variance zone must be set. may need to be demagnetized.
Refer to the Zone Variance map for the correct zone.
Follow these steps to check or change the variance AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
zone:
• The ignition switch must be in the On position DESCRIPTION
and the CMTC display must not be blank. The ambient air temperature is monitored by the
• Press and hold the STEP and US/M buttons until PCM and displayed by the CMTC. The PCM re-
VAR is displayed. The CMTC will display the last ceives a hardwire input from the ambient temper-
variance zone stored in memory and the word ature sensor ( ATS). The ATS is located on the inside
VAR. of the front bumper beam.
The ATS cannot be adjusted or repaired and, if
• Use the STEP button to select the proper vari-
faulty or damaged, it must be replaced.
ance zone number, 1 through 15.
• After selecting the proper zone number, simulta- OPERATION
neously press the STEP and US/M buttons or The ATS is a variable resistor that operates on a
wait approximately 15 seconds. The variance 5-volt reference signal circuit hardwired from the
zone is then stored in the memory and the CMTC PCM. The resistance in the ATS changes as the
returns to normal operation. outside temperature rises or falls. The PCM senses
the change in reference voltage through the ATS
COMPASS CALIBRATION resistor. Based on the resistance of the ATS, the
The compass module has 2 types of auto- PCM is programmed to correspond to a specific
calibration; slow-cal and fast-cal. Slow-cal ensures temperature. The PCM then transmits the proper
that during normal vehicle operation the compass ambient temperature to the BCM. The BCM filters
performs auto-calibration functions to keep the the ambient temperature data and transmits this
compass sensors in their proper operating range. data to the CMTC.
Whenever the ignition is On and the CMTC receives
PCI bus data indicating that engine RPM is greater DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
than zero, auto-calibration is performed continu-
ously. SELF-CHECK DIAGNOSTICS
If the calibration information stored in the com- The CMTC is capable of performing a diagnostic
pass module memory is not within the normal self check on its internal functions. CMTC diagnos-
range after a power-up cycle, the compass will tics may be performed using a DRBIIIt or by using
display CAL. The CMTC with enter into the fast-cal the following procedure:
mode until calibration is complete.
1. With the ignition switch in the OFF position,
To enter the compass into Manual Calibration
depress and hold the STEP and the US/M but-
mode, perform the following steps:
tons.
• Drive the vehicle to an area away from any large
2. Turn the ignition switch to the On position and
metal objects or overhead power lines.
release the buttons.
• Ensure that the proper variance zone is selected.
3. All of the VFD segments will illuminate for 2-4
See ‘‘Setting Magnetic Zone Variance.’’
seconds. Check for segments that do not illumi-
• The ignition switch must be in the On position nate or illuminate all the time.
and the CMTC display must not be blank.
4. When the self-check is complete the CMTC will
• Press the STEP button and scroll to the Compass/ display one of the following five messages:
Temperature display.
• F (FAIL)
• Press and hold the STEP and US/M buttons
• P (PASS)
simultaneously until CAL begins flashing and
then release the buttons. • Bus (No PCI bus communication)
• CAL is displayed without flashing. • Bus 1 (No PCM bus messages received)
• Bus 2 (No BCM bus messages received)

11
GENERAL INFORMATION
5. To exit the self-check mode, depress the STEP 3.6 DOOR AJAR SYSTEM
button or cycle the ignition switch and the CTM
will return to normal operation. The door ajar and decklid ajar states are used as
If a Bus fault is displayed, refer to the symptom inputs for the Body Control Module (BCM). The
list. If an F is displayed, the CMTC must be BCM uses these inputs to determine exactly what
replaced. The CMTC will not display an F for a VF position the doors and decklid are in. The DRBIIIt
segment that does not illuminate. will display the state of the door ajar and the
decklid ajar switches in Inputs/Outputs. It’s impor-
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR tant to note, that when any door, or the decklid is
The outside temperature function is supported by closed, the switch state on the DRBIIIt will show
the ambient temperature sensor (ATS), a signal and OPEN. When any door, or the decklid is open the
ground circuit hardwired to the PCM, the BCM, and switch state on the DRBIIIt will show CLOSED.
the CMTC display. During diagnosis, if a door or the decklid is closed
If the CMTC display indicates 60°C (140°F) or the and the DRBIIIt displays the switch state as
ATS sense circuit is shorted to ground, the temp CLOSED, it indicates a shorted ajar circuit. If the
display will be 60°C (140°F) to indicate a SHORT door or the decklid is open and the DRBIIIt dis-
circuit condition. plays the switch state as OPEN, it indicates an
If the CTM display indicates -45°C (-49°F) or the open ajar circuit.
ATS sense circuit is open, the temp display will be
-45°C (-49°F) to indicate an OPEN circuit condition. 3.7 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS
If there is an OPEN or SHORT circuit condition,
it must be repaired before the CMTC VFD can be
tested. 3.7.1 HEATED SEAT RELAY
The ATS is supported by the PCM. ATS fault The Heated Seat System supply voltage is con-
DTC’s will be recorded in the PCM. The ATS can be trolled through the Heated Seat Relay located in
diagnosed using the following Sensor Test. Test the the Power Distribution Center (PDC). The relay coil
ATS circuits using the diagnostics in the Body is controlled by the Body Control Module (BCM)
Diagnostic Procedures Manual. If the ATS, the and is energized whenever the ignition key is in the
circuits, and PCI bus communications are con- on position. If low battery voltage is sensed by the
firmed to be OK, but the CMTC temperature dis- Powertrain Control Module, a PCI bus message will
play is inoperative or incorrect, replace the CMTC. be sent to the BCM to turn off the Heated Seat
Relay.
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR TEST
1. Turn the ignition OFF. 3.7.2 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
2. Disconnect the ATS harness connector. The Body Control Module (BCM) controls the
3. Measure the resistance of the ATS using the operation of the Rear Defogger Relay located in the
following min/max values: Junction Block. The BCM will energize the relay
• 0°C (32°F) Sensor Resistance = 29.33 – 35.99 when it receives a request from the HVAC control
Kilohms head (PCI bus message for Automatic Temperature
Control or a MUX input for Manual Temp Control).
• 10°C (50°F) Sensor Resistance = 17.99 – 21.81
With the relay activated, it will supply battery
Kilohms
voltage to the rear window defogger grid along with
• 20°C (68°F) Sensor Resistance = 11.37 – 13.61 heat mirrors if so equipped.
Kilohms
• 25°C (77°F) Sensor Resistance = 9.12 – 10.86 3.8 EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM
Kilohms
• 30°C (86°F) Sensor Resistance = 7.37 – 8.75
Kilohms 3.8.1 HEADLAMP DELAY
• 40°C (104°F) Sensor Resistance = 4.90 – 5.75 The headlamp time delay operates when the
Kilohms ignition switch is turned off while the headlamps
The sensor resistance should read between these are still on, and the headlamps are then turned off
min/max values. If the resistance values are no OK, within 45 seconds after the ignition is off. This will
replace the Sensor. provide a 90-second time delay before turning off
the headlamps.

12
 GENERAL INFORMATION
3.9 HEATING AND A/C SYSTEM • provides a request over the PCI Bus to the BCM
when door actuator (blend, mode, recirculation)
operation is desired.
3.9.1 SYSTEM AVAILABILITY • provides a request over the PCI Bus to the BCM
• Depending on the model, either a Manual Tem- when A/C operation is desired.
perature Control (MTC) or Automatic Tempera- • provides a request over the PCI Bus to the BCM
ture (ATC) HVAC system is available in these when EBL operation is desired.
vehicles. • provides desired blower motor operating speed
data over the PCI Bus to the BCM.
3.9.2 SYSTEM CONTROLS
The Body Control Module (BCM):
• drives the ATC status indicators (EBL, A/C, and
3.9.2.1 MANUAL TEMPERATURE Recirc) over the PCI Bus.
CONTROL (MTC) • remembers the last temperature setting at power
The Manual Temperature Control (MTC): down.
• controls blower motor operation, providing four • sets the initial temperature setting via the PCI
blower speeds (Low, M1, M2, & High). Bus when the ATC is powered up.
• interfaces with the BCM through hardwired cir- • drives the electric door actuators (mode, blend,
cuits. recirculation).
• provides temperature setting information to the • controls blower motor operating speed.
BCM through a resistor. ▪ There are 14 blower speeds when the ATC is in
• provides an A/C request, an EBL request, and manual mode and infinite speeds when the ATC
mode switch setting information to the BCM is in automatic mode.
through a resistive multiplexed circuit. • monitors the blower motor for a stall condition
The Body Control Module (BCM): via a blower speed sense circuit.
• drives the EBL status indicator in the MTC. • sends a request over the PCI Bus to the PCM
Refer to the Service Manual for additional infor- when A/C operation is desired.
mation about rear window defogger operation. • uses sun load sensor data to maintain occupant
• drives the electric door actuators (mode, blend, comfort levels when the ATC is set in an auto-
recirc). matic mode.
• sends and A/C request, over the PCI Bus, to the • uses Evaporator Temperature Sensor data to
PCM when A/C operation is desired. prevent evaporator freeze up while maintaining
• uses Evaporator Temperature Sensor data to optimum cooling performance.
prevent evaporator freeze up while maintaining Blower Motor Operation
optimum cooling performance. • The Blower Power Module provides the blower
The MTC HVAC system uses: motor with power and a path to ground. It also
• one, five-wire electric blend door actuator. sends a blower control signal to the BCM. The
• one, five-wire electric mode door actuator.
BCM constantly receives desired blower speed
data from the ATC over the PCI Bus. Using this
• one, two-wire electric recirculation door actuator.
data, the BCM processes the blower control sig-
nal which sets the speed that the Blower Power
3.9.2.2 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE Module will run the blower motor.
CONTROL (ATC) The ATC HVAC system uses:
The Automatic Temperature Control (ATC): • one, five-wire electric blend door actuator
• is addressable with the DRBIIIt • one, five-wire electric mode door actuator
• communicates over the Programmable Commu- • one, two-wire electric recirculation door actuator.
nication Interface Multiplex System (PCI) Bus.
• can be operated in a manual mode. 3.9.3 SYSTEM REVISIONS (ATC & MTC)
• uses an integral-mounted aspirator motor and
• The 2004 JR Manual Temperature Control
in-car temperature sensor to maintain occupant
(MTC) HVAC system remains carryover from
comfort levels when set in an automatic mode.
2003.

13
GENERAL INFORMATION
• The Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) equipped with vehicle theft alarm. Upon exiting the
HVAC system is new for 2004 JR. The ATC vehicle, if the lock button is pressed with a door
system is similar to that used in LH vehicles. open, illuminated entry will cancel when the door
closes. If the doors are closed and the ignition
3.9.4 SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS (ATC & switch is turned on, the illuminated entry also
cancels.
MTC)
Fault detection is through stored Diagnostic Trou- 3.11 MECHANICAL INSTRUMENT
ble Codes (DTCs)
CLUSTER
• DTCs are displayed by the DRBIIIt.
• All ATC and MTC DTCs are stored in the BCM. The Mechanical Instrument Cluster (MIC) is di-
Diagnostics for these DTCs can be found in the vided into 4 sections. Primary gauges (Speedometer
Heating & A/C category of this manual. and Tachometer), secondary gauges (Fuel Level,
• DTCs pertaining to A/C compressor control cir-
Engine Coolant Temperature), PCI bus enabled
cuits and the radiator fan control circuits are indicator lamps and hardwired enabled indicator
stored in the PCM. Diagnostics for these DTCs lamps.
can be found in the Powertrain Diagnostic Proce- The gauge mechanisms function in the same way.
dures manual. Diagnostics for symptoms pertain- The main differences are in the face and size of the
ing to A/C compressor operation can also be found gauge.
in the Powertrain Diagnostics Procedures man- The Oil Pressure, Brake Warning, Turn Signal
ual. and Fog Lamp indicators are directly wired to the
circuits that they are indicators for. These indica-
tors are located in, but not controlled by, the MIC
3.9.5 FOLLOWING A REPAIR (ATC &
and are not part of any MIC self test or diagnostic.
MTC) All indicators are replaceable bulbs or LEDs.
Calibrate HVAC Door Actuators The PCM sends a gauge position message to the
BCM through the PCI bus. The MIC receives this
• The electric door actuators (blend, mode, recircu-
message from the BCM, translates it, and positions
lation) must be calibrated after making any re-
the gauges. The BCM also sends messages to the
pairs to the HVAC system.
MIC to actuate all PCI controlled indicators. These
r To calibrate the door actuators, either discon-
messages are received when the Ignition Switch is
nect the battery or remove JB Fuse #5 for five
in the RUN or START position.
minutes, or using the DRBIIIt, select Body,
When the ignition Switch is turned to the RUN
Body Computer, Miscellaneous, and Calibrate
position, a bulb-check is performed. This consists of
HVAC Door Motors.
activating the PCI bus controlled indicators for
approximately 2 to 4 seconds. By holding the TRIP/
3.10 INTERIOR LIGHTING RESET button in while turning the Ignition Switch
to the RUN position, you can activate the MIC Self
Test.
3.10.1 COURTESY LAMP CONTROL
The Following indicators are controlled by PCI
The body controller has direct control over the bus messages:
majority of the vehicle’s courtesy lamps. The body
• Malfunction Indicator Lamp
computer will illuminate the courtesy lamps under
any of the following conditions: • Charging System Warning Indicator
1. Any door is ajar. • Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator
2. The courtesy lamp switch on the instrument • Cruise Engaged Indicator
panel is closed. • Airbag Warning Indicator
3. A Remote Keyless entry unlock message is re- • Low Fuel Indicator
ceived. If the interior lamps are left on after the • ABS Warning Indicator
ignition is turned off, the BCM will turn them off
• High Beam Indicator
after 15 minutes or until either the dome lamp
switch or door ajar switch changes state. • Traction Control Indicator
The following indicators are hardwired and not
3.10.2 ILLUMINATED ENTRY controlled by PCI bus messages:
• Seat Belt Indicator
Illuminated entry will be initiated when the cus-
tomer enters the vehicle by unlocking the doors • Oil Pressure Indicator
with the key fob, or with the key if the vehicle is • Brake Warning Indicator

14
 GENERAL INFORMATION
• VTSS Indicator doors are closed and the speed is above 15 mph (24
• Turn Signal Indicators kmh). This feature is not available in European
markets.
• Fog Lamp Indicators
Decklid Release - Decklid release is a function of
• Traction Control Switch the body control module. Trouble codes are provided
to assist in the diagnosis of this system.
3.12 POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM Customer programmable features are: Horn
chirp, one or two press decklid release, program-
The door lock switches provide a variable amount ming a new transmitter (using a previously pro-
of voltage through the multiplexed (MUX) circuit to grammed transmitter), rolling door locks, unlock on
the BCM. Depending upon that input and various exit, and RKE lamp flash.
conditions that must be met (i.e. door lock inhibit,
etc.), the BCM will determine the action to be taken 3.13 POWER CONVERTIBLE TOP
and activate the proper relay for approximately 250
to 350 msec. If the vehicle is equipped with the
vehicle theft security system it will have the central 3.13.1 TOP CONTROL
locking feature which locks and unlocks all doors
The body control module controls all the functions
from the cylinder lock switch. This switch is on a
of the convertible top. The body control module
separate multiplexed circuit to the BCM and has
supplies a multiplexed voltage of approximately
trouble codes relating to it.
90% of ignition voltage to the power top switch.
RKE Remote Keyless Entry- This feature allows
locking and unlocking of the vehicle door(s) by Through a series of resistors the power top switch
remote control using a hand-held transmitter switches the circuit to ground depending on the
(sometimes referred to as a fob) to activate a radio position of the switch. The BCM then supplies the
receiver (RKE module). This module plugs into the ground path for the up or down relay as requested.
body control module which is directly connected to The power top switch has a 4.7K-ohm diagnostic
the junction block. With this feature RKE can now resistor that allows the BCM to detect a possible
be added to a non-equipped vehicle by installing a open circuit.
module. If the vehicle is equipped with the vehicle
theft security system, RKE will also arm and dis- 3.13.2 WINDOW DROP RELAY ASSEMBLY
arm that system. A 4-button transmitter is used The convertible has a feature that allows the
which provides lock, unlock, decklid release and operator to lower all four windows and lower the top
panic features. Decklid release is only operable at the same time. This is accomplished by pressing
while the vehicle is in the park position. The module the power top switch to the second detent. Through
is capable of retaining up to 4 transmitter codes. the multiplexed circuit of the power top switch the
Rolling code, which increases security, is also in- BCM will supply the ground for the window drop
cluded in this system. If the transmitter goes out of relay assembly.
synchronization it is easily put back in by pressing The window drop relay assembly is comprised of
the lock button when the transmitter is within four separate relays that are in series with the
range. An external antenna has been added which power window circuits. The relay assembly is lo-
plugs into the module to provide greater range. cated in the driver door.
RKE will also turn on the interior lamps when a
valid unlock command is received and will extin- 3.14 VEHICLE COMMUNICATION
guish the interior lamps when a lock command is
received and all doors are closed. The Programmable Communication Interface or
Door Lock Inhibit- When the key is in the ignition PCI Bus is a single wire multiplexed network capa-
and the driver front door is open, all door lock ble of supporting binary encoded messages shared
switches are disabled. The unlock switches are still between multiple modules. The PCI bus circuit is
functional. This protects against locking the vehicle identified as D25. The modules are wired in paral-
with the keys still in the ignition. lel. Connections are made through the BCM. The
Automatic (rolling) Door Locks - This feature can BCM acts as a splice to connect each module and
be enabled or disabled by using either the DRBIIIt the Data Link Connector (DLC) together. The fol-
or the customer programmable method. When en- lowing modules are used on JR:
abled, all doors will lock when the vehicle reaches a • Airbag Control Module or referred to as the
speed of 15 mph (24 kmh) and all doors are closed. Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC)
If a door is opened and the vehicle slows to below 15 • Automatic Temperature Control Module
mph (24 kmh), the locks will operate again once all
• Controller Antilock Brake

15
GENERAL INFORMATION
• Powertrain Control Module circuits. The DRBIIIt may display ‘‘BUS 6 SIG-
• Radio (if equipped) NALS OPEN’’ OR ‘‘NO RESPONSE’’ to indicate a
communication problem. These same messages will
• CD Changer (if equipped)
be displayed if the vehicle is not equipped with that
• Compass/Mini-Trip Computer (if equipped) particular module. The CCD error message is a
• Body Control Module default message used by the DRBIIIt and in no way
• Sentry Key Immobilizer Module indicates whether or not the PCI bus is operational.
The message is only an indication that a module is
• Transmission Control Module
either not responding or the vehicle is not equipped.
• Mechanical Instrument Cluster
Each module provides its own bias and termina- NOTE: Communication over the bus is
tion in order to transmit and receive messages. The essential to the proper operation of the
bus voltage is at zero volts when no modules are vehicles on-board diagnostic systems and
transmitting and is pulled up to about seven and a the DRBIIIT. Problems with the operation of
half volts when modules are transmitting. the bus or DRBIIIT must be corrected before
The bus messages are transmitted at a rate
proceeding with diagnostic testing. If there is
averaging 10800 bits per second. Since there is only
voltage present when the modules transmit and the
a problem, refer to the Communications
message length is only about 500 milliseconds, it is category of this manual.
ineffective to try and measure the bus activity with
NOTE: For 2004 model year, some vehicles
a conventional voltmeter. The preferred method is
to use the DRBIIIt lab scope. The 12v square wave
will integrate the Transmission Control
selection on the 20-volt scale provides a good view of Module and Powertrain Control Module into a
the bus activity. Voltage on the bus should pulse single control module. This new module is
between zero and about seven and a half volts. the Next Generation Controller for
Refer to the following figure for some typical dis- DaimlerChrysler and will be referred to as the
plays. Powertrain Control Module (PCM). The
The PCI Bus failure modes are broken down into Transmission Control System is part of the
two categories. Complete PCI Bus Communication Powertrain Control Module.
Failure and individual module no response. Causes
of a complete PCI Bus Communication Failure Diagnostic procedures and DTC numbers are
include a short to ground or battery on the PCI some of the changes you will see which
circuit. Individual module no response can be reflect the new combined module technology.
caused by an open circuit at the BCM or at the The PCM will have four color coded
module, or an open battery or ground circuit to the connectors C1 through C4, (C1-BLK,
affected module. C2-ORANGE, C3-WHITE, C4-GREEN), each
Symptoms of a complete PCI Bus Communication
PCM connector will have 38 pins each. Two
Failure would include but are not limited to:
new tools are used for probing and repairing
• All gauges on the MIC stay at zero
the New PCM connectors. A New tool to
• All telltales on MIC illuminate release the pins from the PCM connectors
• MIC backlighting at full intensity Miller #3638 is introduced, you must use the
• No response received from any module on the PCI Miller tool #3638 to release the connector
bus (except PCM) pins or harness and connector damage will
• No start (if equipped with Sentry Key Immobi- occur. Also a New tool for probing
lizer) connectors Miller #8815 is introduced, you
Symptoms of Individual module failure could must use the Miller tool #8815 to probe the
include any one or more of the above. The difference PCM pins or harness and connector damage
would be that at least one or more modules would will occur. There is also a new Verification
respond to the DRBIIIt. test and module replacement procedure for
Diagnosis starts with symptom identification. If a the new PCM.
complete PCI Bus Communication Failure is sus-
pected, begin by identifying which modules the
vehicle is equipped with and then attempt to get a
response from the modules with the DRBIIIt. If any
modules are responding, the failure is not related to
the total bus, but can be caused by one or more
modules PCI circuit or power supply and ground

16
 GENERAL INFORMATION
(VTSS) is part of the body control module (BCM),
which monitors vehicle doors and the ignition for
unauthorized operation. The alarm activates by
sounding the horn, flashing the headlamps, cour-
tesy lamps, and the VTSS indicator lamp. Passive
arming occurs upon normal vehicle exit by turning
the ignition off, opening the driver’s door, locking
the doors with the power lock, and closing the
driver’s door or locking the doors with RKE. Manual
arming occurs by using the key to lock the doors
after closing them. The indicator lamp in the instru-
ment cluster will flash for 15 seconds, showing that
arming is in progress. If no monitored systems are
activated during this period, the system will arm
and the indicator will flash at a slow rate. If the
indicator lamp remains steadily lit during the arm-
ing process, this can indicate a loss of decklid
cylinder lock switch. When something triggers the
alarm, the system will signal the headlamps, cour-
tesy lamps, and horn for about 3 minutes, then
headlamps for an additional 15 minutes if the
offending input is still present.
For complaints about the Theft Alarm going off on
its own use the DRBIIIt and select “Body Com-
puter” then “Input/Output Display” and read the
“Last VTSS Cause” status.
Tamper Alert - The VTSS indicator lamp will
flash twice quickly and the horn will chirp three
times when the system is disarmed to indicate a
tamper condition has occurred.
Manual Override - The system will not arm if the
doors are locked using the manual lock control (by
hand) or if the locks are actuated by an inside
occupant after the door is closed.
To verify the system, proceed as follows:
1. Open the driver’s door.
2. Remove the ignition key (but keep it in hand).
3. Lock the doors with the power lock switch or the
RKE.
4. Close the driver’s door.
NOTE: After the doors are closed, locking the
doors with RKE will also arm the system.
NOTE: If the VTSS indicator lamp flashed, the
system is operational and verified. If not, there may
be a problem with the system.
Arming/Disarming- Active arming occurs when
the remote keyless entry transmitter is used to lock
the vehicle doors, whether the doors are open or
3.14.1 BUS FAILURE MESSAGE closed. If one or more doors are open the arming
Odometer Displays “No Bus” - The Mechanical sequence is completed only after all doors are
Instrument Cluster (MIC) cannot communicate closed.
over the bus and does not know why. Passive disarming occurs upon normal vehicle
entry (unlocking front door with the key). This
3.15 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM disarming also will halt the alarm once it has been
activated.
This passive system is designed to protect against
vehicle theft. The vehicle theft security system

17
GENERAL INFORMATION
Active disarming occurs when the remote keyless WARM Boot or User-Requested COLD Boot. If the
entry transmitter is used to unlock the vehicle DRBIIIt should display any other error message,
doors. This disarming also will halt the alarm once record the entire display and call the Star Center.
it has been activated. This is a sample of such an error message display:
NOTE: A Powertrain Control Module from a ver: 2.14
vehicle equipped with a vehicle theft security sys- date: 26 Jul93
tem cannot be used in a vehicle that is not equipped file: key_itf.cc
with a vehicle theft security system. If the VTSS date: Jul 26 1993
indicator lamp comes on after ignition ON and stays line: 548
on, the PCI bus communication with the Power- err: 0x1
train Control Module possibly has been lost. User-Requested COLD Boot

3.16 WIPER SYSTEM Press MORE to switch between this display

and the application screen.
The wiper system provides the driver with the Press F4 when done noting information.
normal wiper (low and high speeds), intermittent
wipe, and wipe after wash. The driver selects the 3.19 DRBIIIT DOES NOT POWER UP
wiper function via the resistive multiplexed stalk (BLANK SCREEN)
switch mounted on the steering column. The BCM
uses the input signal from the wiper stalk switch, If the LED’s do not light or no sound is emitted at
wiper motor park switch, and the washer switch to start up, check for loose cable connections or a bad
control the wiper system. The Body Control Module cable. Check the vehicle battery voltage (data link
(BCM) then controls the relays and timing func- connector cavity 16). A minimum of 11 volts is
tions to provide the driver selected features. required to adequately power the DRBIIIt. Check
for proper grounds at DLC cavities 4 and 5.
3.16.1 SYSTEM FEATURES If all connections are proper between theDRBIIIt
Speed Sensitive Intermittent Wipe Mode and the vehicle or other devices, and the vehicle
There are 6 individual delay times with a mini- battery is fully charged, and inoperative DRBIIIt
mum delay of 1/2 second to a maximum of 18 may be the result of faulty cable or vehicle wiring.
seconds. When the vehicle speed is under 10 MPH
(16 KMH), the delay time is doubled providing a 3.20 DISPLAY IS NOT VISIBLE
range of 1 second to 36 seconds.
Park after Ignition Off Low temperatures will affect the visibility of the
Because the wiper relays are powered from the display. Adjust the contrast to compensate for this
battery the BCM can run the wipers to park after condition.
the ignition is turned off.
Wipe after Wash
When the driver presses the wash button for over
1/2 second and then releases it, the wiper will
continue to run for 2 additional wipe cycles.
The wiper system utilizes the BCM to control the
on/off and hi/low relays from low and hi speed wiper
functions, intermittent wiper delay as the switch
position changes, pulse wipe, wipe after wash mode,
and wiper motor park functions. The BCM uses the
vehicle speed input to double the usual delay time
below 10 MPH (16 KMH).

3.17 USING THE DRBIIIT

Refer to the DRBIIIt user’s guide for instructions
and assistance with reading DTC’s, erasing DTC’s,
and other DRBIIIt functions.

3.18 DRBIIIT ERROR MESSAGES

Under normal operation, the DRBIIIt will dis-
play one of only two error messages: user-requested

18
 GENERAL INFORMATION
4.0 DISCLAIMERS, SAFETY, tem operation. Only those components with ap-
proved repair and installation procedures in the
WARNINGS
service manual should be serviced.

4.1 DISCLAIMERS 4.2.4 DRBIIIT SAFETY INFORMATION

All information, illustrations, and specifications WARNING: EXCEEDING THE LIMITS OF THE
contained in this manual are based on the latest DRBIIIT MULTIMETER IS DANGEROUS.
information available at the time of publication. READ ALL DRBIIIT INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE
The right is reserved to make changes at any time USING THE MULTIMETER. FAILURE TO
without notice. FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS CAN
RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
4.2 SAFETY
• Follow the vehicle manufacturer’s service speci-
fications at all times.
4.2.1 TECHNICIAN SAFETY INFORMATION • Do not use the DRBIIIt if it has been damaged.
• Do not use the test leads if the insulation is
WARNING: WHEN OPERATING, ENGINES damaged or if metal is exposed.
PRODUCE AN ODORLESS GAS CALLED • To avoid electrical shock, do not touch the test
CARBON MONOXIDE. INHALING CARBON leads, tips, or the circuit being tested.
MONOXIDE GAS CAN RESULT IN SLOWER
• Choose the proper range and function for the
REACTION TIMES AND CAN LEAD TO measurement. Do not try voltage or current mea-
PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. WHEN THE surements that may exceed the rated capacity.
ENGINE IS OPERATING, KEEP SERVICE
• Do not exceed the limits shown in the table below:
AREAS WELL VENTILATED OR ATTACH THE
VEHICLE EXHAUST SYSTEM TO THE SHOP FUNCTION INPUT LIMIT
EXHAUST REMOVAL SYSTEM.
Volts 0 - 500 peak volts AC
Set the parking brake and block the wheels before 0 - 500 volts DC
testing or repairing the vehicle. It is especially
important to block the wheels on front-wheel drive Ohms (resistance)* 0 - 1.12 megohms
vehicles; the parking brake does not hold the drive Frequency Measured 0 - 10 kHz
wheels. Frequency Generated
When servicing a vehicle, always wear eye pro-
tection, and remove any metal jewelry such as Temperature -58 - 1100°F
watchbands or bracelets that might make an inad- -50 - 600°C
vertent electrical contact. * Ohms cannot be measured if voltage is present.
When diagnosing a body system problem, it is Ohms can be measured only in a non-powered
important to follow approved procedures where circuit.
applicable. These procedures can be found in this • Voltage between any terminal and ground must
General Information Section or in the service man- not exceed 500v DC or 500v peak AC.
ual procedures. Following these procedures is very
• Use caution when measuring voltage above 25v
important to the safety of individuals performing
DC or 25v AC.
diagnostic tests.
• The circuit being tested must be protected by a
4.2.2 VEHICLE PREPARATION FOR 10A fuse or circuit breaker.
• Use the low current shunt to measure circuits up
TESTING to 10A. Use the high current clamp to measure
Make sure the vehicle being tested has a fully circuits exceeding 10A.
charged battery. If it does not, false diagnostic codes
• When testing for the presence of voltage or cur-
or error messages may occur.
rent, make sure the meter is functioning cor-
rectly. Take a reading of a known voltage or
4.2.3 SERVICING SUB ASSEMBLIES current before accepting a zero reading.
Some components of the body system are in- • When measuring current, connect the meter in
tended to be serviced in assembly only. Attempting series with the load.
to remove or repair certain system sub-components
• Disconnect the live test lead before disconnecting
may result in personal injury and/or improper sys-
the common test lead.

19
GENERAL INFORMATION
• When using the meter function, keep the 6.0 GLOSSARY OF TERMS
DRBIIIt away from spark plug or coil wires to
avoid measuring error from outside interference.
6.1 ACRONYMS
4.3 WARNINGS
ABS antilock brake system

4.3.1 VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGS ACM airbag control module

Before disconnecting any control module, make AECM airbag electronic control module
sure the ignition is “off”. Failure to do so could (ACM)
damage the module.
When testing voltage or continuity at any control ASDM airbag system diagnostic module
module, use the terminal side (not the wire end) of (ACM)
the connector. Do not probe a wire through the ATC automatic temperature control
insulation; this will damage it and eventually cause
it to fail because of corrosion. BCM body control module
Be careful when performing electrical tests so as
CAB controller antilock brake
to prevent accidental shorting of terminals. Such
mistakes can damage fuses or components. Also, a CMTC compass/mini-trip computer
second DTC could be set, making diagnosis of the
original problem more difficult. DAB driver airbag
DLC data link connector
4.3.2 ROAD TEST COMPLAINT VEHICLE
DTC diagnostic trouble code
Some complaints will require a test drive as part
of the repair verification procedure. The purpose of DR driver
the test drive is to try to duplicate the diagnostic
DTC or symptom condition. EBL electric back lite (rear window defogger)
HVAC heater ventilation, air conditioning
WARNING: REASSEMBLE ALL COMPONENTS
BEFORE ROAD TESTING A VEHICLE. DO NOT MIC mechanical instrument cluster
TRY TO READ THE DRBIIIT SCREEN OR MTC manual temperature control
OTHER TEST EQUIPMENT DURING A TEST
DRIVE. DO NOT HANG THE DRBIIIT OR OTHER NGC next generation controller
TEST EQUIPMENT FROM THE REARVIEW OBD on board diagnostics
MIRROR DURING A TEST DRIVE. HAVE AN
ASSISTANT AVAILABLE TO OPERATE THE ODO odometer
DRBIIIT OR OTHER TEST EQUIPMENT. ORC occupant restraint controller (ACM)
FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS
CAN RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY OR PAB passenger airbag
DEATH. PASS passenger
PCI Programmable Communication In-
5.0 REQUIRED TOOLS AND terface (vehicle communication bus)
EQUIPMENT PCM powertrain control module

DRBIIIt (diagnostic read-out box) PDC power distribution center

Jumper wires
PWM pulse width modulated
Ohmmeter
Voltmeter RKE remote keyless entry
Test Light
8310 Airbag System Load Tool SAB seat airbag
8443 SRS Airbag System Load Tool SBT seat belt tensioner
SKIM sentry key immobilizer module
SKIS sentry key immobilizer system

20
 GENERAL INFORMATION
SQUIB also called initiator (located inside
airbag)
SRS supplemental restraint system
TCM transmission control module
VFD vacuum fluorescent display
VTSS vehicle theft security system

21
NOTES

22
 7.0
DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND
PROCEDURES

23
AIRBAG

Symptom List:
ACCELEROMETER 1
INTERNAL 1
INTERNAL 2
INTERNAL 3
INTERNAL 4
OUTPUT DRIVER 1
OUTPUT DRIVER 2
STORED ENERGY FIRING 1

Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be ACCELEROMETER 1.

When Monitored and Set Condition:

ACCELEROMETER 1
When Monitored: With the ignition on, the module on board diagnostics continuously
performs internal circuit tests.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit.

INTERNAL 1
When Monitored: With the ignition on, the module on board diagnostics continuously
performs internal circuit tests.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit.

INTERNAL 2
When Monitored: With the ignition on, the module on board diagnostics continuously
performs internal circuit tests.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit.

INTERNAL 3
When Monitored: With the ignition on, the module on board diagnostics continuously
performs internal circuit tests.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit.

INTERNAL 4
When Monitored: With the ignition on, the module on board diagnostics continuously
performs internal circuit tests.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit.

24
 AIRBAG

ACCELEROMETER 1 — Continued

OUTPUT DRIVER 1
When Monitored: With the ignition on, the module on board diagnostics continuously
performs internal circuit tests.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit.

OUTPUT DRIVER 2
When Monitored: With the ignition on, the module on board diagnostics continuously
performs internal circuit tests.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit.

STORED ENERGY FIRING 1

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the module on board diagnostics continuously
performs internal circuit tests.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE - ACM

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
Select the appropriate module and DTC type combination:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 2

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair:
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

25
AIRBAG

Symptom List:
AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER
AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR OPEN
AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR SHORT

Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR
DRIVER.

When Monitored and Set Condition:

AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER

When Monitored: With ignition on the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for a message from the
MIC containing the airbag warning indicator status. The ACM request the warning lamp
status from the MIC once every second.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the ACM receives a bus message indicating that the
airbag lamp driver has failed.

AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR OPEN

When Monitored: With ignition on the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for a message from the
MIC containing the airbag warning indicator status. The ACM request the warning lamp
status from the MIC once every second.
Set Condition: This DTC will set immediately if the indicator status is OPEN.

AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR SHORT

When Monitored: With ignition on the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for a message from the
MIC containing the airbag warning indicator status. The ACM request the warning lamp
status from the MIC once every second.
Set Condition: This DTC will set immediately if the indicator status is SHORT.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
MIC, COMMUNICATION FAILURE
WARNING INDICATOR
ACM, WARNING INDICATOR
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

26
 AIRBAG

AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5
NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be
turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

2 With the DRBIIIt, ensure PCI Bus communications with the Instrument Cluster. All
Is the Instrument Cluster communicating on the PCI Bus?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Refer to category COMMUNICATION CATEGORY and select the
related symptom NO RESPONSE or INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
BUS +/- SIGNAL OPEN.

3 With the DRBIIIt select PASSIVE RESTRAINTS, AIRBAG and MONITOR DIS- All
PLAY.
Using the DRBIIIt, read the WARNING LAMP MONITOR screen.
Select the LAMP STATUS displayed on the DRB monitors screen.
Observe the Lamp Driver State and Actual Lamp State.
Is the LAMP DRIVER and ACTUAL LAMP STATE: OK?
YES
Go To 4
NO
Replace Instrument Cluster.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

27
AIRBAG

AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

28
 AIRBAG

Symptom:
CALIBRATION MISMATCH

When Monitored and Set Condition:

CALIBRATION MISMATCH
When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for the VIN message
containing the body style. Note: The VIN message should match the vehicle VIN plate.
Set Condition: If the Body style stored in ACM does not exactly match the vehicle body
style indicated by the PCM for 2 consecutive VIN messages, then the fault shall be set.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM, PCI COMMUNICATION FAILURE
PCM VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS INCORRECT OR MISSING
ACM CALIBRATION MISMATCH
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

2 Turn the ignition on. All

NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
Connect the DRB to the data link connector and select PASSIVE RESTRAINTS,
AIRBAG, SYSTEM TEST.
With the DRBIIIt, read the system test.
Does the DRB show PCM Active on the Bus:?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Refer to category COMMUNICATION CATEGORY and select the

related symptom.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

29
AIRBAG

CALIBRATION MISMATCH — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 With the DRB select ENGINE MISCELLANEOUS, select MISC FUNCTION, and All
then CHECK VIN to read the Vehicle Identification Number in the Powertrain
Control Module.
Compare the VIN displayed on the DRB screen and the Vehicle VIN plate.
Does the VIN plate and the PCM VIN match?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Replace the Powertrain Control Module and program with the

correct vehicle identification number.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?

Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning
vehicle to customer.

30
 AIRBAG

Symptom:
CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH

When Monitored and Set Condition:

CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH

When Monitored: After the MIC bulb test is completed, the ACM compares the Lamp
Request by ACM, On or Off, and the Lamp on by MIC, On or Off, PCI Bus messages. Each
message is transmitted one time per second or when a change in the lamp state occur.
Set Condition: If the Lamp Request by ACM, On or Off, and the Lamp on by MIC, On or
Off, messages do not match, the code will set.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
MIC DIAGNOSTIC CODES
CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACM, CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5
NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be
turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

2 Turn the ignition on. All

With the DRBIIIt, read the MIC DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display any active Diagnostic Codes?

Yes → Refer to symptom list for problems related to Instrument Cluster.

No → Go To 3

31
AIRBAG

CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 With the DRBIIIt select PASSIVE RESTRAINTS, AIRBAG, MONITOR DISPLAY All
and WARNING LAMP STATUS.
Cycle the ignition key and observe the LAMP ON BY MIC and LAMP REQ BY ACM
monitors after the 6 to 8 second indicator test.
Does the LAMP ON BY MIC and LAMP REQ BY ACM monitors match?
YES
Go To 4

NO
Replace Mechanical Instrument Cluster.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DISCONNECT THE All

BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?

Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning
vehicle to customer.

32
 AIRBAG

Symptom:
DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN

When Monitored and Set Condition:

DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver
Curtain Squib circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects an open circuit or high resistance on the Curtain
Squib circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER CURTAIN AIRBAG CIRCUIT OPEN
DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB LINE 1 OR LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
ACM, DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

33
AIRBAG

DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT All
TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Driver Curtain Airbag connector(s).
WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG
FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO
THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERI-
OUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Curtain Airbag connector(s).
WARNING: TURN IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
With the DRBIIIt, read active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace Driver Curtain Airbag in accordance with the Service

Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT All
TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Airbag Load Tool from the Driver Curtain Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module Connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adapter to the Airbag Control Module
connector(s).
Measure the resistance of the Curtain Squib Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the
Load Tool ACM adaptor and the Curtain Airbag connector.
Is the resistance below 1.0 ohms on both circuits?

Yes → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service
information. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Repair open or high resistance in the Driver Curtain Squib Line

1 or Line 2 circuits.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

34
 AIRBAG

DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

35
AIRBAG

Symptom:
DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance between the
Driver Curtain Squib circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects a low resistance between the Driver Curtain Squib
circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER CURTAIN AIRBAG CIRCUIT SHORT
DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2
ACM, DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

36
 AIRBAG

DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Driver Curtain Airbag connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean repair as necessary.
WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG
FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO
THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERI-
OUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Curtain Airbag connector(s).
WARNING: TURN IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace Driver Curtain Airbag in accordance with the Service

Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Airbag Load Tool from the Driver Curtain Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adapter to the ACM connector(s).
Measure the resistance between the Driver Curtain Squib Line 1 and Line 2 circuits
at the Driver Curtain Airbag connector.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair Driver Curtain Squib Line 1 shorted to Line 2 circuit.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Information. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

37
AIRBAG

DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

38
 AIRBAG

Symptom:
DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY

When Monitored and Set Condition:

DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the voltage of the Driver
Curtain Squib circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects voltage on the Curtain Squib circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY
DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
ACM, DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

2 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Driver Curtain Airbag connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean repair as necessary.
WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG
FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO
THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERI-
OUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Curtain Airbag connector(s).
WARNING: TURN IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace Driver Curtain Airbag in accordance with the Service

Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

39
AIRBAG

DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG All
FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO
THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERI-
OUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Disconnect the Airbag Load Tool from the Driver Curtain Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adapter to the ACM connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
Measure the voltage on the Driver Curtain Squib Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between
the Driver Curtain Airbag connector and ground.
Is there any voltage on either circuit?

Yes → Repair Driver Curtain Squib Line 1 or Line 2 circuits short to

battery.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Information. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

40
 AIRBAG

Symptom:
DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND

When Monitored and Set Condition:

DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver
Curtain Squib circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects a short to ground in either Driver Curtain Squib
circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND
DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORTED TO GROUND
ACM, DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

41
AIRBAG

DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT All
TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Driver Curtain Airbag connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG
FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO
THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERI-
OUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Curtain Airbag connector(s).
WARNING: TURN IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace the Driver Curtain Airbag in accordance with Service

Instructions.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT All
TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG
FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO
THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERI-
OUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Driver Curtain Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM adaptor to the ACM connector(s).
Measure the resistance of the Driver Curtain Squib Line 1 and Line 2 circuits
between the Driver Curtain Airbag connector and ground.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit?
Yes → Repair Driver Curtain Squib Line 1 or Line 2 shorted to ground.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Information. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

42
 AIRBAG

DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

43
AIRBAG

Symptom:
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN

When Monitored and Set Condition:

DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN

When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver
Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.
Set Condition: The ACM has detected an open circuit or high resistance on the Driver
Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUITS OPEN
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 OR LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
ACM, DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

2 NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. All

WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION
OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE
PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION
ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display DRIVER SBT CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace Driver Seat Belt Tensioner in accordance with the Service

Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

44
 AIRBAG

DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION All
OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE
PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module Connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module
connector(s).
Measure the resistance of the Driver SBT Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the
Load Tool Adapter and the Driver SBT connector.
Is the resistance below 1.0 ohms on both circuit?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Repair open or high resistance in Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line

1 Line 2 circuits.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT,
PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, .
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair:
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service
information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

45
AIRBAG

DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

46
 AIRBAG

Symptom:
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT

When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver
Seat Belt Tensioner circuits
Set Condition: The ACM has detected low resistance in the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner
circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2
ACM, DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be

turned off and the Battery must be disconnected.

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION All

OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE
PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION
ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace Driver Seat Belt Tensioner in accordance with the Service

Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

47
AIRBAG

DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION All
OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE
PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module
connector(s).
Measure the resistance between the Driver SBT Line 1 and Line 2 circuit at the
Driver SBT connector.
Is the resistance below 10K Ohms?

Yes → Repair Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 circuit short to Driver
Seat Belt Tensioner Line 2 circuit.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair:
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

48
 AIRBAG

DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

49
AIRBAG

Symptom:
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY

When Monitored and Set Condition:

DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY

When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the voltage of the Driver Seat
Belt Tensioner circuits.
Set Condition: The ACM has detected high voltage on the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner
circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY
DRIVER SBT LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
ACM, DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be

turned off and the Battery must be disconnected.

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION All

OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE
PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH,TURN IGNITION
ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BAT-
TERY?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace Driver Seat Belt Tensioner in accordance with the Service

Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

50
 AIRBAG

DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION All
OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE
PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module Connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module
connector(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION
ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
Measure the voltage of the Driver SBT Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the Driver
SBT connector and ground.
Is there any voltage present?
Yes → Repair Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 or Line 2 circuit short to
battery.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair:
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

51
AIRBAG

DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

52
 AIRBAG

Symptom:
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND

When Monitored and Set Condition:

DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND

When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the voltage of the Driver Seat
Belt Tensioner circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects a short to ground in either Driver Seat Belt
Tensioner circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND
DRIVER SEAT BELT LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO GROUND
ACM, DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be

turned off and the Battery must be disconnected.

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION All

OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE
PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION
ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO
GROUND?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner in accordance with the

Service Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

53
AIRBAG

DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION All
OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE
PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module
connector(s).
Measure the resistance of the Driver SBT Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the
Driver SBT connector and ground.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit?

Yes → Repair Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 or Line 2 circuits short
to ground.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair:
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service
information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

54
 AIRBAG

DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

55
AIRBAG

Symptom:
DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN

When Monitored and Set Condition:

DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver
Squib 1 circuits.
Set Condition: The ACM detects an open circuit or high resistance in the Driver Squib 1
circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
CLOCKSPRING SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 CIRCUITS OPEN
ACM, DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 6

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

56
 AIRBAG

DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DO NOT PLACE AN
INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE
AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Airbag connector(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Infor-

mation.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Driver Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Clockspring connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes → Go To 4
No → Replace the Clockspring in accordance with the Service Informa-
tion.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connec-
tor(s).
Measure the resistance of the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the
ACM Adaptor and the Clockspring connector(s).
Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm on both circuits?
Yes → Go To 5

No → Repair open or high resistance in the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 or

Line 2 circuits.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

57
AIRBAG

DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair:
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

58
 AIRBAG

Symptom:
DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver
Squib 1 circuits.
Set Condition: The ACM has detected low resistance on the Driver Squib 1 circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT
CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUITS SHORT
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2
ACM, DRIVER SQUIB LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 6

NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be

turned off and the Battery must be disconnected.

59
AIRBAG

DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Driver Airbag connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DO NOT PLACE AN
INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE
AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Airbag connector(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Infor-

mation.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Driver Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Clockspring connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT?
Yes → Go To 4
No → Replace the Clockspring in accordance with the Service Informa-
tion.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connec-
tor(s).
Measure the resistance between the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 at the
Clockspring connector.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 circuit shorted to Driver Squib
1 Line 2 circuit.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 5

60
 AIRBAG

DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair:
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

61
AIRBAG

Symptom:
DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY

When Monitored and Set Condition:

DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the voltage of the Driver Squib
1 circuits.
Set Condition: The ACM has detected high voltage on the Driver Squib 1 circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY
CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY
DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
ACM, DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED ACM DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

62
 AIRBAG

DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connector(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DO NOT PLACE AN
INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE
AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Airbag connector(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Infor-

mation.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Driver Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Clockspring connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY ?
Yes → Go To 4
No → Replace the Clockspring in accordance with the Service Informa-
tion.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

63
AIRBAG

DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connec-
tor(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
Measure the voltage on the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the
Clockspring connector and ground.
Is there any voltage present?

Yes → Repair the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 or Line 2 circuits shorted to

battery.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service

Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

64
 AIRBAG

Symptom:
DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND

When Monitored and Set Condition:

DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver
Squib 1 circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects a short to ground in either Driver Squib 1 circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND
CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND
DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORTED TO GROUND
ACM, DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 6

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

65
AIRBAG

DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DO NOT PLACE AN
INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE
AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Airbag connector(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Infor-

mation.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Driver Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Clockspring connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND?
Yes → Go To 4
No → Replace the Clockspring in accordance with the Service Informa-
tion.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector.
Measure the resistance of the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between
Clockspring connector and ground.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit?

Yes → Repair Driver Squib 1 Line 1 or Line 2 circuits shorted to ground.

Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 5

66
 AIRBAG

DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT,
PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, .
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair:
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

67
AIRBAG

Symptom:
DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN

When Monitored and Set Condition:

DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver
Squib 2 circuits.
Set Condition: The ACM detects an open circuit or high resistance in the Driver Squib 2
circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 CIRCUITS OPEN
ACM, DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 6

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

68
 AIRBAG

DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DO NOT PLACE AN
INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE
AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED,
AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Airbag connector(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Infor-
mation.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector.
Disconnect the Clockspring connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Replace the Clockspring in accordance with the Service Informa-

tion.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connec-
tor(s)
Measure the resistance of the Driver Squib 2 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the
ACM Adaptor and the Clockspring connector.
Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm on both circuits?

Yes → Go To 5

No → Repair open or high resistance in the Driver Squib 2 Line 1 or

Line 2 circuits.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

69
AIRBAG

DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair:
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

70
 AIRBAG

Symptom:
DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver
Squib 2 circuits.
Set Condition: The ACM detects low resistance on the Driver Squib 2 circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT
CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT
DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2
ACM, DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 6

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

71
AIRBAG

DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH,TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Driver Airbag connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DO NOT PLACE AN
INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE
AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED,
AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Airbag connector(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRB show DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Replace Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Informa-
tion.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Driver Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Clockspring connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRB show DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Replace Clockspring in accordance with the Service Information.

Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connec-
tor(s).
Measure the resistance between the Driver Squib 2 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits at the
Clockspring connector.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair the Driver Squib 2 Line 1 circuit shorted to Driver Squib
2 Line 2 circuit.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 5

72
 AIRBAG

DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair:
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

73
AIRBAG

Symptom:
DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY

When Monitored and Set Condition:

DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the voltage of the Driver Squib
2 circuits.
Set Condition: The ACM detects high voltage on the Driver Squib 2 circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
ACM, DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 6

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

74
 AIRBAG

DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH,TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Driver Airbag connector(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH,DO NOT PLACE AN
INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE
AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED,
AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Airbag connector(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH,TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Infor-
mation.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Driver Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Clockspring connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRB show DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY ?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Replace the Clockspring in accordance with the Service Informa-

tion.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connec-
tor(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
Measure the voltage on the Driver Squib 2 Line 1 and Line 2 from the Clockspring
connector to ground.
Is there any voltage present?

Yes → Repair the Driver Squib 2 Line 1 or Line 2 circuits shorted to

battery.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 5

75
AIRBAG

DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair:
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

76
 AIRBAG

Symptom:
DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND

When Monitored and Set Condition:

DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver
Squib 2 circuits.
Set Condition: The ACM detects a short to ground in either Driver Squib 2 circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND
CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND
DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO GROUND
ACM, DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 6

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

77
AIRBAG

DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH,TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Driver Airbag connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH,DO NOT PLACE AN
INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE
AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED,
AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Airbag connectors(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH,TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRB show DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Infor-
mation.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH,TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Driver Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Clockspring connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH,TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRB show DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Replace the Clockspring in accordance with the Service Informa-

tion.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH,TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector.
Measure the resistance of the Driver Squib 2 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between
Clockspring connector and ground.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit?
Yes → Repair Driver Squib 2 Line 1 or Line 2 circuits shorted to ground.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 5

78
 AIRBAG

DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair:
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

79
AIRBAG

Symptom:
LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 INTERNAL 1

When Monitored and Set Condition:

LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 INTERNAL 1

When Monitored: At ignition on, the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 is equipped with onboard
diagnostics to monitor the sensors internal circuits. If a problem is identified the sensor
sends the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 internal 1 message to the ACM.
Set Condition: The code will set, if the ACM receives an Impact Sensor Internal 1
message from the Left Side Impact Sensor 1.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ACM, LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1
REPAIR IS COMPLETE
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

2 Replace the Left Side Impact Sensor 1. All

Reconnect the vehicle wire harness to the impact sensor.
Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected
components - except the Battery.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
Connect the DRB to the Data Link Connector - use the most current software
available.
Use the DRB III and erase the stored codes in all airbag system modules.
Turn the Ignition Off, and wait 15 seconds before turning the Ignition On.
Wait one minute, and read active codes and if there are none present read the stored
codes.
DID the active Left Side Impact Sensor 1 DTC return?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Repair is complete.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

80
 AIRBAG

LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 INTERNAL 1 — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

81
AIRBAG

Symptom:
LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START

When Monitored and Set Condition:

LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START

When Monitored: With the ignition in the Run-Start position the ACM monitors the
Fused Ignition Switch Output Run-Start circuit for proper system voltage.
Set Condition: If the voltage on the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run-Start circuit drops
below approximately 6.0 volts, the code will set.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED IGNITION SW OUTPUT RUN-START SHORT TO GROUND
IGNITION SWITCH RUN - START CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN-START CIRCUIT OPEN
ACM, FUSED IGNITION OUTPUT RUN-START CIRCUIT OPEN
ACM, RUN - START SHORTED TO GROUND
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN - START CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Ensure the battery is fully charged. All
Turn the ignition on.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC:

ACM - ACTIVE DTC

Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 8

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

2 Turn Ignition off. All

Remove and inspect the Airbag Run - Start Fuse.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Is the Fuse open?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 5

82
 AIRBAG

LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Measure the resistance of the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run-Start circuit All
between the Airbag Run - Start Fuse and ground.
Is the resistance below 10.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Replace Airbag Run - Start Fuse.

Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module
connector(s).
Measure the resistance of the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run-Start circuit
between the ACM Adaptor and ground.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run - Start circuit short
to ground.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service

Instructions.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Turn the ignition on. All

Measure the voltage of the Ignition Switch Output circuit at the Airbag Run - Start
fuse.
Is the voltage above approximately 6.0 volts?

Yes → Go To 6
No → Repair the open Ignition Switch Output Run - Start circuit.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

NOTE: Reinstall the fuse after performing this test.

83
AIRBAG

LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

6 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module
connector(s).
Reinstall the previously removed Airbag Run-Start Fuse.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
Measure the voltage of the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run - Start Circuit at the
ACM Adaptor.
Is the voltage above approximately 6.0 volts?

Yes → Go To 7
No → Repair open Fused Ignition Switch Output Run-Start circuit.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

84
 AIRBAG

LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

8 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

85
AIRBAG

Symptom:
LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY

When Monitored and Set Condition:

LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY

When Monitored: With the ignition in the run position the module monitors the Run Only
circuit for proper system voltage.
Set Condition: If the voltage on the Run Only circuit drops below 6.0 volts, the code will
set.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN CIRCUIT OPEN
ACM, FUSED IGNITION OUTPUT RUN CIRCUIT OPEN
CHECKING FOR A SHORTED RUN CIRCUIT
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
ACM, FUSED IGNITION RUN CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC:

ACM - ACTIVE DTC:

Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 9

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Remove and inspect the Airbag Run circuit fuse.
Is the Fuse open?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 6

86
 AIRBAG

LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Remove the Airbag Run fuse. All
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run circuit between the
Run Fuse and ground.
Is the resistance below 10.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Replace the defective fuse.

Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module
connector(s).
Measure the resistance of the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run circuit between the
ACM connector and ground.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?

Yes → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run circuit for a short
to ground and replace Airbag Run Fuse.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions and replace the Run Only Fuse.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition on. All

Measure the voltage of the Ignition Switch Output Run circuit between the Airbag
Run circuit fuse and ground.
Is the voltage above approximately 6.0 volts?
Yes → Go To 7

No → Repair the open Ignition Switch Output Run circuit. Then rein-
stall the Ignition Switch Output Run fuse.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

87
AIRBAG

LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

7 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module
connector(s).
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Reinstall the airbag Run fuse.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
Measure the voltage of the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run circuit at the Airbag
Control Module connector.
Is the voltage above approximately 6.0 volts?

Yes → Go To 8
No → Repair the open or high resistance in the Fused Ignition Switch
Output Run circuit.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

8 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

88
 AIRBAG

LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

9 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

89
AIRBAG

Symptom:
NO CLUSTER MESSAGE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

NO CLUSTER MESSAGE
When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for a message from
the MIC containing the airbag warning indicator status. The MIC transmits the message
one time at ignition on, lamp state change, or in response to the ACM message.
Set Condition: If the MIC message is not received for 10 consecutive seconds, the code
will set.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
MIC, COMMUNICATION FAILURE
ACM, NO CLUSTER MESSAGES
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

2 Turn the ignition on. All

With the DRBIIIt, ensure PCI Bus communications with the Instrument Cluster.
Is the Instrument Cluster communicating on the PCI Bus?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Refer to category COMMUNICATION CATEGORY and select the

related symptom NO RESPONSE or INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
BUS +/- SIGNAL OPEN.

90
 AIRBAG

NO CLUSTER MESSAGE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DISCONNECT THE
BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be

turned off and the Battery must be disconnected.

4 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

91
AIRBAG

Symptom:
NO LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 COMMUNICATION

When Monitored and Set Condition:

NO LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 COMMUNICATION

When Monitored: The ACM continuously communicates with the Left Side Impact
Sensor 1 over the sensor signal circuit. The sensor communication and onboard diagnostics
are powered by the ACM signal.
Set Condition: The code will set, if the ACM and Left Side Impact Sensor 1 do not
establish and maintain valid data communications.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY
SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
LEFT SIDE SENSOR CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
ACM, LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
REPAIR IS COMPLETE
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 9
NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be
turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

92
 AIRBAG

NO LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 COMMUNICATION — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Left Side Impact Sensor connector.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
Measure the voltage of the Left Side Impact Sensor Signal circuit and sensor ground
circuit at the Left Side Sensor connector and ground.
Is there any voltage present?
Yes → Repair the Left Side Impact Sensor circuits shorted to battery.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION All

ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
Measure the resistance of the Left Side Impact Sensor Signal circuit between the Left
Side Impact Sensor connector and ground.
Is the resistance below 100K ohms?

Yes → Repair the Left Side Impact Sense signal circuit shorted for a
short to ground.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

4 Measure the resistance between the Left Side Impact Sensor Signal and Sensor All
Ground circuits at the Left Side Impact Sensor connector.
Is the resistance below 100K ohms?

Yes → Repair the Left Side Impact Sensor circuits shorted together.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 5

5 Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module All
connector.
Measure the resistance of the Left Side Impact Sensor Ground circuit between the
Left Side Impact Sensor connector and the Load Tool ACM Adaptor.
Is the resistance below 1 ohm?

Yes → Go To 6

No → Repair the Left Side Impact Sensor Ground circuit open or high
resistance.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Measure the resistance of the Left Side Impact Sensor Signal circuit between the Left All
Side Impact Sensor connector and the Load Tool ACM Adaptor.
Is the resistance below 1 ohm?
Yes → Go To 7

No → Repair the Left Side Impact Sensor Signal circuit open or high
resistance.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

93
AIRBAG

NO LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 COMMUNICATION — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

7 Replace the Left Side Impact Sensor. All
Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor.
Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected
components - except the Battery.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
Connect the DRB to the Data Link Connector - use the most current software
available.
Use the DRB III and erase the stored codes in all airbag system modules.
Turn the Ignition Off, and wait 15 seconds before turning the Ignition On.
Wait one minute, and read active codes and if there are none present read the stored
codes.
DID the active Left Side Impact Sensor DTC return?
Yes → Go To 8

No → Repair is complete.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

8 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

94
 AIRBAG

NO LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 COMMUNICATION — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

9 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

95
AIRBAG

Symptom:
NO ODOMETER MESSAGE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

NO ODOMETER MESSAGE
When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for the Odometer
message from the Body Control Module. The PCM transmits the odometer message at 1
second intervals.
Set Condition: The code will set, if the ACM does not see the odometer message for 10
seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM, PCI COMMUNICATION FAILURE
NO ODOMETER MESSAGE
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACM, NO ODOMETER MESSAGE
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged. All
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
Turn the ignition on.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5
NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be
turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

2 Connect the DRBIIIt to the data link connector and select PASSIVE RESTRAINTS, All
AIRBAG, SYSTEM TEST.
With the DRBIIIt, read the PCM Active on the Bus:.
Does the DRB show PCM ACTIVE ON THE BUS?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Refer to category 9 COMMUNICATION CATEGORY9 and select

the related symptom.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

96
 AIRBAG

NO ODOMETER MESSAGE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 With the DRB select ENGINE, MISCELLANEOUS, SELECT MISC FUNCTION, All
and then CHECK VIN to read the Vehicle Identification Number in the Powertrain
Control Module.
Compare the VIN displayed on the DRB screen and the Vehicle VIN plate.
Does the VIN plate and the PCM VIN match?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Replace the Powertrain Control Module and program with the

correct vehicle identification number.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be
turned off and the Battery must be disconnected.

5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?

Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

97
AIRBAG

Symptom:
NO PCI TRANSMISSION

When Monitored and Set Condition:

NO PCI TRANSMISSION
When Monitored: With the ignition on and the module transmitting information on the
BUS.
Set Condition: The code will set immediately if the onboard diagnostic cannot detect the
module transmitting information on the BUS. NOTE: Any Bus Failure will may cause a
stored code to set.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE - ACM
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
From the list below, select the appropriate module and DTC type for the this
diagnostic trouble code.
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC

ACM - ACTIVE
Go To 2
ACM - STORED
Go To 3

NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be

turned off and the Battery must be disconnected.

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DISCONNECT THE All

BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

98
 AIRBAG

NO PCI TRANSMISSION — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

99
AIRBAG

Symptom:
NO RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 COMMUNICATION

When Monitored and Set Condition:

NO RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 COMMUNICATION

When Monitored: The ACM continuously communicates with the Right Side Impact
Sensor 1 over the sensor signal circuit. The sensor communication and onboard diagnostics
are powered by the ACM signal.
Set Condition: The code will set, if the ACM and Right Side Impact Sensor 1 do not
establish and maintain valid data communications.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY
SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT SIDE SENSOR CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
ACM, PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
REPAIR IS COMPLETE
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 9
NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be
turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

100
 AIRBAG

NO RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 COMMUNICATION — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Right Side Impact Sensor connector.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
Measure the voltage of the Right Side Impact Sensor Signal circuit and sensor
ground at the Right Side Impact Sensor connector.
Is there any voltage present?
Yes → Repair the Right Side Impact Sensor Signal circuit shorted to
battery.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION All

ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
Measure the resistance of the Right Side Impact Sensor Signal circuit between the
Right Side Impact Sensor connector and ground.
Is the resistance below 100K ohms?
Yes → Repair the Right Side Sense signal circuit shorted for a short to
ground.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

4 Measure the resistance between the Right Side Impact Sensor Signal and Sensor All
Ground circuits at the Right Side Impact Sensor connector.
Is the resistance below 100K ohms?
Yes → Repair the Right Side Impact Sensor circuits shorted together.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module All
connector.
Measure the resistance of the Right Side Impact Sensor Ground circuit between the
Right Side Impact Sensor connector and the Load Tool adaptor.
Is the resistance below 1 ohm?
Yes → Go To 6

No → Repair the Right Side Front Impact Sensor Ground circuit open or
high resistance.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Measure the resistance of the Right Side Impact Sensor Signal circuit between the All
Right Side Impact Sensor connector and the Load Tool adaptor.
Is the resistance below 1 ohm?

Yes → Go To 7

No → Repair the Right Side Impact Sensor Signal circuit open or high
resistance.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

101
AIRBAG

NO RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 COMMUNICATION — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

7 Replace the Right Side Impact Sensor. All
Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor.
Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected
components - except the Battery.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
Connect the DRB to the Data Link Connector - use the most current software
available.
Use the DRB III and erase the stored codes in all airbag system modules.
Turn the Ignition Off, and wait 15 seconds before turning the Ignition On.
Wait one minute, and read active codes and if there are none present read the stored
codes.
DID the active Right Side Impact Sensor DTC return?
Yes → Go To 8

No → Repair is complete.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

8 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

102
 AIRBAG

NO RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 COMMUNICATION — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

9 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

103
AIRBAG

Symptom:
PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN

When Monitored and Set Condition:

PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger
Curtain Squib circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects an open circuit or high resistance on the Curtain
Squib circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER CURTAIN AIRBAG CIRCUIT OPEN
PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB LINE 1 OR LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
ACM, PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

104
 AIRBAG

PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION All
OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE
PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Passenger Curtain Airbag connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DO NOT PLACE AN
INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SUR-
FACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY
DEPLOYED.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Curtain Airbag connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION
ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Replace Passenger Curtain Airbag in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION All

OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE
PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Airbag Load Tool from the Passenger Curtain Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module Connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module
connector(s).
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Curtain Squib Line 1 and Line 2 circuits
between the Load Tool ACM adaptor and the Passenger Curtain Airbag connector.
Is the resistance below 1.0 ohms on both circuits?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Repair open or high resistance in the Passenger Curtain Squib

Line 1 or Line 2 circuits.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY All

TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair:
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service
information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

105
AIRBAG

PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

106
 AIRBAG

Symptom:
PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance between the
Passenger Curtain Squib circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects a low resistance between the Passenger Curtain
Squib circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT
PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2
ACM, PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

107
AIRBAG

PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Curtain Airbag connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean repair as necessary.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DO NOT PLACE AN
INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SUR-
FACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY
DEPLOYED.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Curtain Airbag connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION
ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Replace Curtain Airbag in accordance with the Service Informa-
tion.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Curtain Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DO NOT PLACE AN
INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SUR-
FACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY
DEPLOYED.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adaptor to the ACM connector(s).
Measure the resistance between the Passenger Curtain Squib Line 1 and Line 2
circuits at the Passenger Curtain Airbag connector.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair Passenger Curtain Squib Line 1 short to Line 2 circuit.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

4 WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY All

TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair:
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

108
 AIRBAG

PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

109
AIRBAG

Symptom:
PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY

When Monitored and Set Condition:

PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the voltage of the Passenger
Curtain Squib circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects voltage on the Passenger Curtain Squib circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER CURTAIN AIRBAG SHORT TO BATTERY
CURTAIN SQUIB LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORTED TO BATTERY
ACM, PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

110
 AIRBAG

PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION All
OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE
PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Curtain Airbag connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DO NOT PLACE AN
INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SUR-
FACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY
DEPLOYED.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Curtain Airbag connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION
ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Replace Passenger Curtain Airbag in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION All

OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE
PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Airbag Load Tool from the Passenger Curtain Squib connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adaptor to the ACM connector(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION
ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
Measure the voltage of the Passenger Curtain Squib Line 1 and Line 2 circuits
between the Passenger Curtain Airbag connector and ground.
Is any voltage present on either circuit?
Yes → Repair Passenger Curtain Squib Line 1 or Line 2 short to battery.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

4 WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY All

TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair:
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

111
AIRBAG

PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

112
 AIRBAG

Symptom:
PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND

When Monitored and Set Condition:

PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger
Curtain Squib circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects a short to ground in either Passenger Curtain
Squib circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND
PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO GROUND
ACM, PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

113
AIRBAG

PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION All
OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE
PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Curtain Airbag connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DO NOT PLACE AN
INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SUR-
FACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY
DEPLOYED.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Curtain Airbag connector(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION
ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Replace the Passenger Curtain Airbag in accordance with Service
Instructions.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION All

OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE
PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Curtain Airbag connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DO NOT PLACE AN
INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SUR-
FACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY
DEPLOYED.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adaptor to the ACM connector(s).
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Curtain Squib Line 1 and Line 2 circuits
between the Passenger Curtain Squib connector and ground.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit?
Yes → Repair Passenger Curtain Squib Line 1 or Line 2 short to ground.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

4 WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY All

TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair:
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

114
 AIRBAG

PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

115
AIRBAG

Symptom:
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN

When Monitored and Set Condition:

PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger
Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects an open circuit or high resistance in the Passenger
Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 OR LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
ACM, PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION All

OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE
PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION
ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display PASSENGER SBT CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner in accordance with the

Service Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

116
 AIRBAG

PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION All
OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE
PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger SBT connector.
Disconnect the Airbag control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module
connector.
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 and Line 2
circuits between the Load Tool Adaptor and the Passenger SBT connector.
Is the resistance below 1.0 ohms on either circuit ?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Repair open or high resistance in Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner

Line 1 or Line 2 circuits.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair:
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service
information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

117
AIRBAG

PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

118
 AIRBAG

Symptom:
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance between the
Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects low resistance in the Passenger Seat Belt
Tensioner circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT
ACM, PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION All

OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE
PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION
ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner in accordance with the

Service Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

119
AIRBAG

PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION All
OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE
PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module
connector(s).
Measure the resistance between the Passenger SBT Line 1 and line 2 circuit at the
Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?

Yes → Repair the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 short to Line 2
circuit.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair:
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

120
 AIRBAG

PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

121
AIRBAG

Symptom:
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY

When Monitored and Set Condition:

PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY

When Monitored: When the ignition is on, the ACM monitors the voltage of the Passenger
Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects voltage on the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner
circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
ACM, PASSENGER SBT SHORT TO BATTERY
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION All

OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE
PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION
ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display PASSENGER SBT SHORT TO BATTERY?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner in accordance with the

Service Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

122
 AIRBAG

PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION All
OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE
PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module Connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module
connector(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION
ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
Measure the voltage of the Passenger SBT Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the
Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector and ground.
Is there any voltage on either circuit?
Yes → Repair the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 or Line 2 short
to battery.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair:
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

123
AIRBAG

PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

124
 AIRBAG

Symptom:
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND

When Monitored and Set Condition:

PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger
Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects la short to ground in either Passenger Seat Belt
Tensioner circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORTED TO GROUND
ACM, PASSENGER SBT SHORT TO GROUND
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION All

OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE
PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION
ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display PASSENGER SBT SHORT TO GROUND?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner in accordance with the

Service Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

125
AIRBAG

PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION All
OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE
PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module Connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module
connector(s).
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 and Line 2
circuits between the Passenger SBT connector and ground.
Is the resistance below 10K Ohms on either circuit?

Yes → Repair the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 or Line 2 short
to ground.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service

Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

126
 AIRBAG

Symptom:
PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN

When Monitored and Set Condition:

PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger
Squib 1 circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects an open circuit or high resistance on the Passenger
Squib 1 circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PAB SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
PAB SQUIB 1 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
ACM, PAB SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

127
AIRBAG

PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DO NOT PLACE AN
INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE
AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.
Connect the Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION
ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace the Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service

Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the Load Tool ACM Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuit between
the ACM Adaptor and the Passenger Airbag connector.
Is the resistance below 1.0 ohms on both circuits?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Repair open or high resistance in Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 or

Line 2 circuits.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair:
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

128
 AIRBAG

PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

129
AIRBAG

Symptom:
PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance between the
Passenger Squib 1 circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects low resistance in the Passenger Squib 1 circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PAB SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT
PAB SQUIB 1 LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2
ACM, PAB SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

130
 AIRBAG

PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DO NOT PLACE AN
INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE
AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace the Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service

Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adapter to the Airbag Control Module connec-
tor(s).
Measure the resistance between Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits at the
Passenger Airbag connector.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 circuit short to Passenger Squib
1 Line 2 circuit.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair:
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

131
AIRBAG

PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

132
 AIRBAG

Symptom:
PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY

When Monitored and Set Condition:

PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the voltage on the Passenger
Squib 1 circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects voltage on the Passenger Squib 1 circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PAB SQUIB 1 CIRCUITS SHORT TO BATTERY
PAB SQUIB 1 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
ACM, PAB SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

133
AIRBAG

PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DISCONNECT THE All
BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, THE IGNITION ON,
THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Infor-

mation.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connec-
tor(s).
WARNING: AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN IGNITION ON,
THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
Measure the voltage on the Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the
Passenger Airbag connector and ground.
Is there any voltage present?
Yes → Repair Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 or Line 2 circuit short to battery.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair:
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

134
 AIRBAG

PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

135
AIRBAG

Symptom:
PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND

When Monitored and Set Condition:

PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger
Squib 1 circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects a short to ground in either Passenger Squib 1
circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PAB SQUIB 1 CIRCUITS SHORT TO GROUND
PAB SQUIB 1 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO GROUND
ACM, PAB SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

136
 AIRBAG

PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE
DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR
IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR
FATAL INJURY.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Replace the Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector.
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 or Line 2 circuit between the
Passenger Airbag Module Connector and ground.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit?
Yes → Repair Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits for a short to
ground.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair:
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

137
AIRBAG

PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

138
 AIRBAG

Symptom:
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN

When Monitored and Set Condition:

PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger
Squib 2 circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects an open circuit or high resistance on the Passenger
Squib 2 circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
ACM, PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

139
AIRBAG

PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DO NOT PLACE AN
INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE
AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace the Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service

Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connec-
tor(s).
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between
the ACM Adaptor and the Passenger Airbag connector.
Is the resistance below 1.0 ohms on both circuits?
Yes → Go To 4
No → Repair open or high resistance in Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 or
Line 2 circuits.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair:
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

140
 AIRBAG

PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

141
AIRBAG

Symptom:
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance between the
Passenger Squib 2 circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects low resistance in the Passenger Squib 2 circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2
ACM, PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

142
 AIRBAG

PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DO NOT PLACE AN
INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE
AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Infor-

mation.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connec-
tor(s).
Measure the resistance between the Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 and line 2 circuits at
the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 circuit short to Passenger Squib
2 Line 2 circuit.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair:
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

143
AIRBAG

PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

144
 AIRBAG

Symptom:
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY

When Monitored and Set Condition:

PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the voltage of the Passenger
Squib 2 circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects voltage on the Passenger Squib 2 circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
ACM, PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

145
AIRBAG

PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DO NOT PLACE AN
INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE
AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Infor-

mation.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connec-
tor(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
Measure the voltage on the Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the
Passenger Airbag connector and ground.
Is there any voltage present?
Yes → Repair Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 or Line 2 circuit shorted to
battery.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair:
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

146
 AIRBAG

PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

147
AIRBAG

Symptom:
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND

When Monitored and Set Condition:

PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND

When Monitored: With the ignition on, the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger
Squib 2 circuits.
Set Condition: When the ACM detects a short to ground in either Passenger Squib 2
circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO GROUND
ACM, PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

148
 AIRBAG

PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DO NOT PLACE AN
INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE
AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace the Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service

Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, DO NOT PLACE AN
INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE
AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connec-
tor(s).
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between
the Passenger Airbag Module connector and ground.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit?

Yes → Repair Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 or Line 2 circuit for a short to

ground.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair:
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

149
AIRBAG

PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

150
 AIRBAG

Symptom:
POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE LOW

When Monitored and Set Condition:

POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE LOW

When Monitored: The ACM continuously monitors the Ignition Run - Start and Run Only
circuits to guarantee that the Side Impact Sensors will have sufficient voltage to function
properly.
Set Condition: Once both ignition feeds into the ACM are determined to be below 7.4
volts, with at least one above 5.5 volts. The code will remain set until at least one ignition
circuit is above 8.0 volts.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RUN OR RUN - START ACTIVE TROUBLE CODES
RUN AND RUN - START CIRCUITS VOLTAGE LOW
ACM, LOW SUPPLY VOLTAGE
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
Repair all Ignition Run and Run-Start circuit DTCs before performing this test.
SELECT ACTIVE OR STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2
ACM - STORED DTC
Go To 5

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

2 With the DRBIIIt, read the active DTCs. All

NOTE: A Diagnostic trouble code will set if the voltage on the Ignition Run
or Run - Start circuits is less than 5.5 volts
Verify that all Ignition Run and Run - Start circuits DTCs have been repaired before
performing the ACTIVE Power Supply Voltage Low DTC.
Any active Run or Run - Start codes?

Yes → Refer to symptom list for problems related to Fused Ignition

Switch Output Run and Run - Start circuits.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

151
AIRBAG

POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE LOW — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module
connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Run and Run - Start circuits
at the ACM adaptor.
The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to that of a direct
connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly on both circuits?
Yes → Go To 4
No → Repair the high resistance in the Fused Ignition Switch Output
Run and Run - Start circuits.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

152
 AIRBAG

POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE LOW — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

153
AIRBAG

Symptom:
RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL 1

When Monitored and Set Condition:

RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL 1

When Monitored: At ignition on, the Right Side Impact Sensor 1 is equipped with
onboard diagnostics to monitor the sensors internal circuits. If a problem is identified the
sensor sends the Right Side Impact Sensor 1 internal 1 message to the ACM.
Set Condition: The code will set, if the ACM receives an Impact Sensor Internal 1
message from the Right Side Impact Sensor 1.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ACM, RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1
REPAIR IS COMPLETE
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 4

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

2 Replace the Right Side Impact Sensor 1. All

Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor.
Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected
components - except the Battery.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
Connect the DRB to the Data Link Connector - use the most current software
available.
Use the DRB III and erase the stored codes in all airbag system modules.
Turn the Ignition Off, and wait 15 seconds before turning the Ignition On.
Wait one minute, and read active codes and if there are none present read the stored
codes.
DID the active Right Side Impact Sensor 1 Internal 1 DTC return?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Repair is complete.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

154
 AIRBAG

RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL 1 — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

155
AIRBAG

Symptom:
VEHICLE BODY STYLE MISMATCH

When Monitored and Set Condition:

VEHICLE BODY STYLE MISMATCH

When Monitored: When the ignition is on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for the VIN
message containing the vehicle body style from the Powertrain Control Module. The PCM
transmits the VIN message every 14 seconds.
Set Condition: With ignition on, If the ACM does not receive 2 consecutive matching
(vehicle Body Style) VIN messages on the bus the code will set.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM, PCI COMMUNICATION FAILURE
VEHICLE BODY STYLE MISMATCH
ACM, VEHICLE BODY STYLE MISMATCH
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: For the purpose of this test, the AECM and ORC modules will be
referred to as an ACM.
SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC:
ACM - ACTIVE DTC
Go To 2

ACM - STORED DTC

Go To 5
NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be
turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

2 Turn the ignition on. All

Connect the DRBIIIt to the data link connector and select PASSIVE RESTRAINTS,
AIRBAG, SYSTEM TEST.
With the DRBIIIt, read the PCM Active on the Bus:.
Does the DRB show PCM ACTIVE ON THE BUS:?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Refer to category COMMUNICATION CATEGORY and select the

related symptom.

156
 AIRBAG

VEHICLE BODY STYLE MISMATCH — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 With the DRB select ENGINE, MISCELLANEOUS, SELECT MISC FUNCTION, All
and then CHECK VIN to read the Vehicle Identification Number in the Powertrain
Control Module.
Compare the VIN displayed on the DRB screen and the Vehicle VIN plate.
Does the VIN plate and the PCM VIN match?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Replace the Powertrain Control Module and program with the

correct vehicle identification number.

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. FAILURE TO TAKE THE PROPER PRE-
CAUTIONS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions. WARNING: make sure the battery is disconnected
and wait 2 minutes before proceeding.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be
turned off and the Battery must be disconnected.

5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, MAINTAIN A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING
STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop
to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?

Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.

No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning

vehicle to customer.

157
AIRBAG

Symptom:
*AIRBAG INDICATOR ON WITHOUT ACTIVE TROUBLE CODES

POSSIBLE CAUSES
AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR ON WITHOUT ACTIVE TROUBLE CODES
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PROBLEMS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. All
Turn the ignition on.
Make sure that all active DTC’s have been repaired before performing this procedure.
With the DRBIIIt select the PASSIVE RESTRAINTS, AIRBAG, MONITOR DIS-
PLAY and read the WARNING LAMP STATES.
With no active DTCs, Does the LAMP REQ by ACM monitor show ON?
Yes → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Refer to INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CATEGORY symptom list for
problems related to Instrument Cluster.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

158
 AUDIO

Symptom:
ALL OUTPUTS SHORT - PREMIUM AUDIO SYSTEM

When Monitored and Set Condition:

ALL OUTPUTS SHORT - PREMIUM AUDIO SYSTEM

When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed.
Set Condition: The radio has sensed a short on the output for more than 10 seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DETERMINE FAULT
SPEAKER SECTION OF POWER AMPLIFIER
(+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
SPEAKER (+) & (-) CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
SPEAKER SECTION OF RADIO

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
Turn the Radio on.
With the DRBIIIt, erase the audio DTC’s.
Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds.
With the DRBIIIt, read the audio DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display ALL OUTPUTS SHORT?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the service information to

help isolate a possible intermittent short.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Power Amplifier harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Turn the radio on.
With the DRBIIIt, erase the audio DTCs.
Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display ALL OUTPUTS SHORT?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Replace the Power Amplifier in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

159
AUDIO

ALL OUTPUTS SHORT - PREMIUM AUDIO SYSTEM — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Power Amplifier harness connector.
Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and any speaker (+) circuit.
Is the resistance below 1000.0 (1K) ohms?
Yes → Repair the speaker (+) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Power Amplifier harness connector.
Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and any speaker (-) circuit.
Is the resistance below 1000.0 (1K) ohms?

Yes → Repair the speaker (-) circuit for a short to ground.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Power Amplifier harness connector.
Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between each speaker (+) circuit and each speaker (-) circuit.
Is the resistance below 1000.0 (1K) ohms for any of the measurements?
Yes → Repair the speaker circuits shorted together.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6

6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Radio.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

160
 AUDIO

Symptom:
ALL OUTPUTS SHORT- BASE AUDIO SYSTEM

When Monitored and Set Condition:

ALL OUTPUTS SHORT- BASE AUDIO SYSTEM

When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed.
Set Condition: The radio has sensed a short on the output for more than 10 seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DETERMINE FAULT
FRONT SHORTED SPEAKER
REAR SHORTED SPEAKER
(+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
SPEAKER (+) & (-) CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
SPEAKER SECTION OF RADIO

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
Turn the Radio on.
With the DRBIIIt, erase the audio DTC’s.
Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds.
With the DRBIIIt, read the audio DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display ALL OUTPUTS SHORT?
Yes → Go To 2
No → Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the service information to
help isolate a possible intermittent short.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

NOTE: Perform this procedure after disconnecting each front speaker and
each I/P speaker (if equipped) connector.
Disconnect each front speaker and each I/P speaker (if equipped) harness connector
one at a time.
Turn the ignition on.
Turn the radio on.
With the DRBIIIt, erase the audio DTCs.
Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display ALL OUTPUTS SHORT with all the speakers discon-
nected?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace the Speaker that when disconnected the DTC did not
reset.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

161
AUDIO

ALL OUTPUTS SHORT- BASE AUDIO SYSTEM — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Turn the ignition off. All
NOTE: Perform this procedure after disconnecting each rear speaker
connector.
Disconnect each rear speaker harness connector one at a time.
Turn the ignition on.
Turn the radio on.
With the DRBIIIt, erase the audio DTCs.
Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display ALL OUTPUTS SHORT with all the rear speakers
disconnected?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Replace the Speaker that when disconnected the DTC did not
reset.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect each front and rear speaker harness connector.
Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and each speaker (+) circuit.
Is the resistance below 1000.0 (1K) ohms?

Yes → Repair the speaker (+) circuit for a short to ground.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect each front and rear speaker harness connector.
Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and each speaker (-) circuit.
Is the resistance below 1000.0 (1K) ohms?
Yes → Repair the speaker (-) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6

6 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect each front and rear speaker harness connector.
Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between each speaker (+) circuit and each speaker (-) circuit.
Is the resistance below 1000.0 (1K) ohms for any of the measurements?

Yes → Repair the speaker circuits shorted together.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 7

7 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Radio.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

162
 AUDIO

Symptom List:
CASSETTE PLAYER INOP
CD MECHANICAL FAILURE
*AM/FM SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*ANY STATION PRESET SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*BALANCE INOPERATIVE
*CD EJECT SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*EQUALIZER INOPERATIVE
*FADER INOPERATIVE
*FF/RW SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*HOUR/MINUTE SWITCHES INOPERATIVE
*PAUSE/PLAY SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*PWR SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*SCAN SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*SEEK SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*SET SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*TAPE EJECT SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*TIME SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*TUNE SWITCH INOPERATIVE

Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be CASSETTE PLAYER INOP.

When Monitored and Set Condition:

CASSETTE PLAYER INOP

When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and radio turned on.
Set Condition: The code will set if the radio detects a internal cassette failure.

CD MECHANICAL FAILURE
When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and CD player turned on.
Set Condition: The code will set if the radio detects a CD mechanical failure.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE

163
AUDIO

CASSETTE PLAYER INOP — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: If a DTC is set, erase the DTC and attempt to reset the DTC. If DTC All
resets, follow this test.
This is an internal radio failure.
View repair

Repair
Replace the Radio.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

164
 AUDIO

Symptom:
CD CHANGER MECHANICAL FAILURE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

CD CHANGER MECHANICAL FAILURE

When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and CD Changer turned on.
Set Condition: The code will set if the CD Changer detects a mechanical failure.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Erase DTC and attempt to reset. If DTC resets, follow this test. All
This is an internal CD Changer failure.
View repair
Repair
Replace the CD Changer.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

165
AUDIO

Symptom:
CD CHANGER READ FAILURE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

CD CHANGER READ FAILURE

When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and CD Changer turned on.
Set Condition: The code will set if a CD that is not formatted as a music CD is installed
in the CD Changer.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CD CHANGER READ FAILURE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Replace the problem CD with a good, clean, unscratched, music CD. All
Turn the radio on and select the good CD.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display CD CHANGER READ FAILURE?

Yes → Replace the CD Changer.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

166
 AUDIO

Symptom:
CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE HIGH

When Monitored and Set Condition:

CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE HIGH

When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and CD Changer turned on.
Set Condition: The code will set if the temperature inside the CD Changer is above +65°
C (+145° F).

POSSIBLE CAUSES
HIGH TEMPERATURE FAILURE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt, erase the audio DTC’s. All
Start the engine and allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
If the vehicle has been in the hot sunlight or extreme cold move the vehicle indoors
and open the doors to allow the inside temperature to stabilize.
The CD Changer will operate between -23° C and 65° C (-10° F and +145° F).
With the DRBIIIt, read DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE HIGH?

Yes → Replace the CD Changer.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

167
AUDIO

Symptom:
CD PLAY FAILURE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

CD PLAY FAILURE
When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and the radio CD player turned on.
Set Condition: The code will set if a CD that is not formatted as a music CD or is
scratched, dirty so the radio can not play the CD.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CD PLAY FAILURE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Replace the problem CD with a good, clean, unscratched, music CD. All
Turn the radio CD player on.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display CD PLAY FAILURE?

Yes → Replace the Radio.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

168
 AUDIO

Symptom:
CD READ FAILURE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

CD READ FAILURE
When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and the radio CD player turned on.
Set Condition: The code will set if a CD that is not formatted as a music CD is installed
in the radio CD player.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CD READ FAILURE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Replace the problem CD with a good, clean, unscratched, music CD. All
Turn the radio CD player on.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display CD READ FAILURE?

Yes → Replace the Radio.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

169
AUDIO

Symptom:
CD TEMPERATURE HIGH

When Monitored and Set Condition:

CD TEMPERATURE HIGH
When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and the radio CD player turned on.
Set Condition: The code will set if the temperature inside the radio CD player is above
+85° C (+185° F).

POSSIBLE CAUSES
HIGH TEMPERATURE FAILURE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt, erase the audio DTC’s. All
Start the engine and allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
If the vehicle has been in the hot sunlight or extreme cold move the vehicle indoors
and open the doors to allow the inside temperature to stabilize.
The radio CD player will operate between -30° C and 85° C (-22° F and +185° F).
With the DRBIIIt, read DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display CD TEMPERATURE HIGH?

Yes → Replace the Radio.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

170
 AUDIO

Symptom:
LOW VOLTAGE LEVEL

When Monitored and Set Condition:

LOW VOLTAGE LEVEL

When Monitored:
Set Condition: The radio detects lower than normal voltage.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK CHARGING SYSTEM
CHECK VOLTAGE LEVEL AT RADIO
RADIO

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Check the charging system in accordance with the service information. All
Is the charging system operating properly?
Yes → Go To 2
No → Refer to the appropriate service information and repair as neces-
sary.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Radio harness connector.
Start the engine.
Measure the voltage of each Fused B+ circuit and the Fused Ignition Switch Output
circuit.
Is the voltage above or approximately 14 volts for each measurement?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Repair the circuit for high resistance.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Note: Reconnect all previously disconnected components. All

Turn the ignition and Radio on.
With the DRBIIIt, erase the audio DTC’s.
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt, read the audio DTC’s.
Did this DTC reset?

Yes → Replace the Radio.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

171
AUDIO

Symptom:
NO ANTENNA CONNECTION

When Monitored and Set Condition:

NO ANTENNA CONNECTION
When Monitored: With the ignition on and the radio in seek up/down mode.
Set Condition: With the radio in seek or scan mode for two minutes and the radio does not
detect an antenna connection or does not receive a radio station signal.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
BAD ANTENNA CONNECTION
TEST ANTENNA
RADIO

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Radio Antenna connector.
Inspect the Radio Antenna connection.
Was the Antenna connection clean and tight?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Repair Antenna connection as needed.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Refer to the Audio System in the service information and test the Antenna in All
accordance with the service procedure.
Is the Antenna ok?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Repair or replace the Antenna assembly as necessary.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 NOTE: Reconnect all previously disconnected components. All

Turn the ignition and Radio on.
NOTE: Move vehicle outside approximately 30ft from any structure.
With the DRBIIIt, erase the audio DTC’s, put the radio in seek up and seek down
mode for approximately 2 minutes before proceeding.
With the DRBIIIt, read the audio DTC’s.
Did this DTC reset?

Yes → Replace the Radio.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

172
 AUDIO

Symptom:
POWER AMP SHUTDOWN - BASE AUDIO SYSTEM

When Monitored and Set Condition:

POWER AMP SHUTDOWN - BASE AUDIO SYSTEM

When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed.
Set Condition: The radio has sensed a short on the output for more than 10 seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DETERMINE FAULT
FRONT SHORTED SPEAKER
REAR SHORTED SPEAKER
(+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
SPEAKER (+) & (-) CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
SPEAKER SECTION OF RADIO

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
Turn the Radio on.
With the DRBIIIt, erase the audio DTC’s.
Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds.
With the DRBIIIt, read the audio DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display POWER AMP SHUTDOWN?
Yes → Go To 2
No → Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the service information to
help isolate a possible intermittent short.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

NOTE: Perform this procedure after disconnecting each front speaker and
each I/P speaker (if equipped) connector.
Disconnect each front speaker and each I/P speaker (if equipped) harness connector
one at a time.
Turn the ignition on.
Turn the radio on.
With the DRBIIIt, erase the audio DTCs.
Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display POWER AMP SHUTDOWN with all the speakers
disconnected?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace the Speaker that when disconnected the DTC did not
reset.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

173
AUDIO

POWER AMP SHUTDOWN - BASE AUDIO SYSTEM — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Turn the ignition off. All
NOTE: Perform this procedure after disconnecting each rear speaker
connector.
Disconnect each rear speaker harness connector one at a time.
Turn the ignition on.
Turn the radio on.
With the DRBIIIt, erase the audio DTCs.
Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display POWER AMP SHUTDOWN with all the rear speakers
disconnected?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Replace the Speaker that when disconnected the DTC did not
reset.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect each front and rear speaker harness connectors.
Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and each speaker (+) circuit.
Is the resistance below 1000.0 (1K) ohms?

Yes → Repair the speaker (+) circuit for a short to ground.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect each front and rear speaker harness connector.
Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and each speaker (-) circuit.
Is the resistance below 1000.0 (1K) ohms?
Yes → Repair the speaker (-) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6

6 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect each front and rear speaker harness connectors.
Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between each speaker (+) circuit and each speaker (-) circuit.
Is the resistance below 1000.0 (1K) ohms for any of the measurements?

Yes → Repair the speaker circuits shorted together.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 7

7 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Radio.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

174
 AUDIO

Symptom:
POWER AMP SHUTDOWN - PREMIUM AUDIO SYSTEM

When Monitored and Set Condition:

POWER AMP SHUTDOWN - PREMIUM AUDIO SYSTEM

When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed.
Set Condition: The radio has sensed a short on the output for more than 10 seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DETERMINE FAULT
SPEAKER SECTION OF POWER AMPLIFIER
(+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
SPEAKER (+) & (-) CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
SPEAKER SECTION OF RADIO

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
Turn the Radio on.
With the DRBIIIt, erase the audio DTC’s.
Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds.
With the DRBIIIt, read the audio DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display POWER AMP SHUTDOWN?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the service information to

help isolate a possible intermittent short.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Power Amplifier harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Turn the radio on.
With the DRBIIIt, erase the audio DTCs.
Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display POWER AMP SHUTDOWN?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Replace the Power Amplifier.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

175
AUDIO

POWER AMP SHUTDOWN - PREMIUM AUDIO SYSTEM — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Power Amplifier harness connector.
Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and any speaker (+) circuit.
Is the resistance below 1000.0 (1K) ohms?
Yes → Repair the speaker (+) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Power Amplifier harness connector.
Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and any speaker (-) circuit.
Is the resistance below 1000.0 (1K) ohms?

Yes → Repair the speaker (-) circuit for a short to ground.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Power Amplifier harness connector.
Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between each speaker (+) circuit and each speaker (-) circuit.
Is the resistance below 1000.0 (1K) ohms for any of the measurements?
Yes → Repair the speaker circuits shorted together.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6

6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Radio.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

176
 AUDIO

Symptom:
*ONE OR BOTH REMOTE RADIO SWITCHES INOPERATIVE (IF
EQUIPPED)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE RADIO
CHECK OPERATION OF THE HORN
REMOTE RADIO SWITCH

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Radio.
Was the DRB able to communicate with the Radio?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Refer to the communication category and perform the appropriate

symptom.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Operate the horn from the horn button. All

NOTE: This is to ensure the Horn/Radio Control MUX circuit is NOT open or
shorted between the clockspring and the BCM.
Does the horn operate properly from the horn button?
Yes → Repair the Horn/Radio Control MUX circuit or the Ground circuit
for an open between the inoperative switch and the clockspring. If
OK, replace the remote radio switch.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Refer to the Ignition, Power and Accessory category and perform

the appropriate symptom
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

177
CHIME

Symptom:
*CHIME INOPERATIVE AT ALL TIMES

POSSIBLE CAUSES
USE DRB TO ACTUATE CHIME
BODY CONTROL MODULE - CHIME INOPERATIVE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
Close both doors.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Chime.
Does the chime sound when actuated by the DRB?

Yes → The chime operates as it should. Check other reasons for the
chime being inoperative and select from the symptom list.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the Body Control Module.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

178
 CHIME

Symptom:
*CHIME INOPERATIVE WITH DRIVER SEAT BELT UNFASTENED

POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT BELT SWITCH STATUS ON DRBIIIt
SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORTED
SEAT BELT SWITCH SENSE SHORT TO GROUND
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER - SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORTED

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Ensure the drivers seat belt is unfastened. All
With the DRBIIIt, select Electro Mech Cluster Input/Output.
Turn the ignition on.
Read the Seat Belt Sw status.
Does the DRBIII display Seat Belt Sw: Closed
Yes → Go To 2
No → Replace the Instrument Cluster.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Disconnect the Seat Belt Switch connector. All

With the DRBIIIt, select Electro Mech Cluster Input/Output.
Turn the ignition on.
Read the seat Belt Sw status.
Does the DRBIII display Seat Belt Sw: Closed

Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the Seat Belt switch pigtail wiring or replace the Buckle
assembly.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Removed the Instrument Cluster from the instrument panel.
Disconnect the Seat Belt Switch connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Seat Belt Switch Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the Seat Belt Switch Sense wire for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Instrument Cluster.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

179
CHIME

Symptom:
*CHIME INOPERATIVE WITH EXTERIOR LIGHTS ON AND DRIV-
ERS DOOR OPEN

POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN HEADLAMP SWITCH OUTPUT
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 The Driver’s Door Ajar switch must be operational for the result of this test to be All
valid.
The Key-In Ignition switch chime function must be operational for the result of this
test to be valid.
Turn the ignition off.
Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block.
Turn the headlamps on.
Measure the voltage of the Headlamp Switch Output circuit in the Junction Block
internal 12-way connector.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Repair the Head Lamp Switch Output circuit for an open from the
headlamp switch.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

180
 CHIME

Symptom:
*CHIME INOPERATIVE WITH KEY-IN IGNITION AND DRIVER
DOOR OPEN

POSSIBLE CAUSES
OBSERVE THE KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH STATUS
KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH OPEN
KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
BCM - INCORRECT KEY - IN IGNITION SWITCH STATUS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 The door ajar switch must be operational for the result of this test to be valid. All
NOTE: Ensure that the Key is still in the Ignition Switch.
With the DRBIIIt enter Body Computer then Input Output and read the Key-In
Ignition Switch status.
Does the DRB display: KEY-IN IGN: CLOSED?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 2

2 Turn the ignition on. All

Disconnect the Ignition Switch C3 harness connector.
Connect a jumper between the Key-In Ignition Switch Sense circuit and the Ground
circuit.
With the DRBIIIt, enter Body Computer then Input/Output and observe the Key-In
Ignition Switch status.
Does the DRBIII display Key-In Ign: Closed?

Yes → Replace the Ignition Switch.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Ignition Switch C3 harness connector.
Turn all lights off.
Measure the resistance between ground and the ground circuit in the ignition switch
connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 4
No → Repair the ground circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

181
CHIME

*CHIME INOPERATIVE WITH KEY-IN IGNITION AND DRIVER DOOR

OPEN — Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
4 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Ignition Switch C3 harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Key-In Ignition Switch Sense circuit between the
ignition switch connector and the BCM harness C1 connector .
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 5

No → Repair the Key-In Ignition Switch Sense circuit for an open

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

182
 CHIME

Symptom:
*CHIME SOUNDS WITH DRIVER SEAT BELT FASTENED

POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT BELT SW STATUS WRONG-OPEN
SEAT BELT SWITCH OPEN
GROUND WIRE OPEN
SEAT BELT SW SEN OPEN
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER - SEAT BELT SENSE OPEN

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Ensure the drivers seat belt is fastened. All
With the DRB III select: Electro Mech Cluster Input/Outputs.
Turn the ignition on.
Read the Seat Belt SW status.
Does the DRB III show Seat Belt SW: CLOSED?
Yes → Replace the Instrument Cluster.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 2

2 Disconnect the Seat Belt Switch connector. All

Turn all lights off. Trip the door lock latch to turn the courtesy lamps off.
Measure the resistance of the Ground circuit in the Seat Belt connector to ground.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Repair the open ground wire.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Disconnect the Seat Belt Switch connector. All

Connect a jumper wire between Seat Belt Switch Sense CKT and the Ground CKT in
the Seat Belt Switch connector.
With the DRB III select: Electro Mech Cluster Input/Outputs.
Turn the ignition on.
Read the Seat Belt SW status.
Does the DRB III show Seat Belt SW: CLOSED?

Yes → Repair the Seat Belt switch pigtail wiring or replace the Buckle
assembly.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

4 Turn the ignition off. All

Remove the Instrument Cluster from the instrument panel.
Disconnect the Seat Belt Switch connector.
Measure the resistance of the Seat Belt Switch Sense circuit between the Instrument
Cluster connector and the Seat Belt Switch connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 5
No → Repair the open Seat Belt Switch Sense circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

183
CHIME

*CHIME SOUNDS WITH DRIVER SEAT BELT FASTENED — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Instrument Cluster.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

184
 CHIME

Symptom:
*CHIME SOUNDS WITH DRIVERS DOOR OPEN AND KEY RE-
MOVED FROM IGNITION

POSSIBLE CAUSES
KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH STATUS WRONG
KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH STATUS WRONG
KEY-IN IGNITION SW SENSE SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - KEY-IN IGNITION SHORTED

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Ensure all exterior lamps are off. All
With the DRB III select: Body Computer Input/Output.
Remove the key from the ignition switch.
Read the Key-In Ignition status.
Does the DRB III show Key-In Ign: CLOSED?
Yes → Go To 2
No → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Ignition Switch C3 harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Key-in Ignition Switch Sense circuit to ground.
Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Key-in Ignition Switch Sense circuit to ground.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 Disconnect the Ignition Switch C3 connector. All

With the DRBIIIt select: Body Computer Input/Output.
Read the Key-In Ignition Status.
Does the DRBIIIt display Key-In Ign CLOSED?

Yes → Go To 4
No → Replace the Ignition Switch.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

185
CHIME

Symptom:
*VEHICLE SPEED WARNING CHIME PROBLEM

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INCORRECT COUNTRY CODE PROGRAMMED IN BCM
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Note: The vehicle speed warning chime is for Gulf Coast Countries only. All
With the DRBIIIt, check the Body Control Module country code setting.
Is the country code incorrect?

Yes → Program the correct country code setting.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance
with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

186
 COMMUNICATION

Symptom:
ATC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED

When Monitored and Set Condition:

ATC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED

When Monitored: With the ignition in run, and the IOD fuse installed.
Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Automatic Temperature
Control (ATC) module for at least 18 seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRB, enter Body then Automatic Temp Control.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the ATC?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Refer to the Communication category for the related symptom(s).

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 With the DRB, erase DTC’s. All

Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait approximately 1 minute.
With the DRB, read DTC’s.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

187
COMMUNICATION

Symptom:
BATTERY POWER TO MODULE DISCONNECTED

When Monitored and Set Condition:

BATTERY POWER TO MODULE DISCONNECTED

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: The BCM receives ignition on voltage, but no battery power feed.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
VERIFYING ACTIVE DTC
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT - JUNCTION BLOCK
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Connect the DRB to the Data Link Connector. All
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRB, erase BCM DTC’s.
Turn the ignition off then turn the ignition on.
With the DRB, read BCM DTC’s.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes → Go To 2

No → No problem found at this time. Use the wiring diagrams located in

the service information to help isolate a possible intermittent
wiring problem.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Remove the BCM from the Junction Block.
Turn the ignition on.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B+ circuit in the
Junction Block Body Control Module connector cavity 12.
Is the test light illuminated?

Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Junction Block in accordance with the service infor-
mation.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

188
 COMMUNICATION

Symptom:
BOOTLOADER CHECKSUM FAILURE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

BOOTLOADER CHECKSUM FAILURE

When Monitored: At battery connect.
Set Condition: The BCM fails the bootloader checksum test.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
BOOTLOADER CHECKSUM FAILURE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Connect the DRB to the Data Link Connector. All
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRB, erase BCM DTC’s.
Turn the ignition off then turn the ignition on.
With the DRB, read BCM DTC’s.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

189
COMMUNICATION

Symptom:
EEPROM CHECKSUM FAILURE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

EEPROM CHECKSUM FAILURE

When Monitored: Continuously.
Set Condition: The BCM fails EEPROM checksum test.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
EEPROM CHECKSUM FAILURE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Connect the DRB to the Data Link Connector. All
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRB, erase BCM DTC’s.
Turn the ignition off then turn the ignition on.
With the DRB, read BCM DTC’s.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

190
 COMMUNICATION

Symptom:
MIC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED

When Monitored and Set Condition:

MIC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Instrument Cluster
(MIC) for at least 14 seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (MIC)
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRB, enter Body then Electro/Mech Cluster.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the Instrument Cluster (MIC)?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Refer to the Communication category for the related symptom(s).

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 With the DRB, erase DTC’s. All

Turn the ignition on and wait approximately 1 minute.
With the DRB, read DTC’s.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

191
COMMUNICATION

Symptom:
ORC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED

When Monitored and Set Condition:

ORC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Airbag Control Module
(ORC) for at least 10 seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE (ORC)
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Airbag Control Module (ORC).
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the Airbag Control Module (ORC)?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Refer to the Communication category for the related symptom(s).

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 With the DRB, erase DTC’s. All

Turn the ignition on and wait approximately 1 minute.
With the DRB, read DTC’s.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

192
 COMMUNICATION

Symptom:
PCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED

When Monitored and Set Condition:

PCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Powertrain Control
Module (PCM) for at least 12 seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
VERIFYING ACTIVE DTC
PCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE PCM
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRB, erase DTC’s. All
Turn the ignition on and wait approximately 1 minute.
With the DRB, read DTC’s.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the service information to

help isolate a possible intermittent open or shorted wiring condi-
tion.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition on. All

With the DRB, enter Body Computer, System Tests then PCM Monitor.
Does the DRB display: PCM is active on BUS?

Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 Turn the ignition on. All

With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the PCM.
Was the DRB able to communicate with the PCM?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Refer to the communication category and perform the appropriate

symptom.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

193
COMMUNICATION

PCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
NOTE: IF NGC, DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS.
PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM
TERMINALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and
black test probes.
Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Attach the
red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.
With the DRBIIIt, select Pep Module Tools.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Select 12 volt square wave.
Press F2 for Scope.
Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Press F2 again
when complete.
Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus
circuit in the PCM connector(special tool #8815 if NGC).
Turn the ignition on.
Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope.
Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7.5 volts?
Yes → Replace the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the
service information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
NOTE: IF NGC, DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS.
PROBING THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM
TERMINALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION.
INSTALL MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Disconnect the BCM C3 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the PCI bus circuit between the PCM connector (from
special tool #8815 if NGC) and the BCM C3 connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

194
 COMMUNICATION

Symptom:
POST FAILURE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

POST FAILURE
When Monitored: At battery connect.
Set Condition: The BCM fails ROM checksum test.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
POST FAILURE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Connect the DRB to the Data Link Connector. All
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRB, erase BCM DTC’s.
Turn the ignition off then turn the ignition on.
With the DRB, read BCM DTC’s.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

195
COMMUNICATION

Symptom:
SKIM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED

When Monitored and Set Condition:

SKIM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Sentry Key Immobilizer
Module (SKIM) for at least 12 seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the SKIM.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the SKIM?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Refer to the Communication category for the related symptom(s).

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 With the DRB, erase DTC’s. All

Turn the ignition on and wait approximately 1 minute.
With the DRB, read DTC’s.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

196
 COMMUNICATION

Symptom:
TCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED

When Monitored and Set Condition:

TCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Transmission Control
Module (TCM) for at least 18 seconds. Note: If NGC, the TCM is internal to the PCM.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE TCM
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRB, enter Transmission.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the TCM?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Refer to the Communication category for the related symptom(s).

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 With the DRB, erase DTC’s. All

Turn the ignition on and wait approximately 1 minute.
With the DRB, read DTC’s.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

197
COMMUNICATION

Symptom:
TRAVELER MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED (CMTC)

When Monitored and Set Condition:

TRAVELER MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED (CMTC)

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Traveler (Compass/Mini
Trip Computer) for at least 14 seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE TRAVELER (CMTC)
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRB, enter Body then Overhead Console.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the Traveler (CMTC)?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Refer to the Communication category for the related symptom(s).

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 With the DRB, erase DTC’s. All

Turn the ignition on and wait approximately 1 minute.
With the DRB, read DTC’s.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

198
 COMMUNICATION

Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM ACM

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECKING FOR VOLTAGE AT ACM
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Ensure that the battery is fully charged. All
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module harness connector (C2 connector on premium).
Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adapter to the ACM connector.
Turn the ignition on and then reconnect the Battery.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused Ignition Switch
Output Run Circuit and the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run/Start Circuit.
NOTE: One open circuit will not cause a NO RESPONSE condition.
Is the test light illuminated on both circuits?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run and Fused Ignition
Switch Output Run/Start circuits for an open. Replace the fuse(s)
if necessary.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components, the ignition must be

turned off and the battery must be disconnected.

2 Ensure that the battery is fully charged. All

WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module harness connector (C2 connector on premium).
Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adapter to the ACM connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the ground circuit.
NOTE: Make sure test light is connected to the Battery positive terminal.
Is the test light illuminated?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Repair the Ground circuit for an open.

Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned

off and the battery must be disconnected.

199
COMMUNICATION

*NO RESPONSE FROM ACM — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Note: Ensure there is PCI bus communication with other modules. If not, All
refer to the PCI Bus Communication Failure symptom and repair as
necessary.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI-
TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module harness connector (C2 connector on premium).
Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adapter to the ACM connector.
Turn the ignition on and then reconnect the Battery.
Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and
black test probes.
Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Attach the
red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.
With the DRBIIIt, select Pep Module Tools.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Select 12 volt square wave.
Press F2 for Scope.
Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Press F2 again
when complete.
Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus
circuit in the ACM connector.
Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope.
Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7.5 volts?
Yes → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNI- All

TION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BE-
FORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module harness connector (C2 connector on premium).
Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adapter to the ACM connector.
Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the PCI bus circuit between the ACM connector and the
BCM C2 connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.

Perform __AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

200
 COMMUNICATION

Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
MODULE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL HEAD
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRB, enter Body then Body Computer.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the BCM?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Refer to the symptom list for problems related to no communica-

tion with the BCM.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Automatic Temperature Control Head harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused Ignition Switch
Output circuit.
Is the test light illuminated?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open or

short. Refer to the wiring diagrams in the service information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Automatic Temperature Control Head harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe both ground circuits (cavities
1 and 3).
Is the test light illuminated for both circuits?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Repair the ground circuit(s) for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

201
COMMUNICATION

*NO RESPONSE FROM AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL MOD-

ULE — Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
4 Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the All
vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu
and repair as necessary.
Disconnect the Automatic Temperature Control Head harness connector.
Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and
black test probes.
Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Attach the
red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.
With the DRBIIIt select Pep Module Tools.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Select 12 volt square wave.
Press F2 for Scope.
Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Press F2 again
when complete.
Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus
circuit in the ATC Head connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope.
Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7.5 volts?

Yes → Replace the Automatic Temperature Control Head in accordance

with the service information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the ATC Head harness connector.
Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the PCI bus circuit between the ATC Head connector and
the BCM C2 connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

202
 COMMUNICATION

Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM BODY CONTROL MODULE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN GROUND CIRCUITS
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Make sure the DRB can communicate with other modules before All
proceeding, if not refer to the PCI Bus Communication Failure symptom.
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the BCM C1, C2 and C3 harness connectors.
NOTE: Ensure all lights are turned off.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe each ground circuit.
Is the test light illuminated for each circuit?

Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Ground circuit(s) for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

203
COMMUNICATION

Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO RESPONSE FROM CAB
CHECK JUNCTION BLOCK FUSE
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT
CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE (CAB) MODULE
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
Note: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB, answer
the question.
With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Airbag Control Module.
With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Body Control Module (BCM).
Was the DRB able to I/D or establish communications with either of the modules?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Refer to the Communications category and perform the symptom

PCI Bus Communication Failure.
Perform ABS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Remove and inspect fuse #4 in the junction block.
Is the fuse open?

Yes → Check the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for a short to
ground, refer to the wiring diagrams located in the service
information. Replace Fuse #4.
Perform ABS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the CAB harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe both ground circuits.
Is the test light illuminated for both circuits?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Repair the ground circuit(s) for an open.

Perform ABS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

204
 COMMUNICATION

*NO RESPONSE FROM CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 Turn the ignition off. All
NOTE: Ensure fuse #4 is installed in the junction block.
Disconnect the CAB harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused Ignition Switch
Output circuit.
Is the test light illuminated?

Yes → Go To 5

No → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open.

Perform ABS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the All
vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu
and repair as necessary.
Disconnect the CAB harness connector.
Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and
black test probes.
Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Attach the
red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.
With the DRBIIIt, select Pep Module Tools.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Select 12 volt square wave.
Press F2 for Scope.
Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Press F2 again
when complete.
Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus
circuit in the CAB connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope.
Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7.5 volts?
Yes → Replace the Controller Antilock Brake (CAB) in accordance with
the service information.
Perform ABS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6

6 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the CAB harness connector.
Disconnect the BCM C3 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the PCI bus circuit between the CAB connector and the
BCM C3 connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform ABS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.
Perform ABS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

205
COMMUNICATION

Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRB, enter Body then Body Computer.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the BCM?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Refer to the symptom list for problems related to no communica-

tion with the BCM.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused Ignition Switch
Output circuit.
Is the test light illuminated?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open or

short. Refer to the wiring diagrams in the service information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B+ circuit.
Is the test light illuminated?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open or short. Refer to the

wiring diagrams in the service information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

206
 COMMUNICATION

*NO RESPONSE FROM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
NOTE: Ensure all lights are turned off.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe each ground circuit.
Is the test light illuminated for each circuit?
Yes → Go To 5

No → Repair the Ground circuit(s) for an open. Refer to the wiring

diagrams located in the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the All
vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu
and repair as necessary.
Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and
black test probes.
Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Attach the
red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.
With the DRBIIIt, select Pep Module Tools.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Select 12 volt square wave.
Press F2 for Scope.
Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Press F2 again
when complete.
Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus
(MIC) circuit in the Instrument Cluster connector (cav 2).
Turn the ignition on.
Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope.
Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7.5 volts?
Yes → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6

6 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the PCI bus circuit between the Instrument Cluster
connector and the BCM C2 connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

207
COMMUNICATION

Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) - NGC

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM PCI NO RESPONSE
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB, answer
the question.
With the DRB, enter Body then Body Computer.
With the DRB, enter Anti-Lock Brakes.
With the DRB, enter Body then Electro/Mechanical Cluster (MIC).
With the DRB, enter Passive Restraints then Airbag.
Were you able to establish communications with any of the modules?

Yes → Go To 2
No → Refer to symptom PCI Bus Communication Failure in the Com-
munications category.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.

208
 COMMUNICATION

*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) - NGC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 With the DRB read the Powertrain DTC’s. This is to ensure power and grounds to the All
PCM are operational.
NOTE: If the DRB will not read PCM DTC’s, follow the NO RESPONSE TO
PCM (PCM SCI only) symptom path.
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and
black test probes.
Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Attach the
red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.
With the DRBIIIt select Pep Module Tools.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Select 12 volt square wave.
Press F2 for Scope.
Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Press F2 again
when complete.
Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus
circuit in the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Turn the ignition on.
Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope.
Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7.5 volts?
Yes → Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor-
dance with the Service Information.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.

No → Go To 3

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Disconnect the BCM C3 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the PCI Bus circuit from the BCM C3 harness connector to
the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.

No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.

Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.

209
COMMUNICATION

Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) - SBEC

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM PCI NO RESPONSE
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
NOTE: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB, answer
the question.
With the DRB, enter Body then Body Computer.
With the DRB, enter Body then Electro/Mechanical Cluster (MIC).
Were you able to establish communications with any of the modules?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Refer to symptom PCI Bus Communication Failure in the Com-

munications category.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.

2 With the DRB read the Powertrain DTC’s. This is to ensure power and grounds to the All
PCM are operational.
NOTE: If the DRB will not read PCM DTC’s, follow the NO RESPONSE TO
PCM (SCI only) symptom path.
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the PCM C2 harness connector.
Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and
black test probes.
Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Attach the
red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.
With the DRBIIIt, select Pep Module Tools.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Select 12 volt square wave.
Press F2 for Scope.
Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Press F2 again
when complete.
Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus
circuit in the PCM C2 connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope.
Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7.5 volts?

Yes → Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor-

dance with the Service Information.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.

No → Go To 3

210
 COMMUNICATION

*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) - SBEC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the PCM C2 harness connector.
Disconnect the BCM C3 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the PCI bus circuit between the PCM C2 connector and the
BCM C3 connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.
No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.

211
COMMUNICATION

Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCM SCI ONLY) - NGC

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK PCM POWERS AND GROUNDS
PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
PCM SCI CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT OPEN
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Perform the symptom Checking PCM Power and Ground Circuits in the Driveability All
category.
NOTE: With the DRBIIIt in the generic scan tool mode, attempt to commu-
nicate with the PCM.
NOTE: If the DRBIIIt can communicate with the PCM in the generic scan
tool mode, it may not be necessary to perform this step.
Did the vehicle pass this test?
Yes → Go To 2
No → Repair as necessary.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the DRBIIIt from the DLC.
Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the PCM SCI Transmit circuit at the Data Link harness
connector (cav 7).
Is the voltage above 1.0 volt?

Yes → Repair the PCM SCI Transmit circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.

No → Go To 3

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the DRBIIIt from the DLC.
Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the PCM SCI Receive circuit at the Data Link harness
connector (cav 12).
Is the voltage above 1.0 volt?

Yes → Repair the PCM SCI Receive circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.

No → Go To 4

212
 COMMUNICATION

*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCM SCI ONLY) - NGC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the DRBIIIt from the DLC.
Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
Measure the resistance between the PCM SCI Transmit circuit and the PCM SCI
Receive circuit at the Data Link harness connector (cavs 7 and 12).
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the short between the PCM SCI Transmit and the PCM
SCI Receive circuits.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.
No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
Disconnect the DRBIIIt from the DLC.
Measure the resistance between ground and the PCM SCI Transmit circuit at the
Data Link harness connector (cav 7).
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the PCM SCI Transmit circuit for a short to ground.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.
No → Go To 6

6 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the DRBIIIt from the DLC.
Measure the resistance between ground and the PCM SCI Receive circuit in the Data
Link harness connector (cav 12).
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the PCM SCI Receive circuit for a short to ground.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.

No → Go To 7

7 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the DRBIIIt from the DLC.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance of the PCM SCI Receive circuit from the Data Link harness
connector (cav 12) to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 8
No → Repair the PCM SCI Receive circuit for an open.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.

213
COMMUNICATION

*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCM SCI ONLY) - NGC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

8 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the DRBIIIt from the DLC.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance of the PCM SCI Transmit circuit from the Data Link harness
connector (cav 7) to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 9

No → Repair the PCM SCI Transmit circuit for an open.

Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.

9 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor-
dance with the Service Information.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.

214
 COMMUNICATION

Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (SCI ONLY) - SBEC

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK PCM POWERS AND GROUNDS
SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
SCI CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT OPEN
SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT OPEN
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Perform the symptom Checking PCM Power and Ground Circuits in the Driveability All
category.
NOTE: With the DRBIIIt in the generic scan tool mode, attempt to commu-
nicate with the PCM.
NOTE: If the DRBIIIt can communicate with the PCM in the generic scan
tool mode, it may not be necessary to perform this step.
Did the vehicle pass this test?

Yes → Go To 2
No → Repair as necessary.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the DRB from the DLC.
Measure the resistance between ground and the SCI Transmit circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 4

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector (if equipped).
NOTE: If vehicle is not equipped with a TCM, answer yes to the question.
Measure the resistance between ground and the SCI Transmit circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the SCI Transmit circuit for a short to ground.

Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.
No → Replace the Transmission Control Module in accordance with the
service information.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.

215
COMMUNICATION

*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (SCI ONLY) - SBEC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the DRB from the DLC.
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector (if equipped).
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the SCI Transmit circuit at the DLC connector (cav 7).
Is the voltage above 1.0 volt?

Yes → Repair the SCI Transmit circuit for a short to voltage.

Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.
No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the DRB from the DLC.
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the SCI Receive circuit at the DLC connector (cav 6).
Is the voltage above 1.0 volt?
Yes → Repair the SCI Receive circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.
No → Go To 6

6 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the DRB from the DLC.
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the SCI Transmit circuit and the SCI Receive circuit
at the PCM connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the short between the SCI Transmit and the SCI Receive
circuits.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.
No → Go To 7

7 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the DRB from the DLC.
Measure the resistance between ground and the SCI Receive circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the SCI Receive circuit for a short to ground.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.
No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the DRB from the DLC.
Measure the resistance of the SCI Receive circuit between the PCM connector and
the DLC.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 9
No → Repair the SCI Receive circuit for an open.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.

216
 COMMUNICATION

*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (SCI ONLY) - SBEC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

9 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the DRB from the DLC.
Measure the resistance of the SCI Transmit circuit between the PCM connector and
the DLC.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 10

No → Repair the SCI Transmit circuit for an open.

Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.

10 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor-
dance with the Service Information.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.

217
COMMUNICATION

Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO

POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO
REPLACE FUSE #14
RADIO SHORTED TO GROUND
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
JUNCTION BLOCK SHORTED TO GROUND
OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT
OPEN FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
RADIO GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
RADIO INTERNALLY OPEN
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
Note: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB, answer
the question.
With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Airbag Control Module.
With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Body Control Module (BCM).
Was the DRB able to I/D or establish communications with either of the modules?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Refer to the Communications category and perform the symptom

PCI Bus Communication Failure.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Remove and inspect fuse #14 in the junction block.
Is the fuse open?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 6

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Replace Fuse #14 in the junction block.
Turn the ignition on.
Turn the Radio on.
Remove and inspect Fuse #14 in the junction block.
Is the fuse open?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Check the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an intermit-

tent short to ground, refer to the wiring diagrams in the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

218
 COMMUNICATION

*NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 Turn the ignition off. All
Replace Fuse #14 in the junction block.
Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Remove and inspect fuse #14 in the junction block.
Is the fuse open?
Yes → Go To 5

No → Replace the Radio.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector.
Disconnect the Junction Block C7 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Fused Ignition Switch Output
circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Junction Block in accordance with the service infor-
mation.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition off. All

NOTE: Ensure fuse #14 is installed in the junction block.
Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused Ignition Switch
Output circuit.
Is the test light illuminated?
Yes → Go To 7

No → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B+ circuit.
Is the test light illuminated?

Yes → Go To 8
No → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open. Refer to the wiring
diagrams located in the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

8 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the ground circuit.
Is the test light illuminated?

Yes → Go To 9
No → Repair the ground circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

219
COMMUNICATION

*NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

9 Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the All
vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu
and repair as necessary.
Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector.
Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and
black test probes.
Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Attach the
red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.
With the DRBIIIt, select Pep Module Tools.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Select 12 volt square wave.
Press F2 for Scope.
Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Press F2 again
when complete.
Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus
circuit in the Radio connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope.
Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7.5 volts?

Yes → Replace the Radio.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 10

10 Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector. All

Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the PCI bus circuit between the Radio connector and the
BCM C2 connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

220
 COMMUNICATION

Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN
SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE (SKIM)
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRB, enter Body then Body Computer.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the BCM?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Refer to the symptom list for problems related to no communica-

tion with the BCM.
Perform SKIS VERIFICATION.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the SKIM harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the ground circuit.
Is the test light illuminated?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the Ground circuit for an open.
Perform SKIS VERIFICATION.

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the SKIM harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused Ignition Switch
Output circuit.
Is the test light illuminated?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open.

Refer to the wiring diagrams in the service information.
Perform SKIS VERIFICATION.

221
COMMUNICATION

*NO RESPONSE FROM SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE —

Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
4 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the SKIM harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B(+) circuit.
Is the test light illuminated?

Yes → Go To 5

No → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open. Refer to the wiring

diagrams in the service information.
Perform SKIS VERIFICATION.

5 Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the All
vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu
and repair as necessary.
Disconnect the SKIM harness connector.
Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and
black test probes.
Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Attach the
red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.
With the DRBIIIt, select Pep Module Tools.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Select 12 volt square wave.
Press F2 for Scope.
Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Press F2 again
when complete.
Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus
circuit in the SKIM connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope.
Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7.5 volts?
Yes → Replace the Sentry Key Immobilizer Module (SKIM) in accor-
dance with the service information.
Perform SKIS VERIFICATION.
No → Go To 6

6 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the SKIM harness connector.
Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the PCI bus circuit between the SKIM connector and the
BCM C2 connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform SKIS VERIFICATION.

No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.

Perform SKIS VERIFICATION.

222
 COMMUNICATION

Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE -
EATX

POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN/ST) CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START) CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START) CIRCUIT SHORT
FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT(S) OPEN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Powertrain Control Module (PCM).
With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Body Control Module (BCM).
Was the DRB able to I/D or establish communications with both of the modules?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Refer to the Communications category and perform the appropri-

ate symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused Ignition Switch
Output (Run/St) circuit.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Is the test light illuminated?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run/St) circuit for an
open. Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the Service Infor-
mation.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

223
COMMUNICATION

*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - EATX —

Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
3 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Remove the starter relay from the PDC.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused Ignition Switch
Output (Start) circuit.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Observe the test light while momentarily turning the ignition switch to the Start
position.
Is the test light illuminated?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Start) circuit for an

open. Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the Service Infor-
mation.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
With a voltmeter in the millivolt scale, measure the voltage of the Fused Ignition
Switch Output (Start) circuit.
NOTE: A no response condition can exist if voltage is present on this circuit
with the ignition switch in any position except for the Start position.
NOTE: Voltage up to .080 millivolts can cause this condition.
NOTE: Check for after market components that could cause this condition.
Perform this step with the Ignition Switch in every position except for the Start
position.
Is any voltage present?

Yes → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Start) circuit for a
short to voltage. Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the
Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 5
Note: Reinstall the original Starter Relay.

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B(+) circuit.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Is the test light illuminated?

Yes → Go To 6
No → Repair the Fused B(+) circuit for an open. Refer to the wiring
diagrams located in the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

224
 COMMUNICATION

*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - EATX —

Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
6 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe each ground circuit in the TCM
connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Is the light illuminated at all ground circuits?

Yes → Go To 7

No → Repair the Ground circuit(s) for an open. Check the main ground
connection to engine block and/or chassis. Refer to the wiring
diagrams located in the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the All
vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu
and repair as necessary.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and
black test probes.
Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Attach the
red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.
With the DRBIIIt, select Pep Module Tools.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Select 12 volt square wave.
Press F2 for Scope.
Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Press F2 again
when complete.
Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus
circuit in the TCM connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope.
Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7.5 volts?
Yes → Replace the Transmission Control Module in accordance with the
service information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 8

8 Disconnect the TCM harness connector. All

Disconnect the BCM C3 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the PCI bus circuit between the TCM connector and the
BCM C3 connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

225
COMMUNICATION

Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - NGC

POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT(S) OPEN
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
Note: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB, answer
the question.
With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Instrument Cluster.
With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Body Control Module (BCM).
Was the DRB able to I/D or establish communications with both of the modules?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Refer to the Communications category and perform the appropri-

ate symptom.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Turn the ignition on.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused Ignition Switch
Output circuits (cavs 11 and 12) in the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Is the test light illuminated for both circuits?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open.

Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the Service Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

226
 COMMUNICATION

*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - NGC —

Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
3 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B(+) circuit in the
appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Is the test light illuminated?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Repair the Fused B(+) circuit for an open. Refer to the wiring
diagrams located in the Service Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

4 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe each ground circuit in the
appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Is the light illuminated at all ground circuits?
Yes → Go To 5

No → Repair the Ground circuit(s) for an open. Check the main ground
connection to engine block and/or chassis. Refer to the wiring
diagrams located in the Service Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

227
COMMUNICATION

*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - NGC —

Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
5 Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the All
vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu
and repair as necessary.
Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and
black test probes.
Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Attach the
red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.
With the DRBIIIt select Pep Module Tools.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Select 12 volt square wave.
Press F2 for Scope.
Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Press F2 again
when complete.
Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus
circuit in the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Turn the ignition on.
Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope.
Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7.5 volts?
Yes → Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor-
dance with the service information. WITH THE DRBIIIt PER-
FORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6

6 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Disconnect the BCM C3 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the PCI Bus circuit from the BCM C3 harness connector to
the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.

Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

228
 COMMUNICATION

Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM TRAVELER (CMTC)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM AND THE MIC
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
COMPASS/MINI TRIP COMPUTER (CMTC)
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRB, enter Body then Body Computer.
With the DRB, enter Body then Electro/Mech Cluster.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the BCM and the MIC?

Yes → Go To 2
No → Refer to the symptom list for problems related to no communica-
tion with the BCM or the MIC.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Compass/Mini Trip Computer harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused Ignition Switch
Output circuit.
Is the test light illuminated?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open or
short. Refer to the wiring diagrams in the service information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Compass/Mini Trip Computer harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B+ circuit.
Is the test light illuminated?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open or short. Refer to the

wiring diagrams in the service information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

229
COMMUNICATION

*NO RESPONSE FROM TRAVELER (CMTC) — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Compass/Mini Trip Computer harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the ground circuit.
Is the test light illuminated?

Yes → Go To 5

No → Repair the Ground circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the All
vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu
and repair as necessary.
Disconnect the Compass/Mini Trip Computer harness connector.
Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and
black test probes.
Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Attach the
red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.
With the DRBIIIt, select Pep Module Tools.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Select 12 volt square wave.
Press F2 for Scope.
Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Press F2 again
when complete.
Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus
circuit in the CMTC connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope.
Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7.5 volts?
Yes → Replace the Compass/Mini Trip Computer in accordance with the
service information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

6 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Compass/Mini Trip Computer harness connector.
Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the PCI Bus circuit between the CMTC connector and the
Instrument Cluster connector (cav 3).
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the service

information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

230
 COMMUNICATION

Symptom:
*PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT
OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT AT THE DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC)
HIGH VOLTAGE ON THE PCI BUS CIRCUITS AT THE BCM CONNECTORS
MODULE (PCI BUS SHORT TO VOLTAGE)
PCI BUS CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
LOW RESISTANCE TO GROUND ON THE PCI BUS CIRCUITS AT THE BCM CONNECTORS
MODULE (PCI BUS SHORT TO GROUND)
PCI BUS CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Note: Determine which modules this vehicle is equipped with before begin- All
ning.
Note: When attempting to communicate with any of the modules on this
vehicle, the DRB will display 1 of 2 different communication errors: a NO
RESPONSE message or a BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN message.
Turn the ignition on.
Using the DRB, attempt to communicate with the following control modules:
Body Control Module (BCM)
Instrument Cluster (MIC)
Airbag Control Module
Controller Antilock Brake (CAB)
Was the DRB able to communicate with one or more Module(s)?

Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 3

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Note: Visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
Note: Visually inspect the related wire harness connectors. Look for broken,
bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
Note: If the DRB can not communicate with a single module, refer to the
category list for the related symptom.
Were any problems found?

Yes → Repair wiring harness/connectors as necessary.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

231
COMMUNICATION

*PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector.
Disconnect the DRB from the Data Link Connector (DLC).
Measure the resistance of the PCI Bus circuit between the Data Link Connector
(DLC) and the BCM C2 connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 NOTE: Reconnect the BCM C2 harness connector. All

Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the PCI Bus circuit at the Data Link Connector (DLC).
Is the voltage above 7.0 volts?

Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 7

5 Note: Determine which modules this vehicle is equipped with before begin- All
ning.
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the BCM C2 and C3 harness connectors.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of each PCI Bus circuit at the BCM C2 and C3 connectors.
Is the voltage steadily above 7.0 volts for any measurement?
Yes → Go To 6
No → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the module that corresponds to the PCI Bus circuit that measured
steadily above 7.0 volts.
Turn the ignition on.
NOTE: If the PCI Bus circuit for the Radio was above 7.0 volts and is
equipped with a CD Changer, disconnect the CD Changer before the Radio.
NOTE: If the PCI Bus circuit for the Instrument Cluster (MIC) was above 7.0
volts and is equipped with a Compass/Mini Trip Computer (CMTC), discon-
nect the CMTC before the MIC.
Measure the voltage of the PCI Bus circuit that previously measured above 7.0 volts.
Is the voltage steadily above 7.0 volts with the module disconnected?

Yes → Repair the PCI Bus circuit that measured over 7.0 volts for a
short to voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the module that caused the short to voltage on the PCI
Bus circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

232
 COMMUNICATION

*PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

7 Note: Determine which modules this vehicle is equipped with before begin- All
ning.
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the negative battery cable.
Disconnect the BCM C2 and C3 harness connectors.
Measure the resistance between ground and each of the PCI Bus circuits at the BCM
C2 and C3 connectors.
Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms for any of the measurements?

Yes → Go To 8
No → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

8 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the negative battery cable.
Disconnect the module that corresponds to the PCI Bus circuit that resistance
measured below 1000.0 ohms.
NOTE: If the PCI Bus circuit for the Radio was below 1000.0 ohms and is
equipped with a CD Changer, disconnect the CD Changer before the Radio.
NOTE: If the PCI Bus circuit for the Instrument Cluster (MIC) was below
1000.0 ohms and is equipped with a Compass/Mini Trip Computer (CMTC),
disconnect the CMTC before the MIC.
Measure the resistance between ground and the PCI Bus circuit that previously
measured below 1000.0 ohms.
Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms with the module disconnected?

Yes → Repair the PCI Bus circuit that resistance measured below 1000.0
ohms for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the module that caused the short to ground on the PCI
Bus circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

233
COMPASS/MINI-TRIP COMPUTER

Symptom:
BCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED

When Monitored and Set Condition:

BCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Compass/Mini Trip Computer (CMTC) does not
receive messages from the BCM.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
COMPASS/MINI TRIP COMPUTER

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the BCM.
Was the DRBIIIt able to I/D or communicate with the BCM?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Refer to the Communication category and perform the appropri-

ate symptom.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 With the DRBIIIt, erase DTC’s. All

Turn the ignition on and wait approximately 1 minute.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTC’s.
Did this DTC reset?

Yes → Replace the Compass/Mini Trip Computer in accordance with the

Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the service information to
help isolate a possible intermittent open or shorted wiring condi-
tion.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

234
 COMPASS/MINI-TRIP COMPUTER

Symptom:
COMPASS FAILURE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED
COMPASS/MINI-TRIP COMPUTER

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt, verify that no PCM communication failures are present in the All
CMTC.
Is there a PCM communication failure present?

Yes → Refer to PCM MEASSAGE NOT RECEIVED before proceeding.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 2

2 Perform the Compass/Mini-Trip Computer Self Test. All

Turn the ignition off.
Press and hold the Step and the Compass/Temp buttons.
Turn the ignition on.
NOTE: The Compass/Mini-Trip Computer Self Test can also be initiated
using the DRBIIIt.
During the Self Test the Compass/Mini-Trip Computer will perform the following
checks:
Illuminate all VF display segments
Check the CMTC memory, Communications, and Compass internal
Check the CMTC/UGDO communications (if equipped)
Display Pass, Fail, Bus, Bus 1, or Bus 2 when complete.
Did the Compass Mini-Trip Computer display 9Fail9?
Yes → Replace the Compass/Mini-Trip Computer in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 Move the vehicle to an area away from any large metal objects or overhead power All
lines.
Attempt to calibrate the compass.
Turn the ignition on.
Press and hold the STEP and US/M buttons at the same time until the CAL indicator
begins to flash then release.
Drive the vehicle in 3 complete 360 degree circles, at less than 5 MPH (8 KPH). The
CAL indicator should turn off.
Did the CAL indicator turn OFF?

Yes → Test Complete.

No → Replace the Compass/Mini-Trip Computer in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

235
COMPASS/MINI-TRIP COMPUTER

Symptom:
INTERNAL FAILURE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
COMPASS/MINI-TRIP COMPUTER

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt, erase the DTC.
With the DRBIIIt, perform the Compass/Mini-Trip Computer Self Test.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs.
Did the DTC reset?
Yes → Replace the Compass/Mini Trip Computer in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

236
 COMPASS/MINI-TRIP COMPUTER

Symptom:
PCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED

When Monitored and Set Condition:

PCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Compass/Mini Trip Computer (CMTC) does not
receive messages from the PCM.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
DTC PRESENT
COMPASS/MINI-TRIP COMPUTER

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRB, erase DTC’s. All
Turn the ignition on and wait approximately 1 minute.
With the DRB, read DTC’s.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the service information to

help isolate a possible intermittent open or shorted wiring condi-
tion.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition on. All

With the DRB, enter Body Computer, System Tests then PCM Monitor.
Does the DRB display: PCM is active on BUS?
Yes → Replace the Compass/Mini-Trip Computer in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Refer to the Communication category and perform the appropri-

ate symptom.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

237
COMPASS/MINI-TRIP COMPUTER

Symptom List:
*AVERAGE FUEL ECONOMY INOPERATIVE OR WRONG
*DISTANCE TO EMPTY INOPERATIVE OR WRONG
*ELAPSED TIME INOPERATIVE OR WRONG
*TRIP ODOMETER INOPERATIVE OR WRONG

Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be *AVERAGE FUEL ECONOMY
INOPERATIVE OR WRONG.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
COMPASS MINI-TRIP COMPUTER

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Diagnose and repair any BCM, or COMMUNICATION DTCs before All
proceeding
If all the possible causes above are operating correctly, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Compass Mini-Trip Computer in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

238
 COMPASS/MINI-TRIP COMPUTER

Symptom:
*COMPASS/MINI-TRIP COMPUTER INOPERATIVE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
COMPASS MINI-TRIP COMPUTER

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Diagnose and repair any BCM, PCM, or COMMUNICATION DTCs All
before proceeding.
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the Compass/Mini-Trip Computer harness connector.
Measure the voltage between the Fused B+ circuit and ground.
Is the voltage above 10.5 volts?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Repair the Fused B(+) circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Compass/Mini-Trip Computer harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage between the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit and ground.
Is the voltage below 10.5 volts?
Yes → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Compass/Mini-Trip Computer harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the CMTC ground circuit.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Ground circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Compass Mini-Trip Computer in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

239
COMPASS/MINI-TRIP COMPUTER

Symptom:
*OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY INACCURATE OR INOPERA-
TIVE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
COMPASS/MINI-TRIP COMPUTER

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Ensure that the CMTC is communicating on the PCI Bus before All
proceeding with this test.
NOTE: The Ambient Temperature Sensor is hardwired to the PCM. Diag-
nose and repair any PCM DTCs before proceeding with this test.
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the Ambient Temperature Sensor harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Ambient Temperature Sensor using the following
temperature/resistance values:
10°C (50°F) Sensor Resistance = 17.99 - 21.81 Kilohms
20°C (68°F) Sensor Resistance = 11.37 - 13.61 Kilohms
25°C (77°F) Sensor Resistance = 9.12 - 10.88 Kilohms
30°C (86°F) Sensor Resistance = 7.37 - 8.75 Kilohms
40°C (104°F) Sensor Resistance = 4.90 - 5.75 Kilohms
50°C (122°F) Sensor Resistance = 3.33 - 3.88 Kilohms
Is the Ambient Temperature Sensor resistance measurement between the min/max
specifications?

Yes → Test Complete.

No → Replace the Ambient Temperature Sensor. NOTE: After any

repair for an Ambient Temperature Sensor problem, the vehicle
must be driven over 3 miles above 25 MPH to update the CMTC
display.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

240
 DOOR AJAR

Symptom:
*DECKLID AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID/AJAR SWITCH CASE GROUND OPEN
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID/AJAR SWITCH
DECKLID AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Open the Decklid. All
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the DECKLID AJAR SW state.
Does the DRBIIIt display CLOSED?
Yes → The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present.
Inspect the related wiring harness for a possible intermittent
condition. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched or partially
broken wires.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 2

2 Disconnect the Decklid Ajar switch connector. All

Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts, test the Case Ground for continuity.
Does the light illuminate?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Repair the Case Ground for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Disconnect the Decklid Ajar Switch connector. All

With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the DECKLID AJAR SW state.
Connect a jumper wire between Sense circuit and body ground.
Does the DRBIIIt display DECKLID AJAR SW: CLOSED?

Yes → Replace the Decklid Release Solenoid/Ajar Switch.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 harness connector. All

Disconnect the Decklid Ajar Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Repair the Decklid Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

241
DOOR AJAR

Symptom:
*DECKLID AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID/AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
DECKLID AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the DECKLID AJAR SW state. All
Disconnect the Decklid Release Solenoid/Ajar Switch harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the DECKLID AJAR SW state.
Did the Switch State change from CLOSED to OPEN?

Yes → Replace the Decklid Release Solenoid/Ajar Switch.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 2

2 Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 harness connector. All

Disconnect the Decklid Ajar Switch harness connector.
Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts, test the Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
Does the Test Light illuminate?

Yes → Repair the Decklid Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

242
 DOOR AJAR

Symptom:
*DRIVER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Open the driver door. All
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the DRV DR AJAR SW state.
Does the DRBIIIt display CLOSED?
Yes → The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present.
Inspect the related wiring harness for a possible intermittent
condition. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched or partially
broken wires.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 2

2 Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar switch connector. All

Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts, test the Ground circuit for
continuity.
Does the light illuminate?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the Ground circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. All

With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the DRV DR AJAR SW state.
Connect a jumper wire between Sense circuit and the Ground circuit.
Does the DRBIIIt display DRV DR AJAR SW: CLOSED?
Yes → Replace the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 harness connector. All

Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Repair the Driver Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

243
DOOR AJAR

Symptom:
*DRIVER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the DRV DR AJAR SW state. All
Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the DRV DR AJAR SW state.
Does the Switch State change from CLOSED to OPEN?

Yes → Replace the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 2

2 Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 harness connector. All

Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector.
Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts, test the Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
Does the Test Light illuminate?

Yes → Repair the Driver Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

244
 DOOR AJAR

Symptom:
*LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
LEFT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH
LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Open the left rear door. All
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the LR DR AJAR SW state.
Does the DRBIIIt display CLOSED?
Yes → The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present.
Inspect the related wiring harness for a possible intermittent
condition. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched or partially
broken wires.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 2

2 Disconnect the Left Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar switch connector. All
Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts, test the Ground circuit for
continuity.
Does the light illuminate?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the Ground circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Disconnect the Left Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. All
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the LR DR AJAR SW state.
Connect a jumper wire between the Sense circuit and the Ground circuit.
Does the DRBIIIt display LR DR AJAR SW: CLOSED?
Yes → Replace the Left Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 harness connector. All

Disconnect the Left Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Repair the Left Rear Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

245
DOOR AJAR

Symptom:
*LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

POSSIBLE CAUSES
LEFT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the LR DR AJAR SW state. All
Disconnect the Left Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the LR DR AJAR SW state.
Does the Switch State change from CLOSED to OPEN?

Yes → Replace the Left Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 2

2 Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 harness connector. All

Disconnect the Left Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector.
Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts, test the Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
Does the Test Light illuminate?

Yes → Repair the Left Rear Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

246
 DOOR AJAR

Symptom:
*PASSENGER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH
PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Open the passenger door. All
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the PAS DR AJAR SW state.
Does the DRBIIIt display CLOSED?
Yes → The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present.
Inspect the related wiring harness for a possible intermittent
condition. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched or partially
broken wires.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 2

2 Disconnect the Passenger Door Lock Motor/Ajar switch connector. All

Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts, test the Ground circuit for
continuity.
Does the light illuminate?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the Ground circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Disconnect the Passenger Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. All

With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the PAS DR AJAR SW state.
Connect a jumper wire between the Sense circuit and the Ground circuit.
Does the DRBIIIt display PAS DR AJAR SW: CLOSED?
Yes → Replace the Passenger Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 harness connector. All

Disconnect the Passenger Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Repair the Passenger Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

247
DOOR AJAR

Symptom:
*PASSENGER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
PASSANGER FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the PAS DR AJAR SW state. All
Disconnect the Passenger Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the PAS DR AJAR SW state.
Does the Switch State change from CLOSED to OPEN?

Yes → Replace the Passenger Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 2

2 Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 harness connector. All

Disconnect the Passenger Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector.
Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts, test the Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
Does the Test Light illuminate?

Yes → Repair the Passenger Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

248
 DOOR AJAR

Symptom:
*RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
RIGHT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH
RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Open the right rear door. All
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the RR DR AJAR SW state.
Does the DRBIIIt display CLOSED?
Yes → The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present.
Inspect the related wiring harness for a possible intermittent
condition. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched or partially
broken wires.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 2

2 Disconnect the Right Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar switch connector. All
Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts, test the Ground circuit for
continuity.
Does the light illuminate?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the Ground circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Disconnect the Right Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. All
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the RR DR AJAR SW state.
Connect a jumper wire between the Sense circuit and the Ground circuit.
Does the DRBIIIt display RR DR AJAR SW: CLOSED?
Yes → Replace the Right Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 harness connector. All

Disconnect the Right Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Sense circuit between the BCM C4 connector and the
Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Repair the Right Rear Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

249
DOOR AJAR

Symptom:
*RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RIGHT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the RR DR AJAR SW state. All
Disconnect the Right Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the RR DR AJAR SW state.
Does the Switch State change from CLOSED to OPEN?

Yes → Replace the Right Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 2

2 Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 harness connector. All

Disconnect the Right Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector.
Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts, test the Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
Does the Test Light illuminate?

Yes → Repair the Right Rear Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a short
to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

250
 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS

Symptom:
*HEATED SEAT RELAY NOT ENERGIZED WITH IGNITION ON

POSSIBLE CAUSES
HEATED SEAT RELAY
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
HEATED SEAT RELAY CONTROL WIRE
BODY CONTROL MODULE
PCM NOT ACTIVE ON THE BUS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt in Body System Test read the PCM status. All
Is the PCM active on the BUS?
Yes → Go To 2
No → Refer to symptom No Response to PCM in the Communication
category.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Remove the Heated Seat Relay from the Power Distribution Center. All
Turn the ignition on.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Fused Ignition Switch
Output circuit cavity 67 of the relay socket.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Install a known good relay in place of the Heated Seat Relay. All
Does the system now operate correctly?

Yes → Replace the Heated Seat Relay.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 Turn the ignition off. All

Remove the Heated Seat Relay from the Power Distribution Center.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C3 connector.
Measure the resistance of the Heated Seat Relay Control circuit between the Heated
Seat Relay connector and the Body Control Module C3 connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Repair the Heated Seat Relay Control wire for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

251
ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS

Symptom:
*REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INOPERATIVE (EQUIPPED WITH
AUTOMATIC TEMP CONTROL)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
JUNCTION BLOCK FUSE 15
PDC FUSE 6
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
RELATED HVAC DTC’S
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY
REAR DEFOGGER SWITCH OPERATION
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER GRID OPEN
FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt, read the Automatic Temperature Control Module DTC’s. All
Are there any related HVAC DTC’s present?
Yes → Refer to the symptom list for related DTC’s.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt in ATC Inputs/Outputs, read the EBL sw state while toggling the All
Rear Defogger button.
Does the EBL Switch state change when the switch is depressed?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace the Automatic Temperature Control Head.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Turn the ignition on. All

Turn the Rear Window Defogger on.
Using a 12 volt test light, check for voltage at the Rear Window Defogger Relay
Output circuit at the defogger grid.
Did the test light illuminate?
Yes → Repair the open in the Rear Window Defogger Grid or the Grid
Ground circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

252
 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS

*REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INOPERATIVE (EQUIPPED WITH AUTO-

MATIC TEMP CONTROL) — Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
4 With the DRBlllt, actuate the Rear Window Defogger Relay. All
Examine the Rear Window Defogger Relay.
Does the Rear Window Defogger Relay click while actuating.

Yes → Go To 5

No → Go To 8

5 Check the Power Distribution Center fuse 6. All

Is the fuse open.
Yes → Check for a short to ground and replace the PDC fuse.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

6 Remove the Rear Window Defogger Relay from the Junction Block. All
Measure the voltage of the Fused B(+) circuit in the Rear Window Defogger Relay
connector.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?
Yes → Go To 7

No → Repair the open Fused B(+) circuit from PDC fuse #6.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 Remove the Rear Window Defogger Relay from the Junction Block. All
Install a known good relay in the Rear Window Defogger Relay connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Turn the Rear Window Defogger on.
Using a 12 volt test light, check for voltage at the Rear Window Defogger Relay
Output circuit at the defogger grid.
Did the test light illuminate?

Yes → Replace the original Rear Window Defogger Relay.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Rear Window Defogger Relay Output circuit for an
open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

8 Check Junction Block fuse 15. All

Is the fuse open.

Yes → Check for a short and replace the Junction Block fuse.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 9

9 Remove the Rear Window Defogger Relay from the Junction Block. All
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the Fused Ignition Switch circuit in the Rear Window
Defogger Relay connector.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?

Yes → Go To 10
No → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit from the ignition
switch for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

253
ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS

*REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INOPERATIVE (EQUIPPED WITH AUTO-

MATIC TEMP CONTROL) — Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
10 Remove the Rear Window Defogger Relay from the Junction Block. All
Install a known good relay in the Rear Window Defogger Relay connector.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBlllt, actuate the Rear Window Defogger Relay.
Examine the Rear Window Defogger Relay.
Does the Rear Window Defogger Relay click while actuating.
Yes → Replace the original Rear Window Defogger Relay.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 11

11 Remove the BCM from the junction block. All

Reinstall the Rear Window Defogger Relay if removed.
Turn the ignition on.
Momentarily jumper the Rear Window Defogger Relay Control circuit (cavity 3) in
the BCM internal connector to ground.
Does the relay click?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the Junction Block.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

254
 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS

Symptom:
*REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INOPERATIVE (EQUIPPED WITH
MANUAL TEMP CONTROL)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
JUNCTION BLOCK FUSE 15
JUNCTION BLOCK FUSE 6
PDC FUSE 6
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
RELATED HVAC DTC’S
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER GRID OPEN
FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
A/C HEATER CONTROL
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt, read the Body Control Module DTC’s. All
Are there any related HVAC DTC’s present?
Yes → Refer to the symptom list for related DTC’s.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 2

2 Toggle the Rear Defogger switch and observe the indicator. All
Does the indicator toggle on and off when the switch is pressed?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 4

3 Turn the ignition on. All

Turn the Rear Window Defogger on.
Using a 12 volt test light, check for voltage at the Rear Window Defogger Relay
Output circuit at the defogger grid.
Did the test light illuminate?

Yes → Repair the open in the Rear Window Defogger Grid or the Grid
Ground circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Repair the Rear Window Defogger Relay Output circuit for an

open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

255
ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS

*REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INOPERATIVE (EQUIPPED WITH MAN-

UAL TEMP CONTROL) — Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
4 With the DRBlllt, actuate the Rear Window Defogger Relay. All
Examine the Rear Window Defogger Relay.
Does the Rear Window Defogger Relay click while actuating.

Yes → Go To 5

No → Go To 10

5 Check the Power Distribution Center fuse 6. All

Is the fuse open.
Yes → Check for a short to ground and replace the PDC fuse.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

6 Check Junction Block fuse 6. All

Is the fuse open.
Yes → Check for a short to ground and replace the Junction Block fuse.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 7

7 Remove the Rear Window Defogger Relay from the Junction Block. All
Measure the voltage of the Fused B(+) circuit in the Rear Window Defogger Relay
connector.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?

Yes → Go To 8
No → Repair the open Fused B(+) circuit from PDC fuse #6.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

8 Remove the Rear Window Defogger Relay from the Junction Block. All
Install a known good relay in the Rear Window Defogger Relay connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Toggle the Rear Window Defogger switch and observe the indicator.
Does the Rear Window Defogger indicator illuminate?

Yes → Replace the original Rear Window Defogger Relay.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 9

9 Reinstall relay(s). All

Gain access to the A/C Heater Control C1 connector.
Backprobe and measure the voltage of the Fused Rear Window Defogger Relay
Output circuit in the C1 connector.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Rear Defogger Relay.
Does the voltage toggle above 10.0 volts?
Yes → Replace the A/C Heater Control.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Repair the Fused Rear Window Defogger Relay Output circuit for
an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

256
 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS

*REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INOPERATIVE (EQUIPPED WITH MAN-

UAL TEMP CONTROL) — Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
10 Check Junction Block fuse 15. All
Is the fuse open.
Yes → Check for a short and replace the Junction Block fuse.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 11

11 Remove the Rear Window Defogger Relay from the Junction Block. All
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the Fused Ignition Switch circuit in the Rear Window
Defogger Relay connector.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?

Yes → Go To 12

No → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit from the ignition
switch for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

12 Remove the Rear Window Defogger Relay from the Junction Block. All
Install a known good relay in the Rear Window Defogger Relay connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Toggle the Rear Window Defogger switch and observe the indicator.
Does the Rear Window Defogger indicator illuminate?
Yes → Replace the original Rear Window Defogger Relay.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 13

13 Remove the BCM from the junction block. All

Reinstall the Rear Window Defogger Relay if removed.
Turn the ignition on.
Momentarily jumper the Rear Window Defogger Relay Control circuit (cavity 3) in
the BCM internal connector to ground.
Does the relay click?

Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Junction Block.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

257
EXTERIOR LIGHTING

Symptom:
*HEADLAMP DELAY RELAY INOPERATIVE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN
HEADLAMP DELAY RELAY
OPEN FUSE
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition off. All
Check the PDC fuse 4.
Is the fuse open?
Yes → Replace the open Fuse.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 2

2 Turn the ignition on. All

Measure the voltage of the Fused B+ Circuit between the PDC and the Junction
Block.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the Fuse B+ Circuit for an open condition.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Install a known good relay in place of the Headlamp Delay Relay.
Actuate the Headlamp Delay system.
Does the Headlamp Delay system operate normally?
Yes → Replace the Headlamp Delay Relay.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 Turn the ignition on. All

With the DRBIIIt, read the Ignition Voltage.
Does the DRBIIIt display voltage above 10.0 volts?

Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → The condition that caused the symptom is currently not present.
Inspect the related wiring for a possible intermittent condition.
Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

258
 EXTERIOR LIGHTING

Symptom:
*HI BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF

POSSIBLE CAUSES
HEADLAMP DELAY RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
HEADLAMP DELAY RELAY
HEADLAMP DELAY RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Remove the Headlamp Delay Relay from the junction block. All
Did the High Beam Headlamps turn off?
Yes → Go To 2
No → Repair the Headlamp Delay Relay Output Circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Remove the Headlamp Delay Relay. All

Measure the voltage of the Headlamp Delay Relay Control circuit in the relay
connector.
Is the voltage above 1.0 volts?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Replace the Headlamp Delay Relay.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Remove the Headlamp Delay Relay from the junction block. All
Disconnect the Multifunction Switch connector.
Measure the voltage of the Switched Headlamp Delay Relay Control circuit to
ground.
Is the voltage above 1.0 volts?
Yes → Repair the Headlamp Delay Relay Control Circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Multifunction Switch.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

259
EXTERIOR LIGHTING

Symptom:
*HIGH BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON

POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN FUSED B+
FUSED LOW BEAM OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
FUSED HIGH BEAM OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
HEADLAMP DELAY RELAY
FUSED LOW BEAM OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
HEADLAMP DELAY RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the Headlamps on. All
Gain access to the High Beam Headlamp Relay in the junction block.
Cycle the high beam switch on the multifunction switch and listen to or feel the High
Beam Relay for a click.
Does the relay click?
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 3

2 Remove the Headlamp Delay Relay. All

Measure the voltage of the Fused B+ circuit at the Headlamp Delay Relay connector.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the open fused B+ circuit from PDC fuse 4.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Remove fuse 4 from the PDC. All

Disconnect the Multifunction Switch connector.
Measure the resistance of the Fused Low Beam Output Circuit to ground.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Fused Low Beam output circuit for a short to ground
condition.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 Remove the Headlamp Delay Relay from the junction block. All
Disconnect the Multifunction Switch connector.
Measure the resistance of the Headlamp Delay Relay Control circuit to ground.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Fused High Beam Output Circuit for a short to ground
condition.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 5

260
 EXTERIOR LIGHTING

*HIGH BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 Disconnect the Multifunction Switch connector. All
Turn the headlamps on.
Measure the voltage of the Fused Low Beam Relay Output circuit in the multifunc-
tion switch connector.
Is the voltage below 10.0 volts?
Yes → Replace the Headlamp Delay Relay.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

6 Disconnect the Multifunction Switch connector. All

Turn the headlamps on.
Measure the voltage of the Fused Low Beam Relay Output circuit in the multifunc-
tion switch connector.
Is the voltage above 5.0 volts?

Yes → Go To 7
No → Repair the open Fused Low Beam Output circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 Disconnect the Multifunction Switch connector. All

Turn the headlamps on.
Ensure the Headlamp Delay Relay is installed.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused Low Beam Relay Output and the Switched
High Beam Relay Control circuits in the multifunction switch connector.
Did the High Beam Headlamps come on?
Yes → Repair the Headlamp Delay Relay Control Circuit for an open
condition.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Multifunction Switch.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

261
EXTERIOR LIGHTING

Symptom:
*LOW BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NO TURN OFF

POSSIBLE CAUSES
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
HEADLAMP DELAY RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
HEADLAMP DELAY RELAY
JUNCTION BLOCK
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the headlamp switch to the off position. All
With the DRBIIIt, read the Headlamp Switch Voltage.
Does the DRBIIIt display Headlamp Switch Voltage between 4.3 and 4.8 Volts?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Replace the Multifunction Switch.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Remove the Headlamp Delay Relay from the junction block. All
Did the Low Beams turn off?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Repair the Headlamp Delay Relay Output Circuit for a short to

voltage condition.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Substitute a known good relay in place of the Headlamp Delay Relay. All
Does the system operate normally?
Yes → Replace the Headlamp Delay Relay.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

4 Turn the ignition off. All

Remove the Headlamp Delay Relay.
Remove the Body Control Module from the junction block.
Measure the resistance of the Headlamp Delay Relay Control Circuit and ground.
Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms?
Yes → Replace the Junction Block
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the Body Control Module.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

262
 EXTERIOR LIGHTING

Symptom:
*LOW BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON

POSSIBLE CAUSES
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
JUNCTION BLOCK
FUSED LOW BEAM OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
HEADLAMP DELAY RELAY
HEADLAMP DELAY RELAY
JUNCTION BLOCK
BODY CONTROL MODULE
OPEN FUSED B+ TO JUNCTION BLOCK
B+ CIRCUIT FUSE
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the Headlamps on. All
With the DRBIIIt read the Multifunction Switch voltage.
Does the DRBIIIt display Multifunction Switch voltage between 1.4 and 1.8 volts?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Replace the Multifunction Switch.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 With the DRBIIIt actuate the Headlamp Delay Relay. All

Listen to or touch the Headlamp Delay Relay.
Does the relay click during actuation?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 5

3 Remove the Headlamp Delay Relay. All

Measure the voltage of the Fused B+ circuit in the Headlamp Delay Relay.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Replace the Junction Block

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 Remove the Headlamp Delay Relay from the junction block. All
Ensure fuses 13 and 12 are OK and are installed in the junction block.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ Circuit and the Headlamp Delay Relay
Output Circuit in the relay connector.
Did the low beam headlamps come on?

Yes → Replace the Headlamp Delay Relay.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Repair the Fused Low Beam Output Circuit for an open condition.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

263
EXTERIOR LIGHTING

*LOW BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 Remove the Headlamp Delay Relay. All
Measure the voltage of the Fused B+ circuit in the Headlamp Delay Relay.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?

Yes → Go To 6

No → Go To 8

6 Remove the Headlamp Delay Relay from the junction block. All
Connect a 12 volt test light between the Headlamp Delay Relay Control circuit, and
the Fused B+ circuit in the Relay connector.
With the DRBIIIt actuate the Headlamp Relay.
Did the test light flash during actuation?

Yes → Replace the Headlamp Delay Relay.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 7

7 Turn the ignition off. All

Remove the Headlamp Delay Relay from the junction block.
Remove the Body Control Module from the junction block.
Measure resistance of the Headlamp Delay Relay control circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Junction Block.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

8 Remove and test the PDC Fuse 4. All

Is the Fuse open?

Yes → Go To 9
No → Repair the open Fused B+ circuit between the Headlamp Delay
Relay connector in the junction block and the PDC Fuse 4
connector.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

9 Remove Fuse 4 from the PDC All

Measure the resistance of the Fused B+ circuit in the fuse connector to ground.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for a short to ground.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the fuse and retest the system.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

264
 HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
A/C BLEND DOOR INPUT SHORTED TO BATTERY - MTC

When Monitored and Set Condition:

A/C BLEND DOOR INPUT SHORTED TO BATTERY - MTC

When Monitored: With the engine running.
Set Condition: The BCM reads the signal from the A/C - Heater Control blend request
and positions the blend door accordingly. If the voltage on this pin exceeds 90% of ignition
voltage, the DTC will set, and the BCM will place the blend door in a default position.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CONTROL HEAD - TEMPERATURE SELECT SIGNAL SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
TEMPERATURE SELECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
BODY CONTROL MODULE - TEMPERATURE SELECT SIGNAL SHORTED TO VOLTAGE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Body Computer DTC’s. All
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the Temperature Select Signal circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.3 volts?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Replace the A/C - Heater Control in accordance with the Service

Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the Temperature Select Signal circuit.
Is there any voltage present?

Yes → Repair the Temperature Select Signal circuit for a short to

voltage.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance

with the Service Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

265
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
A/C BLEND DR INPUT OPEN/SHORT TO GROUND - MTC

When Monitored and Set Condition:

A/C BLEND DR INPUT OPEN/SHORT TO GROUND - MTC

When Monitored: With the engine running.
Set Condition: The BCM reads the signal from the A/C - Heater Control blend request
and positions the blend door accordingly. If the voltage on this pin is below 0.1 volts, the
DTC will set, and the BCM will place the blend door in a default position.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ADDITIONAL CODE(S) PRESENT
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
TEMPERATURE SELECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
TEMPERATURE SELECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO SENSOR GROUND
TEMPERATURE SELECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
CONTROL HEAD - TEMPERATURE SELECT SIGNAL OPEN/SHORTED TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - TEMPERATURE SELECT SIGNAL OPEN/SHORTED TO GROUND

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt read the Body Computer DTCs.
Are Mode Door Input Open/STG and Blend Door Input Open/STG DTCs present?
(May set TCM Msg Not Recd).

Yes → If JB Fuse 11 is open, check for short to ground in Junction Block,

BCM, and Fused Ign Sw Output Ckt. If JB Fuse 11 is not open,
check for an open between JB Fuse 11 Pin 19, and JB C7-10
harness connector, and splice 210 in Fused Ign Sw Output Ckt.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 2

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused Ignition Switch
Output circuit.
Is the test light illuminated?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open.

Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

266
 HEATING & A/C

A/C BLEND DR INPUT OPEN/SHORT TO GROUND - MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Temperature Select Signal circuit.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair the Temperature Select Signal circuit for a short to
ground.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

4 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Sensor Ground circuit and the Temperature
Select Signal circuit at the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?

Yes → Repair the Temperature Select Signal circuit for a short to the
Sensor Ground circuit.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Temperature Select Signal circuit between the A/C -
Heater Control C1 harness connector and the BCM C2 harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 6
No → Repair the Temperature Select Signal circuit for an open.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

267
HEATING & A/C

A/C BLEND DR INPUT OPEN/SHORT TO GROUND - MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

6 Turn the ignition off. All
Reconnect the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Put the Blend Control switch in the full cold position.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the Temperature Select Signal circuit.
Move the Blend Control switch from full cold to full hot while observing the
voltmeter.
Does the voltage change fluidly from approximately 9.0 volts (full cold) to 11.89 volts
(full hot)?
Yes → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance
with the Service Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the A/C - Heater Control in accordance with the Service
Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

268
 HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
A/C HEAD, A/C SWITCH FAILURE - MTC

When Monitored and Set Condition:

A/C HEAD, A/C SWITCH FAILURE - MTC

When Monitored: With the engine running and the Blower Control switch on.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the BCM sees a request for A/C from the A/C - Heater
Control with the Mode Control switch in the Panel-Heater position, Mix-Heater position,
or Floor-Heater mode position.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CONTROL HEAD - A/C SWITCH SENSE INCORRECT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - A/C SWITCH SENSE INCORRECT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Body Computer DTCs.
Ensure that the Rear Window Defogger is off.
Put the Mode Control switch in the Recirc/Bi-Level (full left) position.
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt in Sensor Display, read the A/C EBL Switch voltage and the Mode
Switch voltage in each door position.
Look for the following approximate voltage readings:
Recirc-A/C position: A/C EBL Switch, 4.42 volts, Mode Switch, 1.32 volts.
Panel-A/C position: A/C EBL Switch, 4.42 volts, Mode Switch, 3.20 volts.
Mix-A/C position: A/C EBL Switch 4.42 volts, Mode Switch 5.07 volts.
Panel-Heater position: A/C EBL Switch 10.79 volts, Mode Switch 3.20 volts.
Mix-Heater position: A/C EBL Switch 10.79 volts, Mode Switch 5.07 volts.
Floor-Heater position: A/C EBL Switch 10.79 volts, Mode Switch 7.16 volts.
Does DRBIIIt display the approximate voltages for each Mode Control switch
position?

Yes → Go To 2

No → Replace the A/C - Heater Control in accordance with the Service

Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition on. All

With the DRBIIIt, erase Body Computer DTCs.
Start the engine.
Turn the Blower Control switch on.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs while slowly turning the Mode Control switch to each
of the door positions several times.
Does the DRBIIIt display: A/C Head, A/C Switch Failure?
Yes → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance
with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

269
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
A/C HEAD, EBL INPUT SHORTED TO BATTERY - MTC

When Monitored and Set Condition:

A/C HEAD, EBL INPUT SHORTED TO BATTERY - MTC

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if voltage on the A/C Switch Sense pin exceeds 90% of
ignition voltage for 10 seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
A/C SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
BODY CONTROL MODULE - A/C SWITCH SENSE SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
A/C HEATER CONTROL
INTERMITTENT WIRING PROBLEM

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Body Computer DTC’s. All
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the A/C Switch Sense circuit.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Go To 3

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the A/C Switch Sense circuit.
Is there any voltage present?
Yes → Repair the A/C Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance
with the Service Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

270
 HEATING & A/C

A/C HEAD, EBL INPUT SHORTED TO BATTERY - MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 NOTE: Make sure that the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector is All
connected to the A/C - Heater Control.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Body Computer DTC’s.
With the DRBIIIt, read Body Computer DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display: A/C Head, EBL Input Shorted To Batt?
Yes → Replace the A/C - Heater Control in accordance with the Service
Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the

wiring and connectors for conditions causing an intermittent
short.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

271
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
A/C HEAD, EBL INPUT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC

When Monitored and Set Condition:

A/C HEAD, EBL INPUT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the BCM detects voltage below 0.1 volts on its A/C
Switch Sense circuit.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CONTROL HEAD - SHORT TO GROUND
A/C SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
A/C SW SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO SENSOR GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - A/C SWITCH SENSE SHORT TO GROUND
CONTROL HEAD - A/C SWITCH SENSE INCORRECT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - A/C SWITCH SENSE INCORRECT
INTERMITTENT WIRING PROBLEM

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
Put the Mode Control switch in the Recirc/Bi-Level (full left) position.
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Body Computer DTC’s.
With the DRBIIIt in Sensor Display, read the A/C EBL voltage.
Is the voltage below 0.5 volts?
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 6

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt in Sensor Display, read the A/C EBL voltage.
Is the voltage above 3.0 volts?

Yes → Replace the A/C - Heater Control in accordance with the Service
Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

272
 HEATING & A/C

A/C HEAD, EBL INPUT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the A/C Switch Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair the A/C Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

4 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Sensor Ground circuit and the A/C Switch Sense
circuit at the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair the A/C Switch Sense circuit for a short to the Sensor
Ground circuit.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance with
the Service Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition on. All

With the DRBIIIt, record and erase DTCs.
Ensure that the Rear Window Defogger is off.
Put the Mode Control switch in the Recirc/Bi-Level (full left) position.
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt in Sensor Display, read the A/C ABLE Switch voltage and the Mode
Switch voltage in each door position.
Look for the following approximate voltage readings:
Recirc-A/C position: A/C EBL Switch, 4.42 volts, Mode Switch, 1.32 volts.
Panel-A/C position: A/C EBL Switch, 4.42 volts, Mode Switch, 3.20 volts.
Mix-A/C position: A/C EBL Switch 4.42 volts, Mode Switch 5.07 volts.
Panel-Heater position: A/C EBL Switch 10.79 volts, Mode Switch 3.20 volts.
Mix-Heater position: A/C EBL Switch 10.79 volts, Mode Switch 5.07 volts.
Floor-Heater position: A/C EBL Switch 10.79 volts, Mode Switch 7.16 volts.
Does DRBIIIt display the approximate voltages for each Mode Control switch
position?

Yes → Go To 7
No → Replace the A/C - Heater Control in accordance with the Service
Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

273
HEATING & A/C

A/C HEAD, EBL INPUT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

7 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt, erase DTCs.
Start the engine.
Turn the Blower Control switch on.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs while slowly turning the Mode Control switch to each
of the door positions several times.
Does the DRBIIIt display: A/C Head, EBL Input Shorted to Ground?

Yes → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance

with the Service Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the

wiring and connectors for conditions causing an intermittent
short.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

274
 HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
A/C HEAD, EBL SWITCH STUCK - MTC

When Monitored and Set Condition:

A/C HEAD, EBL SWITCH STUCK - MTC

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the BCM detects the EBL switch stuck in the
depressed position for at least 30 seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ADDITIONAL CODE(S) PRESENT
REAR DEFOGGER SWITCH STUCK
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt, read the Body Computer DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display any additional code(s)?
Yes → Return to the Symptom List and choose the code(s).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 2

2 Turn the ignition on. All

With the DRBIIIt in Sensor Display, read the A/C EBL voltage while pressing and
releasing the Rear Defogger switch several times.
Does the voltage decrease when pressing the switch and increase when the switch is
released?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace the A/C - Heater Control in accordance with the Service

Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Turn the ignition on. All

With the DRBIIIt, erase Body Computer DTCs.
With the DRBIIIt, read Body Computer DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display A/C Head, EBL Switch Stuck?

Yes → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance

with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

275
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
A/C MODE DOOR INPUT OPEN/SHORT TO GROUND - MTC

When Monitored and Set Condition:

A/C MODE DOOR INPUT OPEN/SHORT TO GROUND - MTC

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: The A/C - Heater Control provides a 5 volt pull-up to the mode request
selector. The BCM reads the signal from the A/C - Heater Control mode request and
positions the mode door accordingly. If the voltage on this pin is below 0.1 volts, the DTC
will set, and the BCM will place the mode door in a default position.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ADDITIONAL CODE(S) PRESENT
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
A/C MODE SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT GROUND
A/C MODE SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT SENSOR GROUND
A/C MODE SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN
CONTROL HEAD - MODE SWITCH MUX OPEN/SHORTED TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - MODE SWITCH MUX OPEN/SHORTED TO GROUND

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt read the Body Computer DTCs.
Are Mode Door Input Open/STG and Blend Door Input Open/STG DTCs present?
(May set TCM Msg Not Recd).

Yes → If JB Fuse 11 is open, check for short to ground in Junction Block,

BCM, and Fused Ign Sw Output Ckt. If JB Fuse 11 is not open,
check for an open between JB Fuse 11 Pin 19, and JB C7-10
harness connector, and splice 210 in Fused Ign Sw Output Ckt.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 2

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused Ignition Switch
Output circuit.
Is the test light illuminated?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open.

Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

276
 HEATING & A/C

A/C MODE DOOR INPUT OPEN/SHORT TO GROUND - MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the A/C Mode Switch Mux circuit.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair the A/C Mode Switch MUX circuit for a short to ground.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

4 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Sensor Ground circuit and the A/C Mode Switch
MUX circuit at the A/C - Heater Control C! harness connector.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair the A/C Mode Switch MUX circuit for a short to the Sensor
Ground circuit.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Reconnect the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the A/C Mode Switch MUX circuit between the A/C Heater
Control C1 harness connector and the BCM C2 harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 6

No → Repair the A/C Mode Switch MUX circuit for an open.

Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

277
HEATING & A/C

A/C MODE DOOR INPUT OPEN/SHORT TO GROUND - MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

6 Turn the ignition off. All
Reconnect the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Put the Mode Control switch in the Recirc/Bi-Level (full left) position.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the A/C Mode Switch MUX circuit.
Move the Mode Control switch from Recirc to Defrost while observing the voltmeter.
Does the voltage change fluidly from approximately 8.8 volts (Recirc) to 11.7 volts
(Defrost)?

Yes → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance

with the Service Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the A/C - Heater Control in accordance with the Service

Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

278
 HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
A/C MODE DOOR INPUT SHORTED TO BATTERY - MTC

When Monitored and Set Condition:

A/C MODE DOOR INPUT SHORTED TO BATTERY - MTC

When Monitored: With the engine running.
Set Condition: The BCM reads the signal from the A/C - Heater Control mode request and
positions the mode door accordingly. If the voltage on this pin exceeds 90% of ignition
voltage, the DTC will set, and the BCM will place the mode door in a default position.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CONTROL HEAD - A/C MODE SWITCH MUX SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
A/C MODE SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
BODY CONTROL MODULE - A/C MODE SWITCH MUX SHORTED TO VOLTAGE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Body Computer DTC’s. All
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the A/C Mode Switch MUX circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.3 volts?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Replace the A/C - Heater Control in accordance with the Service

Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control C1 harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the A/C Mode Switch MUX circuit.
Is there any voltage present?

Yes → Repair the A/C Mode Switch MUX circuit for a short to voltage.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance
with the Service Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

279
HEATING & A/C

Symptom List:
A/C SWITCH FAILURE - ATC
AUTO SWITCH FAILURE - ATC
BILEVEL SWITCH FAILURE - ATC
DEFROST SWITCH FAILURE - ATC
EBL SWITCH FAILURE - ATC
FLOOR SWITCH FAILURE - ATC
MIX SWITCH FAILURE - ATC
OFF SWITCH FAILURE - ATC
PANEL SWITCH FAILURE - ATC
RECIRC SWITCH FAILURE - ATC
TEMP DOWN FAILURE - ATC
TEMP UP FAILURE - ATC

Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be A/C SWITCH FAILURE - ATC.

When Monitored and Set Condition:

A/C SWITCH FAILURE - ATC

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the A/C switch is held in the closed position for 10
minutes. The BCM will store this DTC. The DRBIIIt will display this DTC in either BCM
or Automatic Temperature Control.

AUTO SWITCH FAILURE - ATC

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Auto switch is held in the closed position for 10
minutes. The BCM will store this DTC. The DRBIIIt will display this DTC in either BCM
or Automatic Temperature Control.

BILEVEL SWITCH FAILURE - ATC

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Bilevel switch is held in the closed position for 10
minutes. The BCM will store this DTC. The DRBIIIt will display this DTC in either BCM
or Automatic Temperature Control.

DEFROST SWITCH FAILURE - ATC

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Defrost switch is held in the closed position for 10
minutes. The BCM will store this DTC. The DRBIIIt will display this DTC in either BCM
or Automatic Temperature Control.

280
 HEATING & A/C

A/C SWITCH FAILURE - ATC — Continued

EBL SWITCH FAILURE - ATC

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the EBL switch is held in the closed position for 10
minutes. The BCM will store this DTC. The DRBIIIt will display this DTC in either BCM
or Automatic Temperature Control.

FLOOR SWITCH FAILURE - ATC

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Floor switch is held in the closed position for 10
minutes. The BCM will store this DTC. The DRBIIIt will display this DTC in either BCM
or Automatic Temperature Control.

MIX SWITCH FAILURE - ATC

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Mix switch is held in the closed position for 10
minutes. The BCM will store this DTC. The DRBIIIt will display this DTC in either BCM
or Automatic Temperature Control.

OFF SWITCH FAILURE - ATC

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Off switch is held in the closed position for 10
minutes. The BCM will store this DTC. The DRBIIIt will display this DTC in either BCM
or Automatic Temperature Control.

PANEL SWITCH FAILURE - ATC

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Panel switch is held in the closed position for 10
minutes. The BCM will store this DTC. The DRBIIIt will display this DTC in either BCM
or Automatic Temperature Control.

RECIRC SWITCH FAILURE - ATC

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Recirculation switch is held in the closed position
for 10 minutes. The BCM will store this DTC. The DRBIIIt will display this DTC in either
BCM or Automatic Temperature Control.

TEMP DOWN FAILURE - ATC

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Temperature Down switch is held in the closed
position for 10 minutes. The BCM will store this DTC. The DRBIIIt will display this DTC
in either BCM or Automatic Temperature Control.

281
HEATING & A/C

A/C SWITCH FAILURE - ATC — Continued

TEMP UP FAILURE - ATC

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Temperature Up switch is held in the closed
position for 10 minutes. The BCM will store this DTC. The DRBIIIt will display this DTC
in either BCM or Automatic Temperature Control.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
INTERMITTENT CONDITION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Which switch failure code is present? All
Other than Temp Up/Temp Down Failure
Go To 2
Temp Up/Temp Down Failure
Go To 4

2 Turn the ignition on. All

With the DRBIIIt in Automatic Temperature Control, Inputs/Outputs, read the
switch states.
Do any of the switch states read Closed?
Yes → Replace the Automatic Temperature Control in accordance with
the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 Turn the ignition on. All

With the DRBIIIt in Automatic Temperature Control, Inputs/Outputs, read the
switch states while pressing and then releasing the Auto; Off; A/C; Recirc; Panel;
Floor; Mix; Bilevel; EBL; and Defrost buttons on the ATC.
Do any of the switch states remain Closed?

Yes → Replace the Automatic Temperature Control in accordance with

the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

282
 HEATING & A/C

A/C SWITCH FAILURE - ATC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 Turn the ignition on. All
While observing the ATC temperature display, press and hold the Temp Up button for
several seconds.
While observing the ATC temperature display, press and hold the Temp Down button
for several seconds.
Does the temperature display change accordingly?
Yes → Go To 5

No → Replace the Automatic Temperature Control in accordance with

the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Turn the ignition on. All

With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Body Computer DTC’s.
Cycle the ignition switch.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Body Computer DTCs.
Did the DTC reset?
Yes → Replace the Automatic Temperature Control in accordance with
the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Symptom not present at this time.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

283
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
ATC BLOWER STALL FAULT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

ATC BLOWER STALL FAULT

When Monitored: With the ignition on and blower motor operation requested.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the blower motor is stalled.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
BLOCKAGE STALLING BLOWER MOTOR
BLOWER MOTOR

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition off. All
Remove the blower motor from the HVAC housing assembly.
Look for anything on the blower motor and in the HVAC housing that is physically
preventing blower motor operation.
Is anything physically preventing blower operation?
Yes → Repair as necessary. Also, check blower motor for proper opera-
tion. Reinstall or replace the blower motor as necessary in
accordance with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the blower motor in accordance with the Service Infor-
mation.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

284
 HEATING & A/C

Symptom List:
BLEND DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE - ATC & MTC
BLEND DOOR STALL TEST FAILURE - ATC & MTC

Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be BLEND DOOR FEEDBACK
FAILURE - ATC & MTC.

When Monitored and Set Condition:

BLEND DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE - ATC & MTC

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the BCM detects voltage below 0.06 volts or above 4.8
volts on the Blend Door Feedback Signal input/Mode Door Feedback Signal input.

BLEND DOOR STALL TEST FAILURE - ATC & MTC

When Monitored: During HVAC motor calibration.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the BCM is unable to detect the end of travel for the
blend door.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK CODE(S) PRESENT
MODE DOOR FEEDBACK/STALLTEST FAILURE DTC PRESENT
ADDITIONAL FEEDBACK/STALL TEST FAILURE DTCS PRESENT
BLEND DOOR FEEDBACK SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S)
BLEND DOOR, LINKAGE, ACTUATOR
BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
COMMON DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
BODY CONTROL MODULE
BLEND DOOR, LINKAGE, ACTUATOR
BLEND DOOR FEEDBACK SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BLEND DOOR FEEDBACK SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
BLEND DOOR FEEDBACK SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT

285
HEATING & A/C

BLEND DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE - ATC & MTC — Continued

POSSIBLE CAUSES
BODY CONTROL MODULE
5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
BLEND DOOR FEEDBACK SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
BODY CONTROL MODULE
WIRING CAUSING INTERMITTENT CONDITION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Body Computer DTC’s.
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt in Miscellaneous, actuate Calibrate HVAC Door Motors.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Body Computer DTCs.
What code(s) does the DRBIIIt display?
Other than Feedback or Stall Test Fail
Refer to the appropriate category for the related symptom(s).
Diagnose all other DTCs before diagnosing Stall Test or Feedback
Failures.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Mode Door Feedback/Stall Test only
Return to the Symptom List and choose the symptom(s).
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
More than one Feedback/Stall Test Fail
Go To Test #2 and follow the directions. However, before making
any repairs, perform the diagnostic procedures for each door that
set a Feedback/Stall Test Failure DTC. Doing so will identify all
possible conditions causing the individual DTCs to set.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

Blend Door Feedback/Stall Test only

Go To 2

No DTC(s) reset
Go To 19

2 Turn the ignition on. All

With the DRBIIIt in Sensor Display, read the Blend Door voltage.
What voltage is present?

Btwn 0.07 to 4.7 volts

Go To 3
Less than 0.07 volts
Go To 9
Above 4.7 volts
Go To 17

286
 HEATING & A/C

BLEND DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE - ATC & MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Blend Door Actuator harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the 5 Volt Supply circuit between the Sensor Ground circuit
and the 5 Volt Supply circuit.
Is the voltage above 4.5 volts?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 8

4 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Blend Door Feedback Signal circuit and each of
the Door Driver circuits (Blend, Mode, Recirc, & Common).
Is the resistance below 10K ohms on any of the circuits?

Yes → Repair all door driver circuits with a resistance below 10K ohms
for a short to the Blend Door Feedback Signal circuit.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Reconnect the BCM C2 harness connector.
Disconnect the Blend Door Actuator harness connector.
While back probing, connect a test light between the Blend Door Driver circuit and
the Common Door Driver circuit in the Blend Door Actuator harness connector.
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt, select Body, Body Computer, System Tests, Actuate Mode Doors.
Select Blend Door.
While observing the test light, press and hold the DRB right arrow key for several
seconds.
While observing the test light, press and hold the DRB left arrow key for several
seconds.
Is the test light on while the right and left arrow keys are pressed?

Yes → Inspect for missing & broken actuator linkage. Check door for
binding & loss of full range. Inspect housing for missing or broken
stops. Repair as necessary. If linkage and door are okay, replace
Blend Door Actuator in accordance with Service Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

287
HEATING & A/C

BLEND DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE - ATC & MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

6 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Blend Door Actuator harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Blend Door Driver circuit between the Blend Door
Actuator harness connector and the BCM C2 harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 7

No → Repair the Blend Door Driver circuit for an open.

Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Blend Door Actuator harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Common Door Driver circuit between the Blend Door
Actuator harness connector and the BCM C2 harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance

with the Service Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Common Door Driver circuit for an open.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

8 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Blend Door Actuator harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Sensor Ground circuit between the Blend Door
Actuator harness connector and the BCM C2 harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance

with the Service Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Sensor Ground circuit for an open.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

9 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Blend Door Actuator harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the 5 Volt Supply circuit.
What voltage is present?
Less than 4.5 volts.
Go To 10

4.5 to 5.5 volts

Go To 13

288
 HEATING & A/C

BLEND DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE - ATC & MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

10 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Blend Door Actuator harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the 5 Volt Supply circuit in the BCM C2
harness connector.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair the 5 Volt Supply circuit for a short to ground.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 11

11 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Blend Door Actuator harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the 5 Volt Supply circuit between the Blend Door Actuator
harness connector and the BCM C2 harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 12
No → Repair the 5 Volt Supply circuit for an open.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

12 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Blend Door Actuator harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the 5 Volt Supply circuit and the Sensor Ground
circuit in the BCM C2 harness connector.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair the 5 Volt Supply circuit for a short to the Sensor Ground
circuit.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance

with the Service Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

289
HEATING & A/C

BLEND DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE - ATC & MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

13 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Blend Door Actuator harness connector.
Connect a jumper wire between the Blend Door Feedback Signal circuit and the 5
Volt Supply circuit.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt in Sensor Display, read the Blend Door voltage.
Is the voltage between 4.5 & 5.5 volts?

Yes → Inspect for missing & broken actuator linkage. Check door for
binding & loss of full range. Inspect housing for missing or broken
stops. Repair as necessary. If linkage and door are okay, replace
Blend Door Actuator in accordance with Service Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 14

14 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Blend Door Actuator harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Blend Door Feedback Signal circuit
in the BCM C2 harness connector.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair the Blend Door Feedback Signal circuit for a short to
ground.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 15

15 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Blend Door Actuator harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Blend Door Feedback Signal circuit between the BCM
C2 harness connector and the Blend Door Actuator harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 16

No → Repair the Blend Door Feedback Signal circuit for an open.

Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

290
 HEATING & A/C

BLEND DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE - ATC & MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

16 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Blend Door Actuator harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Blend Door Feedback Signal circuit and the
Sensor Ground circuit in the BCM C2 harness connector.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair the Blend Door Feedback Signal circuit for a short to the
Sensor Ground circuit.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance

with the Service Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

17 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the 5 volt supply circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.2 volts?
Yes → Repair the 5 Volt Supply circuit for a short to voltage.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 18

18 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the Blend Door Feedback Signal circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.2 volts?
Yes → Repair the Blend Door Feedback Signal circuit for a short to
voltage.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance

with the Service Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

291
HEATING & A/C

BLEND DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE - ATC & MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

19 Turn the ignition off. All
NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness and circuits. Look for
any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for
broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
NOTE: Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply.
Were any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.

Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

292
 HEATING & A/C

Symptom List:
BLEND DOOR OUTPUT SHORT TO BATTERY - ATC & MTC
COMMON OUTPUT SHORT TO BATTERY - ATC & MTC
MODE DOOR OUTPUT SHORT TO BATTERY - ATC & MTC
RECIRC DOOR OUTPUT SHORT TO BATTERY - ATC & MTC

Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be BLEND DOOR OUTPUT SHORT
TO BATTERY - ATC & MTC.

When Monitored and Set Condition:

BLEND DOOR OUTPUT SHORT TO BATTERY - ATC & MTC

When Monitored: Whenever the BCM attempts to drive the Blend Door Actuator.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the BCM detects a short to voltage on the Blend Door
Driver circuit. All Door Output Shorted To Batt DTCs may set if at least one door output
is shorted.

COMMON OUTPUT SHORT TO BATTERY - ATC & MTC

When Monitored: Whenever the BCM attempts to drive one of the HVAC actuators.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the BCM detects a short to voltage on the Common
Door Driver circuit. All Door Output Shorted To Batt DTCs may set if at least one door
output is shorted.

MODE DOOR OUTPUT SHORT TO BATTERY - ATC & MTC

When Monitored: Whenever the BCM attempts to drive the Mode Door Actuator.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the BCM detects a short to voltage on the Mode Door
Driver circuit. All Door Output Shorted To Batt DTCs may set if at least one door output
is shorted.

RECIRC DOOR OUTPUT SHORT TO BATTERY - ATC & MTC

When Monitored: Whenever the BCM attempts to drive the Recirculation Door Actuator.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the BCM detects a short to voltage on the
Recirculation Door Driver circuit. All Door Output Shorted To Batt DTCs may set if at least
one door output is shorted.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S) SHORTED TO BATTERY
DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO OTHER DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S)
COMMON DOOR DRIVER CKT SHORTED TO OTHER DOOR DRIVER CKT(S) - IP HARNESS
SIDE
BODY CONTROL MODULE

293
HEATING & A/C

BLEND DOOR OUTPUT SHORT TO BATTERY - ATC & MTC — Continued

POSSIBLE CAUSES
MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO COMMON DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT
MODE DOOR ACTUATOR
BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO COMMON DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT
BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR
RECIRCULATION DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO COMMON DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT
RECIRCULATION DOOR ACTUATOR
WIRING CAUSING INTERMITTENT CONDITION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Body Computer DTC’s.
Cycle the ignition switch.
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt in Miscellaneous, actuate Calibrate HVAC Door Motors.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Body Computer DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display: XXXX Door Output Short To Batt?

Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 11

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage between ground and each of the Door Driver circuits (Blend,
Mode, Recirc, & Common).
Is the voltage above 0.2 volts?
Yes → Repair all Door Driver circuits with voltage above 0.2 volts for a
short to battery.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Blend Door Driver circuit and the Mode Door
Driver circuit, and the Recirc Door Driver circuit in the BCM C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Mode Door Driver circuit and the Recirc Door
Driver circuit in the BCM C2 harness connector.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms on any of the circuits?

Yes → Repair all door driver circuits with a resistance below 10K ohms
for short together.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

294
 HEATING & A/C

BLEND DOOR OUTPUT SHORT TO BATTERY - ATC & MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 Turn the ignition off. All
Reconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Body Computer DTC’s.
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the C200 in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument
panel above the accelerator pedal.
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt in Miscellaneous, actuate Calibrate HVAC Door Motors.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Body Computer DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display: XXXX Door Output Short To Batt?

Yes → Go To 5

No → Go To 6

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the C200 in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument
panel above the accelerator pedal.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Common Door Driver circuit and the Blend Door
Driver circuit, the Mode Door Driver circuit, and the Recirc Door Driver circuit in the
BCM C2 harness connector.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms on any of the circuits?

Yes → Repair all door driver circuits with a resistance below 10K ohms
for short to the Common Door Driver circuit.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance
with the Service Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the C200 in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument
panel above the accelerator pedal.
Disconnect the Mode Door Actuator harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Common Door Driver circuit and the Mode Door
Driver circuit.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?

Yes → Repair the Mode Door Driver circuit for a short to the Common
Door Driver circuit.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 7

295
HEATING & A/C

BLEND DOOR OUTPUT SHORT TO BATTERY - ATC & MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

7 Turn the ignition off All
Ensure the Body Control Module C2 harness connector is connected.
Reconnect the C200 in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument
panel above the accelerator pedal.
Disconnect the Mode Door Actuator harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Body Computer DTC’s.
Cycle the ignition switch.
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt in Miscellaneous, actuate Calibrate HVAC Door Motors.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Body Computer DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display: XXXX Door Output Short To Batt?

Yes → Go To 8

No → Replace the Mode Door Actuator in accordance with the Service

Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

8 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the C200 in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument
panel above the accelerator pedal.
Disconnect the Blend Door Actuator harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Common Door Driver circuit and the Blend Door
Driver circuit.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair the Blend Door Driver circuit for a short to the Common
Door Driver circuit.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off All

Ensure the Body Control Module C2 harness connector is connected.
Reconnect the C200 in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument
panel above the accelerator pedal.
Disconnect the Blend Door Actuator harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Body Computer DTC’s.
Cycle the ignition switch.
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt in Miscellaneous, actuate Calibrate HVAC Door Motors.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Body Computer DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display: XXXX Door Output Short To Batt?
Yes → Go To 10

No → Replace the Blend Door Actuator in accordance with the Service

Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

296
 HEATING & A/C

BLEND DOOR OUTPUT SHORT TO BATTERY - ATC & MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

10 Disconnect the C200 in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument All
panel above the accelerator pedal.
Disconnect the Recirculation Door Actuator harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Recirculation Door Driver circuit and the
Common Door Driver circuit.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair the Recirculation Door Driver circuit for a short to the
Common Door Driver circuit.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the Recirculation Door Actuator in accordance with the

Service Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

11 Turn the ignition off. All

NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness and circuits. Look for
any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for
broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
NOTE: Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply.
Were any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

297
HEATING & A/C

Symptom List:
BLEND DOOR OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND - ATC & MTC
COMMON OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND - ATC & MTC
MODE DOOR OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND - ATC & MTC
RECIRC DOOR OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND - ATC & MTC

Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be BLEND DOOR OUTPUT SHORT
TO GROUND - ATC & MTC.

When Monitored and Set Condition:

BLEND DOOR OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND - ATC & MTC

When Monitored: Whenever the BCM attempts to drive one of the HVAC actuators.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the BCM detects one or more of the following outputs
shorted to ground: mode door driver, blend door driver, recirculation door driver or the
common door driver.

COMMON OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND - ATC & MTC

When Monitored: Whenever the BCM attempts to drive one of the HVAC actuators.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the BCM detects one or more of the following outputs
shorted to ground: mode door driver, blend door driver, recirculation door driver or the
common door driver.

MODE DOOR OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND - ATC & MTC

When Monitored: Whenever the BCM attempts to drive one of the HVAC actuators.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the BCM detects one or more of the following outputs
shorted to ground: mode door driver, blend door driver, recirculation door driver or the
common door driver.

RECIRC DOOR OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND - ATC & MTC

When Monitored: Whenever the BCM attempts to drive one of the HVAC actuators.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the BCM detects one or more of the following outputs
shorted to ground: mode door driver, blend door driver, recirculation door driver or the
common door driver.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S) SHORTED TO GROUND
DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S) SHORTED TO SENSOR GROUND
DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO OTHER DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S)
COMMON DOOR DRIVER CKT SHORTED TO OTHER DOOR DRIVER CKT(S) - IP HARNESS
SIDE

298
 HEATING & A/C

BLEND DOOR OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND - ATC & MTC — Continued

POSSIBLE CAUSES
BODY CONTROL MODULE
MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO COMMON DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT
MODE DOOR ACTUATOR
BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO COMMON DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT
BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR
RECIRCULATION DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO COMMON DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT
RECIRCULATION DOOR ACTUATOR
WIRING CAUSING INTERMITTENT CONDITION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Body Computer DTC’s.
Cycle the ignition switch.
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt in Miscellaneous, actuate Calibrate HVAC Door Motors.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Body Computer DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display: XXXX Door Output Short To Ground?

Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 12

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and each of the Door Driver circuits (Blend,
Mode, Recirc, & Common).
Is the resistance below 10K ohms on any of the circuits?
Yes → Repair all Door Driver circuits with a resistance below 10K ohms
for a short to ground.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between Sensor Ground and each of the Door Driver circuits
(Blend, Mode, Recirc, & Common).
Is the resistance below 10K ohms on any of the circuits?

Yes → Repair all Door Driver circuits with a resistance below 10K ohms
for a short to Sensor Ground.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

299
HEATING & A/C

BLEND DOOR OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND - ATC & MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Blend Door Driver circuit and the Mode Door
Driver circuit, and the Recirc Door Driver circuit in the BCM C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Mode Door Driver circuit and the Recirc Door
Driver circuit in the BCM C2 harness connector.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms on any of the circuits?

Yes → Repair all door driver circuits with a resistance below 10K ohms
for short together.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Reconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Body Computer DTC’s.
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the C200 in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument
panel above the accelerator pedal.
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt in Miscellaneous, actuate Calibrate HVAC Door Motors.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Body Computer DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display: XXXX Door Output Short To Ground?

Yes → Go To 6
No → Go To 7

6 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the C200 in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument
panel above the accelerator pedal.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Common Door Driver circuit and the Blend Door
Driver circuit, the Mode Door Driver circuit, and the Recirc Door Driver circuit in the
BCM C2 harness connector.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms on any of the circuits?

Yes → Repair all door driver circuits with a resistance below 10K ohms
for short to the Common Door Driver circuit.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance

with the Service Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

300
 HEATING & A/C

BLEND DOOR OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND - ATC & MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

7 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the C200 in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument
panel above the accelerator pedal.
Disconnect the Mode Door Actuator harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Common Door Driver circuit and the Mode Door
Driver circuit.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?

Yes → Repair the Mode Door Driver circuit for a short to the Common
Door Driver circuit.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off All

Ensure the Body Control Module C2 harness connector is connected.
Reconnect the C200 in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument
panel above the accelerator pedal.
Disconnect the Mode Door Actuator harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Body Computer DTC’s.
Cycle the ignition switch.
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt in Miscellaneous, actuate Calibrate HVAC Door Motors.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Body Computer DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display: XXXX Door Output Short To Ground?
Yes → Go To 9

No → Replace the Mode Door Actuator in accordance with the Service

Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

9 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the C200 in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument
panel above the accelerator pedal.
Disconnect the Blend Door Actuator harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Common Door Driver circuit and the Blend Door
Driver circuit.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair the Blend Door Driver circuit for a short to the Common
Door Driver circuit.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 10

301
HEATING & A/C

BLEND DOOR OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND - ATC & MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

10 Turn the ignition off All
Ensure the Body Control Module C2 harness connector is connected.
Reconnect the C200 in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument
panel above the accelerator pedal.
Disconnect the Blend Door Actuator harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Body Computer DTC’s.
Cycle the ignition switch.
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt in Miscellaneous, actuate Calibrate HVAC Door Motors.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Body Computer DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display: XXXX Door Output Short To Ground?

Yes → Go To 11

No → Replace the Blend Door Actuator in accordance with the Service

Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

11 Disconnect the C200 in-line connector (HVAC) located in the center of the instrument All
panel above the accelerator pedal.
Disconnect the Recirculation Door Actuator harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Recirculation Door Driver circuit and the
Common Door Driver circuit.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?

Yes → Repair the Recirculation Door Driver circuit for a short to the
Common Door Driver circuit.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Recirculation Door Actuator in accordance with the
Service Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

12 Turn the ignition off. All

NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness and circuits. Look for
any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for
broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
NOTE: Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply.
Were any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.

Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

302
 HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
DIMMING CODE RX FAILURE - ATC

When Monitored and Set Condition:

DIMMING CODE RX FAILURE - ATC

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: If the Automatic Temperature Control does not receive the VF Dimming
message from the Body Control Module for more than 5 seconds, then the VF display will
default to full brightness and the DTC will set.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK CODE(S) PRESENT
DIMMING MESSAGE NOT SEEN AT RATE EXPECTED
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
BODY CONTROL MODULE - NO DIM MESSAGE TO AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
WIRING CAUSING INTERMITTENT CONDITION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Body Computer DTC’s.
Cycle the ignition switch.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Body Computer DTCs.
What code(s) does the DRBIIIt display?
DTC(s) other than Dimming Code RX Fail
Refer to the appropriate category for the related symptom(s).
Diagnose all other DTCs before diagnosing Dimming Code RX
Failure.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

Dimming Code RX Failure only

Go To 2
No DTC(s) reset
Go To 4

2 NOTE: Make sure that the Panel Dimmer switch is not set in Funeral Mode. All
Turn the ignition on.
Turn the Automatic Temperature Control on.
Observe the VF display on the Automatic Temperature Control while turning the
park lamps on.
Does the VF display dim when the park lamps are turned on?

Yes → No problem found at this time.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

303
HEATING & A/C

DIMMING CODE RX FAILURE - ATC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt in Automatic Temperature Control, Monitor Display, PCI Bus Info
ATC, look for VF DIM Msg Present.
Does the DRB display: VF DIM Msg present: Yes?

Yes → Replace the Automatic Temperature Control in accordance with

the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service

Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 Turn the ignition off. All

NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness and circuits. Look for
any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for
broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
NOTE: Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply.
Were any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

304
 HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
EVAPORATOR SENSOR FAILURE - ATC & MTC

When Monitored and Set Condition:

EVAPORATOR SENSOR FAILURE - ATC & MTC

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the BCM detects voltage below 0.06 volts or above 4.8
volts on the evaporator temperature sensor signal input.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CKT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR OPEN
EVAPORATOR TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL CKT OPEN
SENSOR GROUND OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE - EVAPORATOR TEMP SENSOR STAYS HIGH
EVAPERATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
INTERMITTENT WIRING PROBLEM
EVAPORATOR TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
EVAPORATOR TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL CKT SHORT TO SENSOR GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - EVAPORATOR TEMP SENSOR STAYS LOW

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the Evaporator Temperature Sensor voltage.
Is the voltage above 5.5 volts?

Yes → Go To 2

No → Go To 7

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Evaporator Temperature Sensor harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit.
Is the voltage above 5.5 volts?

Yes → Repair the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal ckt for a short
to voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

305
HEATING & A/C

EVAPORATOR SENSOR FAILURE - ATC & MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Evaporator Temperature Sensor harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Connect a jumper wire between the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit
and the Sensor Ground circuit.
With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the Evaporator Temperature Sensor voltage.
Is the voltage 4.5 volts or above?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Replace the Evaporator Temperature Sensor in accordance with

the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Evaporator Temperature Sensor harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Evaporator Temp Sensor Signal circuit between the
BCM C2 connector and the Evaporator Temperature Sensor connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 5
No → Repair the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for an
open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Evaporator Temperature Sensor harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Sensor Ground circuit between the BCM C2 connector
and the Evaporator Temp Sensor connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 6
No → Repair the Sensor Ground circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance with
the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Evaporator Temperature Sensor harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the Evaporator Temperature Sensor voltage.
Is the voltage 4.5 volts or above?
Yes → Go To 8

No → Go To 9

306
 HEATING & A/C

EVAPORATOR SENSOR FAILURE - ATC & MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

8 Place the vehicle out of direct sunlight. All
Lower the windows.
Allow the vehicle to come to ambient temperature.
Place a thermometer in one of the instrument panel outlets, and a second thermom-
eter in the intake duct.
Disconnect the Evaporator Temperature Sensor harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Turn the Mode Control switch to the Panel or Bi-level position (Recirc off).
Turn the Blower switch on high and allow it to run until both temperature readings
are within 2° of one another and constant.
Measure and record the Evaporator Temperature Sensor resistance.
Consult the following specifications to determine if the Evaporator Temperature
Sensor resistance is within the specification.
8.7K to 9.2K ohms at 12°C (53.6°F).
8.3K to 8.9K ohms at 13°C (55.4°F).
7.9K to 8.5K ohms at 14°C (57.2°F).
7.6K to 8.1K ohms at 15°C (59°F).
6.0K to 6.5k ohms at 20°C (68°F).
4.8K to 5.2K ohms at 25°C (77°F).
3.8K to 4.2K ohms at 30°C (86°F).
3.1K to 3.4K ohms at 35°C (95°F).
2.5K to 2.8K ohms at 40°C (104°F).
Is the Evaporator Temperature Sensor resistance within the specification?

Yes → Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the

wiring and connectors for conditions causing an intermittent
short or open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the Evaporator Temperature Sensor in accordance with

the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

9 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Evaporator Temperature Sensor harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Evaporator Temperature Sensor
Signal circuit at the BCM C2 connector.
Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a

short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 10

10 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Evaporator Temperature Sensor harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Evaporator Temp Sensor Signal circuit and the
Sensor Ground circuit in the Evaporator Temperature Sensor connector.
Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a

short to the Sensor Ground circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 11

307
HEATING & A/C

EVAPORATOR SENSOR FAILURE - ATC & MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

11 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance with
the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

308
 HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
HEAD STATUS RX FAILURE - ATC

When Monitored and Set Condition:

HEAD STATUS RX FAILURE - ATC

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Automatic Temperature Control does not receive
the message from the Body Control Module for more than 2 seconds. This message operates
the VF Segments and LEDs in the ATC display panel.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
BODY CONTROL MODULE
WIRING CAUSING INTERMITTENT CONDITION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Body Computer DTC’s.
Cycle the ignition switch.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Body Computer DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display: Head Status RX Failure?
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 3

2 Turn the ignition on. All

With the DRBIIIt in Automatic Temperature Control, Monitor Display, PCI Bus Info
ATC, look for ATC Status Msg Pres.
Does the DRBIIIt display: ATC Status Msg Pres: Yes?
Yes → Replace the Automatic Temperature Control in accordance with
the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance
with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Turn the ignition off. All

NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness and circuits. Look for
any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for
broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
NOTE: Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply.
Were any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

309
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
IN CAR TEMP SENSOR FAILURE (ATC ASPIRATOR FAILURE)

When Monitored and Set Condition:

IN CAR TEMP SENSOR FAILURE (ATC ASPIRATOR FAILURE)

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: The BCM detects an abnormally high voltage (above 4.8 volts) or an
abnormally low voltage (below 0.31 volts) on the in-car temperature sensor signal.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN
ASPIRATOR MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
ASPIRATOR MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL - OPEN ASPIRATOR MOTOR
BODY CONTROL MODULE - ASPIRATOR DRIVER OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE - ASPIRATOR STAYS RUNNING
ASPIRATOR MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
IN-CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL - ASPIRATOR STAYS RUNNING
BODY CONTROL MODULE - SHORTED IN-CAR TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL
IN-CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
IN-CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO SENSOR GROUND
IN-CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE - OPEN IN-CAR TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL - IN-CAR SENSOR CODE
SYSTEM IS OPERATIONAL AT THIS TIME
SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE - OPEN SENSOR GROUND

310
 HEATING & A/C

IN CAR TEMP SENSOR FAILURE (ATC ASPIRATOR FAILURE) —

Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
1 Turn the ignition on. All
Completely cover the aspirator inlet (below the blower switch) with a piece of tissue
paper.
NOTE: The tissue paper should hold in place, verifying that the aspirator
motor is running.
Turn the ignition off.
Stay in the vehicle, close all doors and ensure that all lights are off.
Wait three minutes. Open and close the driver door and observe the aspirator motor.
The motor should run for approximately 60 seconds after the courtesy lamps have
faded out and then stop.
Disconnect the Automatic Temperature Control harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the In-Car Temperature Sensor Signal circuit. The voltage
should be between 4.5 volts and 5.2 volts.
Select the appropriate findings.

Aspirator motor inoperative

Go To 2

Aspirator timer inoperative

Go To 6
In-Car Temp Sense above 5.3 volts
Go To 8
In-Car Temp Sense below 4.5 volts
Go To 9
None of the above
Go To 12

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Automatic Temperature Control harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage between the Fused B(+) circuit and ground.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Repair the Fused B(+) circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Automatic Temperature Control harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage between the Aspirator Motor Driver circuit and ground.
Is the voltage above 0.2 volts?

Yes → Repair the Aspirator Motor Driver circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

311
HEATING & A/C

IN CAR TEMP SENSOR FAILURE (ATC ASPIRATOR FAILURE) —

Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
4 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Automatic Temperature Control harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Aspirator Motor Driver circuit between the BCM C1
connector and the ATC harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 5

No → Repair the Aspirator Motor Driver circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Reconnect the Automatic Temperature Control harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector.
Connect a jumper wire between the Aspirator Motor Driver circuit and ground.
Turn the ignition on.
Check the operation of the aspirator motor fan.
Is the aspirator motor running?
Yes → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance
with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Automatic Temperature Control in accordance with
the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 NOTE: Ensure that the courtesy lamps operate properly from the drivers All
door before proceeding. If not, refer to the Interior Lighting category for
the related symptom(s).
NOTE: This path is for the aspirator continuing to run with the key off and
the doors closed.
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Did the aspirator motor stop running?
Yes → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance
with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 7

7 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Automatic Temperature Control harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Aspirator Motor Driver circuit.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair the Aspirator Motor Driver circuit for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace Automatic Temperature Control in accordance with the

Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

312
 HEATING & A/C

IN CAR TEMP SENSOR FAILURE (ATC ASPIRATOR FAILURE) —

Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
8 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Automatic Temperature Control harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage between the In-Car Temperature Sensor Signal circuit and
ground.
Is the voltage above 0.2 volts?

Yes → Repair the In-Car Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance
with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

9 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector.
Disconnect the Automatic Temperature Control harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the In-Car Temperature Sensor Signal
circuit.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair the In-Car Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 10

10 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 & C2 harness connectors.
Disconnect the Automatic Temperature Control harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Sensor Ground circuit and the In-Car Temper-
ature Sensor Signal circuit in the ATC harness connector.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair the In-Car Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a short to
the Sensor Ground circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 11

11 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector.
Disconnect the Automatic Temperature Control harness connector.
Back probe one voltmeter lead to the In-Car Temperature Sensor Signal ckt in the
BCM C1 harness connector and the other lead to ground.
Reconnect the BCM C1 and C2 harness connectors.
Turn the ignition on and observe the voltmeter.
Did the voltage go above 4.5 volts?
Yes → Repair the In-Car Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance

with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

313
HEATING & A/C

IN CAR TEMP SENSOR FAILURE (ATC ASPIRATOR FAILURE) —

Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
12 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Automatic Temperature Control harness connector.
Close all doors and ensure that all lights are off.
Wait one minute to allow the BCM to go to sleep.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Sensor Ground circuit.
Is the resistance below 10.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 13

No → Go To 14

13 Turn the ignition off. All

Reconnect the Automatic Temperature Contorl harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt, erase Body Computer DTC’s.
With the DRBIIIt, read Body Computer DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display: In-Car Temp Sensor Failure?
Yes → Replace the Automatic Temperature Control in accordance with
the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → There is no problem found at this time. The aspirator and in-car

temp sensor should be fully operational. Refer to the wiring
diagrams located in the service information to help isolate a
possible intermittent wiring problem.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

14 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Back probe one ohmmeter lead to the Sensor Ground ckt in the BCM C2 harness
connector and the other lead to ground.
Reconnect the BCM C2 harness connector.
Close all doors and ensure that all lights are off.
Wait one minute to allow the BCM to go to sleep.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Sensor Ground circuit.
Is the resistance below 10.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the Sensor Ground circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance

with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

314
 HEATING & A/C

Symptom List:
MODE DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE - ATC & MTC
MODE DOOR STALL TEST FAILURE - ATC & MTC

Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be MODE DOOR FEEDBACK
FAILURE - ATC & MTC.

When Monitored and Set Condition:

MODE DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE - ATC & MTC

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the BCM detects voltage below 0.06 volts or above 4.8
volts on the Blend Door Feedback Signal input/Mode Door Feedback Signal input.

MODE DOOR STALL TEST FAILURE - ATC & MTC

When Monitored: During HVAC motor calibration.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the BCM is unable to detect the end of travel for the
mode door.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK CODE(S) PRESENT
BLEND DOOR FEEDBACK/STALLTEST FAILURE DTC PRESENT
ADDITIONAL FEEDBACK/STALL TEST FAILURE DTCS PRESENT
MODE DOOR FEEDBACK SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S)
MODE DOOR, LINKAGE, ACTUATOR
MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
COMMON DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
BODY CONTROL MODULE
MODE DOOR, LINKAGE, ACTUATOR
MODE DOOR FEEDBACK SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
MODE DOOR FEEDBACK SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
MODE DOOR FEEDBACK SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT

315
HEATING & A/C

MODE DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE - ATC & MTC — Continued

POSSIBLE CAUSES
BODY CONTROL MODULE
5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
MODE DOOR FEEDBACK SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
BODY CONTROL MODULE
WIRING CAUSING INTERMITTENT CONDITION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Body Computer DTC’s.
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt in Miscellaneous, actuate Calibrate HVAC Door Motors.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Body Computer DTCs.
What code(s) does the DRBIIIt display?
Other than Feedback or Stall Test Fail
Refer to the appropriate category for the related symptom(s).
Diagnose all other DTCs before diagnosing Stall Test or Feedback
Failures.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Blend Door Feedback/Stall Test only
Return to the Symptom List and choose the symptom(s).
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
More than one Feedback/Stall Test Fail
Go To Test #2 and follow the directions. However, before making
any repairs, perform the diagnostic procedures for each door that
set a Feedback/Stall Test Failure DTC. Doing so will identify all
possible conditions causing the individual DTCs to set.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

Mode Door Feedback/Stall Test only

Go To 2

No DTC(s) reset
Go To 19

2 Turn the ignition on. All

With the DRBIIIt in Sensor Display, read the Mode Door voltage.
What voltage is present?

Btwn 0.07 to 4.7 volts

Go To 3
Less than 0.07 volts
Go To 9
Above 4.7 volts
Go To 17

316
 HEATING & A/C

MODE DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE - ATC & MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Mode Door Actuator harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the 5 Volt Supply circuit between the Sensor Ground circuit
and the 5 Volt Supply circuit.
Is the voltage above 4.5 volts?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 8

4 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Mode Door Feedback Signal circuit and each of
the Door Driver circuits (Blend, Mode, Recirc, & Common).
Is the resistance below 10K ohms on any of the circuits?

Yes → Repair all door driver circuits with a resistance below 10K ohms
for a short to the Mode Door Feedback Signal circuit.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Reconnect the BCM C2 harness connector.
Disconnect the Mode Door Actuator harness connector.
While back probing, connect a test light between the Mode Door Driver circuit and
the Common Door Driver circuit in the Mode Door Actuator harness connector.
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt, select Body, Body Computer, System Tests, Actuate Mode Doors.
Select Mode Door.
While observing the test light, press and hold the DRB right arrow key for several
seconds.
While observing the test light, press and hold the DRB left arrow key for several
seconds.
Is the test light on while the right and left arrow keys are pressed?

Yes → Inspect for missing & broken actuator linkage. Check door for
binding & loss of full range. Inspect housing for missing or broken
stops. Repair as necessary. If linkage and door are okay, replace
Mode Door Actuator in accordance with Service Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

317
HEATING & A/C

MODE DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE - ATC & MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

6 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Mode Door Actuator harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Mode Door Driver circuit between the Mode Door
Actuator harness connector and the BCM C2 harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 7

No → Repair the Mode Door Driver circuit for an open.

Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Mode Door Actuator harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Common Door Driver circuit between the Mode Door
Actuator harness connector and the BCM C2 harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance

with the Service Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Common Door Driver circuit for an open.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

8 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Mode Door Actuator harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Sensor Ground circuit between the Mode Door Actuator
harness connector and the BCM C2 harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance

with the Service Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Sensor Ground circuit for an open.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

9 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Mode Door Actuator harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the 5 Volt Supply circuit.
What voltage is present?
Less than 4.5 volts.
Go To 10

4.5 to 5.5 volts

Go To 13

318
 HEATING & A/C

MODE DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE - ATC & MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

10 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Mode Door Actuator harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the 5 Volt Supply circuit in the BCM C2
harness connector.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair the 5 Volt Supply circuit for a short to ground.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 11

11 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Mode Door Actuator harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the 5 Volt Supply circuit between the Mode Door Actuator
harness connector and the BCM C2 harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 12
No → Repair the 5 Volt Supply circuit for an open.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

12 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Mode Door Actuator harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the 5 Volt Supply circuit and the Sensor Ground
circuit in the BCM C2 harness connector.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair the 5 Volt Supply circuit for a short to the Sensor Ground
circuit.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance

with the Service Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

319
HEATING & A/C

MODE DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE - ATC & MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

13 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Mode Door Actuator harness connector.
Connect a jumper wire between the Mode Door Feedback Signal circuit and the 5 Volt
Supply circuit.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt in Sensor Display, read the Mode Door voltage.
Is the voltage between 4.5 & 5.5 volts?

Yes → Inspect for missing & broken actuator linkage. Check door for
binding & loss of full range. Inspect housing for missing or broken
stops. Repair as necessary. If linkage and door are okay, replace
Mode Door Actuator in accordance with Service Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 14

14 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Mode Door Actuator harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Mode Door Feedback Signal circuit
in the BCM C2 harness connector.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair the Mode Door Feedback Signal circuit for a short to
ground.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 15

15 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Mode Door Actuator harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Mode Door Feedback Signal circuit between the BCM
C2 harness connector and the Mode Door Actuator harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 16

No → Repair the Mode Door Feedback Signal circuit for an open.

Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

320
 HEATING & A/C

MODE DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE - ATC & MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

16 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Mode Door Actuator harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Mode Door Feedback Signal circuit and the
Sensor Ground circuit in the BCM C2 harness connector.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair the Mode Door Feedback Signal circuit for a short to the
Sensor Ground circuit.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance

with the Service Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

17 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the 5 volt supply circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.2 volts?
Yes → Repair the 5 Volt Supply circuit for a short to voltage.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 18

18 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the Mode Door Feedback Signal circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.2 volts?
Yes → Repair the Mode Door Feedback Signal circuit for a short to
voltage.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance

with the Service Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

321
HEATING & A/C

MODE DOOR FEEDBACK FAILURE - ATC & MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

19 Turn the ignition off. All
NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness and circuits. Look for
any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for
broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
NOTE: Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply.
Were any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.

Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

322
 HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
RECIRCULATION DOOR STALL TEST FAILURE - ATC & MTC

When Monitored and Set Condition:

RECIRCULATION DOOR STALL TEST FAILURE - ATC & MTC

When Monitored: During HVAC motor calibration.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the BCM is unable to detect the end of travel for one
or more of the HVAC doors.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
BODY CONTROL MODULE
RECIRCULATION DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
COMMON DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
RECIRCULATION DOOR, LINKAGE, ACTUATOR
WIRING CAUSING INTERMITTENT CONDITION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Body Computer DTC’s.
Cycle the ignition switch.
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt in Miscellaneous, actuate Calibrate HVAC Door Motors.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Body Computer DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display: Recirc Door Stall Test Failure?
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 5

323
HEATING & A/C

RECIRCULATION DOOR STALL TEST FAILURE - ATC & MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light, back probe between the Recirculation Door Driver circuit
and the Common Door Driver circuit in the BCM C2 harness connector.
Reconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt, select Body, Body Computer, System Tests then Actuate Mode
Doors.
Select Recirc Door.
While observing the test light, press and hold the DRB right arrow key for several
seconds.
While observing the test light, press and hold the DRB left arrow key for several
seconds.
Is the test light on while the right and left arrow keys are pressed?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance
with the Service Information.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Disconnect the Recirculation Door Actuator harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Recirculation Door Driver circuit between the BCM C2
harness connector and the Recirculation Door Actuator harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 4
No → Repair the Recirculation Door Driver circuit for an open.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.
Disconnect the Recirculation Door Actuator harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Common Door Driver circuit between the BCM C2
harness connector and the Recirculation Door Actuator harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Inspect for missing & broken actuator linkage. Check door for
binding & loss of full range. Inspect housing for missing or broken
stops. Repair as necessary. If linkage and door are okay, replace
Recirc Door Actuator in accordance with Service Info.
Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Repair the Common Door Driver circuit for an open.

Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

324
 HEATING & A/C

RECIRCULATION DOOR STALL TEST FAILURE - ATC & MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 Turn the ignition off. All
NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness and circuits. Look for
any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for
broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
NOTE: Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply.
Were any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.

Calibration must be performed after repair/replacement is com-
pleted.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

325
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
SUN LOAD SENSOR FAILURE - ATC

When Monitored and Set Condition:

SUN LOAD SENSOR FAILURE - ATC

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: The BCM detects an abnormally low voltage on the sun sensor signal.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
SUN SENSOR LOW
SUN SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
SUN SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO SENSOR GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - SUN SENSE LOW

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: It is advisable to perform the ATC System Test before attempting to All
diagnose this trouble code.
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the Sun Sensor/VTSS LED harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt in Sensor Display, read the Sun Sensor voltage.
Is the voltage below 0.2 volts?

Yes → Go To 2
No → Replace the Sun Sensor in accordance with the Service Informa-
tion.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Sun Sensor/VTSS LED harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 & C2 harness connectors.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Sun Sensor Signal circuit.
Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Sun Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Sun Sensor/VTSS LED harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 & C2 harness connectors.
Measure the resistance between the Sun Sensor Signal circuit and the Sensor
Ground circuit in the Sun Sensor harness connector.
Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Sun Sensor Signal circuit for a short to the Sensor
Ground circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

326
 HEATING & A/C

SUN LOAD SENSOR FAILURE - ATC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance with
the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

327
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
*A/C SYSTEM TEST - MTC

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE PCM AND THE BCM
CHECK FOR HVAC RELATD DTCS IN THE PCM AND THE BCM
MONITOR THE DRBIIIt FOR HVAC DTCS
CHECK FOR HVAC RELATD DTCS IN THE PCM
MANUAL A/C SYSTEM TEST

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the Powertrain Control Module.
With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the Body Control Module.
Was the DRBIIIt able to communicate with the PCM and the BCM?

Yes → Go To 2
No → Refer to the communication category for the related symptom.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 With the DRBIIIt, read Powertrain Computer DTC’s. All

With the DRBIIIt, read Body Computer DTC’s.
Are any HVAC related DTCs present?
Yes → Refer to the appropriate catagory for the related symptom.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 Turn the ignition on. All

Turn the Rear Defogger off.
Turn the Blend Control switch to the full cold position.
Turn the Mode Control switch to the Panel - Heater position.
Turn the Blower switch off.
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Powertrain Computer DTC’s.
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Body Computer DTCs.
Start the engine.
NOTE: Proceed directly to the conclusion of this test and answer Yes to the
question if the DRBIIIt displays any HVAC related DTC(s) while performing
anyone of the following steps.
Monitor the DRBIIIt for HVAC related DTCs in the Body Computer while perform-
ing the following.
Turn the Blower switch on.
With the DRBIIIt in Miscellaneous, actuate Calibrate HVAC Door Motors.
Slowly turn the Blend Control switch from full cold to full hot, then back to full cold.
Turn the Mode Control switch to each position, waiting 20 seconds in each position.
Press and release the Rear Defogger button, wait 20 seconds, then press and release
it again to turn the Rear Defogger off.
Does the DRBIIIt display any HVAC related Body Computer DTCs?
Yes → Return to the Symptom List and choose the code(s). If multiple
codes appear, repair any that relate to a short circuit first.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

328
 HEATING & A/C

*A/C SYSTEM TEST - MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 With the DRBIIIt, read PCM DTC’s. All
Are any HVAC related DTCs present?
Yes → Refer to the appropriate catagory for the related symptom.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Recheck the climate control system performance. Refer to Service

Information for additional information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

329
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
*ATC SYSTEM TEST

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE PCM, BCM, & ATC
CHECK FOR HVAC RELATD DTCS IN THE PCM & BCM
MONITOR THE DRBIIIt ACTIVE DTCS
CHECK FOR HVAC RELATD DTCS IN THE PCM
A/C SYSTEM TESTING

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the Powertrain Control Module
(PCM).
With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the Body Control Module (BCM).
With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the Automatic Temperature Control
(ATC).
Was the DRBIIIt able to communicate with the PCM, BCM & ATC?

Yes → Go To 2
No → Refer to the communication category for the related symptom(s).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 With the DRBIIIt, read Powertrain Computer DTC’s. All

With the DRBIIIt, read Body Computer DTC’s.
Are any HVAC related DTCs present?

Yes → Refer to the appropriate category for the related symptom(s).

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 Turn the ignition on. All

With the DRBIIIt, record and erase the Body Computer DTC’s.
Start the engine.
NOTE: Monitor the DRBIIIt for active Body Computer DTCs while perform-
ing the following test steps. If a DTC appears during any test step, proceed
to the conclusion question.
NOTE: NOTE: If multiple DTCs appear, repair any that relate to a short
circuit first.
Slowly turn the blower control to each blower speed and leave it on HI speed.
Set the temperature to Lo. Wait 30 seconds before proceeding to the next step.
Set the temperature to Hi. Wait 30 seconds before proceeding to the next step.
Set the temperature to Lo. Wait 30 seconds before proceeding to the next step.
Push and then release each mode button (Auto; Off; A/C; Recirc; Panel; Floor; Mix;
Bilevel; EBL; & Defrost), waiting 30 seconds before pressing each button.
With the DRBIIIt in Miscellaneous, actuate Calibrate HVAC Door Motors. When
calibration is complete, read the Body Computer DTCs.
Slowly return the blower control to LO speed.
Does the DRBIIIt display any DTCs?

Yes → Return to the Symptom List and choose the symptom(s).

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

330
 HEATING & A/C

*ATC SYSTEM TEST — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 With the DRBIIIt, read PCM DTC’s. All
Are any HVAC related DTCs present?
Yes → Refer to the appropriate catagory for the related symptom(s).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Recheck the climate control system performance. Refer to Service

Information for additional information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

331
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
*ATC TEMPERATURE CONTROL INCORRECT IN SUN/SHADE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
BODY CONTROL MODULE
SUN SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
BODY CONTROL MODULE
SUN SENSOR OPEN OR HIGH
SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
SUN SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE - SUN SENSOR OPEN OR HIGH

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Perform the *ATC System Test found in the Heating & A/C Category. Repair all All
Diagnostic Trouble Codes found while performing this test.
Verify that the symptom ATC Temperature Control Incorrect In Sun/Shade is still
present.
Is the symptom still present?
Yes → Go To 2
No → Test Complete.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Sun Sensor/VTSS LED harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt in Sensor Display, read the Sun Sensor voltage.
Is the voltage below 4.8 volts?

Yes → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance

with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Sun Sensor/VTSS LED harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the Sun Sensor Signal circuit.
Is the voltage above 5.2 volts?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 5

332
 HEATING & A/C

*ATC TEMPERATURE CONTROL INCORRECT IN SUN/SHADE —

Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
4 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Sun Sensor/VTSS LED harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the Sun Sensor Signal circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.2 volts?
Yes → Repair the Sun Sensor Signal circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance

with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Sun Sensor/VTSS LED harness connector.
Connect a jumper wire between the Sun Sensor Signal circuit and the Sensor Ground
circuit in the Sun Sensor harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt in Sensor Display, read the Sun Sensor voltage.
Is the Sun Sensor voltage below 0.2 volts?

Yes → Replace the Sun Sensor in accordance with the Service Informa-
tion.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6

6 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Sun Sensor/VTSS LED harness connector.
Connect a jumper wire between the Sun Sensor Signal circuit and ground.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt in Sensor Display, read the Sun Sensor voltage.
Is the Sun Sensor voltage below 0.2 volts?
Yes → Repair the Sensor Ground circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7

7 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Sun Sensor/VTSS LED harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connectors.
Measure the resistance of the Sun Sensor Signal circuit between the BCM C1
harness connector and the Sun Sensor harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 8

No → Repair the Sun Sensor Signal circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

8 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance with
the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

333
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
*BACK LIGHTING INOPERATIVE - ATC & MTC

POSSIBLE CAUSES
BACK LIGHTING INOPERATIVE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 View Repair. All

Repair
Refer to I/P Illumination Lamps Not Working Properly in the
Interior Lighting category for the diagnostic procedure.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

334
 HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
*BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE - ATC

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATC BLOWER STALL FAULT PRESENT
JB FUSE #1
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BLOWER MOTOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BLOWER MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT
BLOWER MOTOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BLOWER MOTOR SHORTED TO GROUND
BLOWER POWER MODULE SHORTED TO GROUND
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
BLOWER MOTOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
BLOWER MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
BLOWER POWER MODULE
BODY CONTROL MODULE
BLOWER MOTOR
BLOWER POWER MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt read Body Computer DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display: ATC Blower Stall Fault?
Yes → Refer to symptom ATC Blower Stall Fault in the Heating & A/C
category.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 2

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Remove and inspect JB Fuse #1.
Is the fuse open?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 8

335
HEATING & A/C

*BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE - ATC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Replace JB Fuse #1. All
Turn the ignition on.
Operate the blower motor in all speeds.
Start the engine and operate the ATC system in all modes and speeds.
Does the blower motor operate properly without blowing the fuse?
Yes → Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the service information to
help isolate a possible intermittent short to ground condition.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Blower Power Module C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Fused Ignition Switch Output
circuit.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for a short to
ground. Replace JB Fuse #1.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Blower Power Module C2 harness connector.
Disconnect the Blower Motor harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Blower Motor Supply circuit and the Blower
Motor Ground circuit.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair the Blower Motor Supply circuit for a short to the Blower
Motor Ground circuit. Replace JB Fuse #1.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

6 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Blower Power Module C2 harness connector.
Disconnect the Blower Motor harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Blower Motor Supply circuit.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?

Yes → Repair the Blower Motor Supply circuit for a short to ground.
Replace JB Fuse #1.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7

336
 HEATING & A/C

*BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE - ATC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

7 Turn the ignition off. All
Replace JB Fuse #1.
Reconnect the Blower Motor harness connector.
Disconnect the Blower Power Module C1 harness connector.
Disconnect the Blower Power Module C2 harness connector.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit in the
Blower Power Module C1 harness connector and the Blower Motor Supply circuit in
the Blower Power Module C2 harness connector.
Connect a jumper wire between the Ground circuit in the Blower Power Module C1
harness connector and the Blower Motor Ground circuit in the Blower Power Module
C2 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Does the Blower Motor operate at Hi speed without blowing the fuse?
Yes → Replace the Blower Power Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the Blower Motor in accordance with the Service Infor-

mation. Replace JB Fuse #1.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

8 Ensure JB Fuse #1 is installed. All

Disconnect the Blower Power Module C1 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, back probe the Fused Ignition Switch
Output circuit in the Blower Power Module C1 harness connector.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes → Go To 9

No → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

9 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Blower Power Module C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Ground circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 10
No → Repair the Ground circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

10 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Blower Power Module C1 harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage between the Blower Motor Control circuit and ground.
Is the voltage above 0.2 volts?

Yes → Repair the Blower Motor Control circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 11

337
HEATING & A/C

*BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE - ATC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

11 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Blower Power Module C1 harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Blower Motor Control circuit between the Blower
Power Module C1 harness connector and the Body Control Module C1 harness
connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 12

No → Repair the Blower Motor Control circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

12 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Blower Power Module C2 harness connector.
Disconnect the Blower Motor harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Blower Motor Supply circuit between the Blower Motor
harness connector and the Blower Power Module C2 harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 13

No → Repair the Blower Motor Supply circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

13 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Blower Power Module C2 harness connector.
Disconnect the Blower Motor harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Blower Motor Ground circuit between the Blower
Motor harness connector and the Blower Power Module C2 harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 14
No → Repair the Blower Motor Ground circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

14 Turn the ignition off. All

Reconnect the Blower Motor harness connector.
Reconnect the Blower Power Module C1 and C2 harness connectors.
Back probe one voltmeter lead to the Blower Motor Control ckt in the Body Control
Module C1 harness connector and the other lead to ground.
Reconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector.
Start the engine.
Turn the Automatic Temperature Control off.
Observe the voltmeter.
Is the voltage above 11.0 volts?

Yes → Go To 15
No → Replace the Blower Power Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

338
 HEATING & A/C

*BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE - ATC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

15 Turn the ignition off. All
Reconnect all previously disconnected components.
Connect the DRBIIIt Scope Input Cable CH7058, Cable-To-Probe Adapter CH7062,
and the Red (+) and Black (-) X1 Test Leads CH7030 to the DRBIIIt.
Select the following from the DRBIIIt menu: PEP Module Tools; Lab Scope; Live
Data; and Lab Scope.
Set the time to 0.4ms/Div.
Set the voltage range to +20.0v.
Set the Offset to 4.00v.
Set the Probe to X1.
Start the engine.
Turn Automatic Temperature Control on.
Using the Red (+) X1 Test Lead, back probe the Blower Motor Control circuit in the
Blower Power Module C1 harness connector.
Connect the Black (-) X1 Test Lead to ground.
NOTE: Over the Blower Motor Control circuit, the Blower Power Module
provides a battery supply voltage signal to the Body Control Module (BCM)
while the BCM provides a variable duty cycle ground based on input from
the blower control switch.
NOTE: When the blower control switch is set to Lo speed, the BCM provides
a short duty cycle (less time grounding the signal). As higher blower speeds
are requested, the BCM increases the duty cycle (more time grounding the
signal).
NOTE: When the blower control switch is set to High speed, the duty cycle
increases to where the signal pattern is a flat line on ground.
Set the blower control to LO speed and then slowly turn it to HI speed while
observing the DRBIIIt display.
The duty cycle pattern should change smoothly as the blower switch is turned from
Lo to High. The high part of the cycle will decrease as the blower speed increases.
Does the DRBIIIt display the signal as described above?

Yes → Go To 16
No → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance
with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

16 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Blower Power Module C1 harness connector.
Disconnect the Blower Power Module C2 harness connector.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit in the
Blower Power Module C1 harness connector and the Blower Motor Supply circuit in
the Blower Power Module C2 harness connector.
Connect a jumper wire between the Ground circuit in the Blower Power Module C1
harness connector and the Blower Motor Ground circuit in the Blower Power Module
C2 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Does the Blower Motor operate at full speed?

Yes → Replace the Blower Power Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Blower Motor in accordance with the Service Infor-
mation.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

339
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
*BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE - MTC

POSSIBLE CAUSES
JUNCTION BLOCK FUSE #1
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BLOWER MOTOR SHORTED TO GROUND
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
A/C - HEATER CONTROL OPEN
BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
RESISTOR-OPEN HI BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER
BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) CIRCUIT OPEN
BLOWER MOTOR OPEN

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition off. All
Remove and inspect Junction Block Fuse #1.
Is the fuse open?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Go To 4

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Replace Junction Block Fuse #1.
Turn the ignition on.
Turn the blower on and operate it in all speeds and modes.
Does the blower motor operate properly without blowing the fuse?

Yes → Check the Fused Ignition Switch Output (RUN) circuit for an
intermittent short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Turn the Blower switch off.
Disconnect the Blower Motor harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Fused Ignition Switch Output
(RUN) circuit.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output (RUN) circuit for a short
to ground and replace the fuse.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the Blower Motor and fuse in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

340
 HEATING & A/C

*BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE - MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 Ensure Junction Block Fuse #1 is installed. All
Turn the Blower switch off.
Disconnect the Blower Motor Resistor Block harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, back probe the Blower Motor Driver
circuit in the Blower Motor Resistor Block harness connector.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 8

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control C2 harness connector.
Connect a jumper wire between ground and the High Blower Motor Driver circuit in
the A/C - Heater Control C2 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Does the blower motor run at high speed?

Yes → Go To 6
No → Go To 7

6 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control C2 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Ground circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Replace the A/C - Heater Control in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Ground circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control C2 harness connector.
Disconnect the Blower Motor Resistor Block harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the High Blower Motor Driver circuit between the A/C -
Heater Control C2 harness connector and the Blower Motor Resistor Block harness
connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Replace the Blower Motor Resistor Block in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Repair the High Blower Motor Driver circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

341
HEATING & A/C

*BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE - MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

8 Turn the Blower switch off. All
Turn the ignition on.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, back probe the Blower Motor Driver
circuit in the Blower Motor harness connector.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Repair the Blower Motor Driver circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9

9 Turn the Blower switch off. All

Turn the ignition on.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, back probe the Fused Ignition Switch
Output (RUN) circuit in the Blower Motor harness connector.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Replace the Blower Motor in accordance with the Service Infor-
mation.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output (RUN) circuit for an
open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

342
 HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
*BLOWER MOTOR SPEEDS INCORRECT - MTC

POSSIBLE CAUSES
BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S) SHORTED TO GROUND
BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
A/C - HEATER CONTROL
BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S) SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
A/C - HEATER CONTROL - SPEEDS INCORRECT
BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S) OPEN
BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR BLOCK - OPEN SPEED

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the Blower switch off. All
Turn the ignition on.
Does the blower run?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Go To 4

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control C2 harness connector.
Disconnect the Blower Motor Resistor Block harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and each of the Blower Motor Driver circuits.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms on any of the circuits?

Yes → Repair the Blower Motor Driver circuit(s) for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Blower Motor harness connector.
Disconnect the Blower Motor Resistor Block harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Blower Motor Driver circuit in the
Blower Motor harness connector.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?

Yes → Repair the Blower Motor Driver circuit for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the A/C - Heater Control in accordance with the Service

Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

343
HEATING & A/C

*BLOWER MOTOR SPEEDS INCORRECT - MTC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control C2 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, back probe each of the Blower Motor
Driver circuits (cavities 2, 3, 7, and 10) in the A/C - Heater Control C2 harness
connector.
Does the test light illuminate brightly on each circuit?

Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 7

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control C2 harness connector.
Disconnect the Blower Motor Resistor Block harness connector.
Measure the voltage of each of the Blower Motor Driver circuits (cavities 2, 3, 7, and
10).
Is there any voltage present?

Yes → Repair the Blower Motor Driver circuit(s) for a short to voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6

6 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control C2 harness connector.
Disconnect the Blower Motor Resistor Block harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Low Blower Motor Driver circuit and the M1,
M2, and High Blower Motor Driver circuits.
Measure the resistance between the M1 Blower Motor Driver circuit and the M2 and
High Blower Motor Driver circuits.
Measure the resistance between the M2 Blower Motor Driver circuit and the High
Blower Motor Driver circuit.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms between any of the circuits?
Yes → Repair the shorted Blower Motor Driver circuits.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the A/C - Heater Control in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 Turn the ignition off. All

Turn the Blower switch to the off position.
Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control C2 harness connector.
Disconnect the Blower Motor Resistor Block harness connector.
Measure the resistance of each Blower Motor Driver circuit between the Blower
Motor Resistor Block harness connector and the A/C - Heater Control C2 harness
connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms on each of the circuits?
Yes → Replace the Blower Motor Resistor Block in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Blower Motor Driver circuit(s) for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

344
 HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
*BLOWER RUNS AT ONLY ONE SPEED - ATC

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK CODE(S) PRESENT
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE
BLOWER POWER MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Body Computer DTC’s.
Cycle the ignition switch.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Body Computer DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display any DTCs?
Yes → Refer to the appropriate category for the related symptom(s).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 2

2 Turn the ignition on. All

With the DRBIIIt in Automatic Temperature Control, Monitor Display, PCI Bus Info
ATC, look for Fan Req To BCM.
Does the DRB display: Fan Req To BCM: Yes?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace the Automatic Temperature Control in accordance with

the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Blower Power Module C1 harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Blower Motor Control circuit.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair the Blower Motor Control circuit for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

345
HEATING & A/C

*BLOWER RUNS AT ONLY ONE SPEED - ATC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 Turn the ignition off. All
Reconnect all previously disconnected components.
Connect the DRBIIIt Scope Input Cable CH7058, Cable-To-Probe Adapter CH7062,
and the Red (+) and Black (-) X1 Test Leads CH7030 to the DRBIIIt.
Select the following from the DRBIIIt menu: PEP Module Tools; Lab Scope; Live
Data; and Lab Scope.
Set the time to 0.4ms/Div.
Set the voltage range to +20.0v.
Set the Offset to 4.00v.
Set the Probe to X1.
Start the engine.
Turn Automatic Temperature Control on.
Using the Red (+) X1 Test Lead, back probe the Blower Motor Control circuit in the
Blower Power Module C1 harness connector.
Connect the Black (-) X1 Test Lead to ground.
NOTE: Over the Blower Motor Control circuit, the Blower Power Module
provides a battery supply voltage signal to the Body Control Module (BCM)
while the BCM provides a variable duty cycle ground based on input from
the blower control switch.
NOTE: When the blower control switch is set to Lo speed, the BCM provides
a short duty cycle (less time grounding the signal). As higher blower speeds
are requested, the BCM increases the duty cycle (more time grounding the
signal).
NOTE: When the blower control switch is set to High speed, the duty cycle
increases to where the signal pattern is a flat line on ground.
Set the blower control to LO speed and then slowly turn it to HI speed while
observing the DRBIIIt display.
The duty cycle pattern should change smoothly as the blower switch is turned from
Lo to High. The high part of the cycle will decrease as the blower speed increases.
Does the DRBIIIt display the signal as described above?

Yes → Replace the Blower Power Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance
with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

346
 HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
*VF SEGMENTS STUCK ON ONE SETTING, OR DISPLAYS --F, OR
SOME OR ALL INOPERATIVE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK CODE(S) PRESENT
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
BODY CONTROL MODULE
BODY CONTROL MODULE
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
BODY CONTROL MODULE
BODY CONTROL MODULE
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT(S) OPEN
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Body Computer DTC’s.
Cycle the ignition switch.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Body Computer DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display any DTCs?
Yes → Refer to the appropriate category for the related symptom(s).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 2

2 Which symptom is present? All

ATC Panel displays --F

Go To 3
Some VF Segmnts/LEDs fail to illuminate
Go To 4

Dsply won’t change when pressing buttons

Go To 5

All VF Segmnts & LEDs fail to illuminate

Go To 9

347
HEATING & A/C

*VF SEGMENTS STUCK ON ONE SETTING, OR DISPLAYS --F, OR SOME

OR ALL INOPERATIVE — Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
3 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt in Automatic Temperature Control, Monitor Display, PCI Bus Info
ATC, look for ATC Status Msg Pres.
Does the DRBIIIt display: ATC Status Msg Pres: Yes?

Yes → Replace the Automatic Temperature Control in accordance with

the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance

with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 Turn the ignition on. All

With the DRBIIIt in Automatic Temperature Control, Actuators, select VFD and
observe the ATC display.
Are all of the VF segments on the ATC display illuminated?
Yes → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance
with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the Automatic Temperature Control in accordance with

the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Turn the ignition on. All

With the DRBIIIt in Automatic Temperature Control, Inputs/Outputs, read the
switch states while pressing the Auto; Off; A/C; Recirc; Panel; Floor; Mix; Bilevel;
EBL; and Defrost buttons on the ATC one at a time.
Does each switch state change from Open to Closed accordingly?

Yes → Go To 6
No → Replace the Automatic Temperature Control in accordance with
the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition on. All

While observing the ATC temperature display, press and hold the Temp Up button for
several seconds.
While observing the ATC temperature display, press and hold the Temp Down button
for several seconds.
Does the temperature display change accordingly?

Yes → Go To 7
No → Replace the Automatic Temperature Control in accordance with
the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 Turn the ignition on. All

With the DRBIIIt in Automatic Temperature Control, Monitor Display, PCI Bus Info
ATC, look for ATC Status Msg Pres.
Does the DRBIIIt display: ATC Status Msg Pres: Yes?

Yes → Go To 8
No → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance
with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

348
 HEATING & A/C

*VF SEGMENTS STUCK ON ONE SETTING, OR DISPLAYS --F, OR SOME

OR ALL INOPERATIVE — Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
8 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt in Automatic Temperature Control, Actuators, select VFD and
observe the ATC display.
Are all of the VF segments on the ATC display illuminated?

Yes → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance

with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the Automatic Temperature Control in accordance with

the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

9 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Automatic Temperature Control harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage between the Fuse Ignition Switch Output circuit and ground.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?
Yes → Go To 10

No → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

10 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Automatic Temperature Control harness connector.
Close all doors and ensure all lights are off.
Wait one minute for the Body Control Module to go to sleep.
Measure the resistance between ground and each of the Ground circuits.
Is the resistance below 10.0 ohms on both circuits?
Yes → Replace the Automatic Temperature Control in accordance with
the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Repair the Ground circuit with a resistance above 10.0 ohms for
an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

349
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY

Symptom:
*HORN INOPERATIVE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
HORN RELAY
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
OPEN HORN SWITCH
HORN/RADIO CONTROL MUX CIRCUIT OPEN
CLOCKSPRING
HORN/RADIO CONTROL MUX CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
OPEN FUSE #8
JUNCTION BLOCK - OPEN FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT
JUNCTION BLOCK - OPEN HORN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
HORN RELAY
JUNCTION BLOCK - OPEN HORN RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
OPEN HORN RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT
OPEN HORN

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt, actuate the HORN RELAY. All
Does the Horn sound while actuating the Horn Relay.
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 7

2 Press and hold the Horn button. All

With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the HORN SW state.
Does the DRBIIIt display CLOSED?

Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

350
 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY

*HORN INOPERATIVE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 WARNING: Turn the Ignition Off, disconnect the Battery and wait 2 minutes All
before proceeding.
CAUTION: Do not place an intact undeployed Airbag face down on a hard
surface, the Airbag will propel into the air if accidently deployed.
Disconnect the Driver Airbag Module.
Disconnect the Horn Switch connector.
WARNING: Turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Momentarily connect a jumper wire between the Horn/Radio Control MUX circuit
and ground at the horn switch connector.
Does the horn sound?
Yes → Replace the Horn Switch.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 Disconnect the Clockspring C1 connector. All

Momentarily connect a jumper wire between the Horn/Radio Control MUX circuit at
the Clockspring C1 and ground.
Does the horn sound?

Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 6

5 Disconnect the Clockspring C3 harness connector. All

Measure the resistance of the Horn/Radio Control MUX circuit between the Horn
Switch and Clockspring.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Replace the Clockspring.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Horn/Radio Control MUX circuit for an open between
the Clockspring and the Horn switch.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector. All

Disconnect the Clockspring C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Horn/Radio Control MUX circuit between the BCM and
the Clockspring.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Repair the Horn/Radio Control MUX circuit for an open between

the Clockspring and the BCM.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 With the DRBIIIt, actuate the HORN RELAY. All

Examine the Horn Relay during the actuation.
Does the Horn Relay click while actuating.

Yes → Go To 8

No → Go To 12

351
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY

*HORN INOPERATIVE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

8 NOTE: The following test will diagnose the Horn Relay Output circuit. All
Remove the Horn Relay from the Junction Block.
Temporarily remove the Headlamp Delay Relay from the Junction Block.
Reinstall the Headlamp Delay Relay in place of the Horn Relay.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the HORN RELAY.
Does the Horn sound while actuating the Horn Relay?
Yes → Replace the Horn Relay.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 9

9 Disconnect the jumper wire. All

Disconnect the Junction Block C2 connector.
Connect a jumper wire between the Horn Relay Output circuit at the Junction Block
C2 connector and B(+).
Does the horn sound with the jumper wire connected?
Yes → Replace the Junction Block.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 10

10 Connect a jumper wire between the Horn Relay Output circuit at the Junction Block All
C2 connector and B(+).
Disconnect the Horn connector.
Measure the voltage of the Horn Relay Output circuit at the horn connector.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?
Yes → Go To 11
No → Repair the Horn Relay Output circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

11 Disconnect the jumper wire. All

Disconnect the Horn connector.
Measure the resistance of the Ground circuit at the horn connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Replace the Horn.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Ground circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

12 Remove and inspect fuse #8 in the Junction Block. All

Is the fuse open?
Yes → Inspect/repair the Horn Relay Output circuit for a short to
ground. Replace the fuse.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 13

352
 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY

*HORN INOPERATIVE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

13 Reinstall Fuse #8 in the Junction Block. All
Remove the Horn Relay from the Junction Block.
Temporarily remove the Headlamp Delay Relay from the Junction Block.
Reinstall the Headlamp Delay Relay in place of the Horn Relay.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the HORN RELAY.
Does the Horn sound while actuating the Horn Relay?
Yes → Replace the Horn Relay.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 14

14 Remove the Headlamp Delay Relay from the Horn Relay location in the Junction All
Block.
Reinstall the Headlamp Delay Relay to its original location.
Measure the voltage of the Fused B(+) circuits at the Horn Relay connector.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts at each cavity?
Yes → Go To 15
No → Replace the Junction Block.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

15 Remove the Horn Relay from the junction block. All

Remove the BCM from the junction block.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B(+) circuit and the Horn Relay Control
circuit at the Horn Relay connector.
Measure the voltage of the Horn Relay Control circuit (cavity 7) in the BCM internal
connector.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Junction Block.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

353
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Symptom List:
ABS LAMP CIRCUIT OPEN
ABS LAMP CIRCUIT SHORT
AIRBAG LAMP CIRCUIT OPEN
AIRBAG LAMP CIRCUIT SHORT

Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be ABS LAMP CIRCUIT OPEN.

When Monitored and Set Condition:

ABS LAMP CIRCUIT OPEN

When Monitored: The Instrument Cluster performs an internal diagnostic of the indica-
tor circuit at power up and when the bulb is requested.
Set Condition: When the Instrument Cluster detects a fault in the ABS bulb circuit.

ABS LAMP CIRCUIT SHORT

When Monitored: The Instrument Cluster performs an internal diagnostic at power up
and when the bulb is requested.
Set Condition: When the Instrument Clusteris detects a fault in the ABS bulb circuit.

AIRBAG LAMP CIRCUIT OPEN

When Monitored: The Instrument Cluster performs an internal diagnostic of the circuit
at power up and when the bulb is requested.
Set Condition: When the Instrument Cluster is detects a fault in the Airbag bulb circuit.

AIRBAG LAMP CIRCUIT SHORT

When Monitored: The Instrument Cluster performs an internal diagnostic at power up
and when the bulb is requested.
Set Condition: When the Instrument Cluster detects a fault in the Airbag bulb circuit.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INDICATOR BULB
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

354
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

ABS LAMP CIRCUIT OPEN — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Ensure that the Junction Block Fuse #11 is not open. If the fuse is All
open make sure to check for a short to ground.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase DTC’s.
Turn the ignition off, wait 15 seconds, then turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs.
Did the Indicator Lamp Open or Short DTC reset?

Yes → Go To 2

No → Test Complete.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Remove and inspect the Indicator Bulb in question.
Is the Indicator Bulb in question defective?

Yes → Replace the Indicator Bulb in accordance with the Service Infor-
mation.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

355
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Symptom:
FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT FAILURE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT FAILURE

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: The BCM detects an out of range, open or short circuit on the Fuel Level
Sensor Signal circuit.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt, erase DTCs.
Cycle the ignition.
Wait approximately 1 minute.
With the DRBIIIt in Body Computer, read DTCs.
Does the DTC reset?
Yes → Go To 2

No → The condition is not present at this time. Monitor DRBIIIt

parameters while wiggling the related wire harness. Refer to any
Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply. Visually in-
spect the related wiring harness and connector terminals.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

356
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Fuel Tank Module harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
NOTE: The BCM sends out a low current 12 volt signal on the Fuel Level
Sensor Signal circuit. This low current should not illuminate a 12 volt test
light.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fuel Level Sensor Signal
circuit in the Fuel Tank Module harness connector.
Does the test light illuminate?

Yes → Repair the Fuel Level Sensor Signal circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Fuel Tank Module harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Fuel Level Sensor Ground circuit in the Fuel Tank
Module harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 4
No → Repair the Fuel Level Sensor Ground circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the BCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Fuel Tank Module harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Fuel Level Sensor Signal circuit and the Sensor
Ground circuit in the BCM connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the Fuel Level Sensor Signal circuit for a short to the
Sensor Ground circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the BCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Fuel Tank Module harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Fuel Level Sensor Signal circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Fuel Level Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

6 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Fuel Tank Module harness connector.
Disconnect the BCM harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Fuel Level Sensor Signal circuit between the Fuel Tank
Module harness connector and the BCM harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 7

No → Repair the Fuel Level Sensor Signal circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

357
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

7 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Fuel Tank Module harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Fuel Level Sensor.
The Fuel Level Sensor resistance must be within the following values:
Full = Approximately 130 Ohms
3/4 = Approximately 340 Ohms
1/2 = Approximately 550 Ohms
1/4 = Approximately 760 Ohms
Empty = Approximately 940 Ohms
Does the Fuel Level Sensor resistance measure within specifications?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the Fuel Level Sensor in accordance with the Service

Information..
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

358
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Symptom List:
NO ABS BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED
NO BCM BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED
NO ORC BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED
NO TCM BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED

Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be NO ABS BUS MESSAGES
RECEIVED.

When Monitored and Set Condition:

NO ABS BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: The Instrument Cluster detects loss of PCI Bus communication with the
ABS module for 10 seconds. The cluster will illuminate the BRAKE and ABS warning lamp
indicators.

NO BCM BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: The Instrument Cluster detects no PCI Bus communiaction with the BCM
for 5 seconds. The cluster will position the Fuel Gauge needle to 9E9, illuminate the Low
Fuel indicator, and illuminate the VF display at full brightness.

NO ORC BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: The Instrument Cluster detects no PCI Bus communication with the ORC
for 5 seconds. The cluster will illuminate the Airbag indicator.

NO TCM BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: The Instrument Cluster detects no PCI Bus communication with the TCM
for 10 seconds. The cluster will illuminate all gears in the VF display.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE ABS, BCM, ORC, OR TCM MODULE

359
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

NO ABS BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the ABS, BCM, ORC, or TCM module.
Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the module in question?

Yes → Test Complete.

No → Refer to the Communication category for the related symptom(s).

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

360
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Symptom:
PANEL DIMMING OUTPUT SHORT

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
COMPONENT SHORTED
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Body Control Module DTC’s.
Turn the ignition off, wait 15 seconds, then turn the ignition on.
Turn on the Headlamps.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display PANEL DIMMING OUTPUT SHORT?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Test Complete.

2 Turn the ignition on. All

With the DRBIIIt, erase Body Control Module DTCs.
Turn the ignition off.
Using the Wiring Diagrams as a guide, disconnect each dimmed component , one at
a time while checking for the DTC to reset.
Turn the ignition on.
Turn the Headlamps on.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display PANEL DIMMING OUTPUT SHORT?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Replace the shorted component as necessary.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Using the Wiring Diagrams as a guide, disconnect each dimmed component and test
the dimming circuit for a short to ground condition.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair the Panel Lamps Driver circuit for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance
with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

361
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Symptom:
PCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED

When Monitored and Set Condition:

PCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED

When Monitored: With the ignition on.
Set Condition: When the Instrument Cluster detects no PCI Bus communication with the
PCM for 20 seconds. The cluster will illuminate the CHECK ENGINE indicator and the VF
will display NO BUS. The Tachometer, Speedometer, and Temperature gauge pointers will
be driven against their pointer stops. The Engine Temp, Charging System, and Cruise
indicators will latch to their last known state.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED
NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE PCM
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt, enter Instrument Cluster, System Tests then PCM Monitor.
Does the DRBIIIt display: PCM is active on the BUS?
Yes → Erase the DTC, if DTC resets, replace the Instrument Cluster in
accordance with the Service Information..
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 2

2 Turn the ignition on. All

With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the PCM.
Was the DRBIIIt able to communicate with the PCM?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Refer to the Communication category and perform the appropri-

ate symptom.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

362
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

PCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the PCM C2 harness connector.
Connect the diagnostic junction port tester #8339 to the diagnostic junction port.
NOTE: Do not connect the tester to the DRBIIIt.
Measure the resistance of the PCI Bus circuit between the diagnostic junction port
tester and the PCM C2 connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor-

dance with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

363
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Symptom:
*BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR ALWAYS ON

POSSIBLE CAUSES
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
PARK BRAKE SWITCH
RED BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: If vehicle is equipped with ABS, diagnose and repair any ABS Lamp All
or Communication DTCs before proceeding with this test.
NOTE: If vehicle is NOT equipped with ABS, ensure that the Instrument
Cluster is not configured for ABS.
NOTE: Ensure that the Brake Fluid is correctly filled and that the Base
Brakes are operating properly before proceeding with this test.
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the Brake Fluid Level Switch harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Observe the Brake Warning Indicator.
Is the Brake Warning Indicator illuminated?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Replace the Brake Fluid Level Switch in accordance with the

Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Park Brake Switch harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Observe the Brake Warning Indicator.
Is the Brake Warning Indicator illuminated?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace the Park Brake Switch in accordance with the Service

Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Brake Fluid Level Switch harness connector.
Disconnect the Park Brake Switch harness connector.
Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Red Brake Warning Indicator
circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Red Brake Warning Indicator Driver circuit for a short
to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

364
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Symptom:
*BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INDICATOR BULB
PARK BRAKE SWITCH
PARK BRAKE SWITCH RED BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH RED BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Perform the Instrument Cluster Self Test. All
Turn the ignition off.
Press and hold the Trip Reset button.
Turn the ignition to the Unlock position.
Release the Trip Reset button when the Self Test begins.
Observe the Brake Warning Indicator during the Self Test.
Did the Brake Warning Indicator illuminate for approximately 4 seconds and turn
off?

Yes → Go To 2
No → Remove and inspect the Brake Warning Indicator bulb and
socket, if found to be defective, replace as necessary. If the bulb
and socket check OK, replace the Instrument Cluster in accor-
dance with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Is the fault condition related to the Park Brake? All

Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 5

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Park Brake Switch harness connector.
Connect a jumper wire between the Red Brake Warning Indicator circuit and ground.
Turn the ignition on.
Observe the Brake Warning Indicator.
Did the Brake Warning Indicator illuminate?

Yes → Replace the Park Brake Switch in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

365
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

*BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR INOPERATIVE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Park Brake Switch harness connector.
Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Red Brake Warning Indicator circuit between the Park
Brake Switch connector and the Instrument Cluster connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the Red Brake Warning Indicator Driver circuit between
the Park Brake Switch and the Instrument Cluster for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Brake Fluid Level Switch harness connector.
Connect a jumper wire between cavity 1 and cavity 2.
Turn the ignition on.
Observe the Brake Warning Indicator.
Did the Brake Warning Indicator illuminate?

Yes → Replace the Brake Fluid Level Switch in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6

6 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Brake Fluid Level Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Brake Fluid Level Switch Ground
circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 7
No → Repair the Brake Fluid Level Switch Ground circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Brake Fluid Level Switch harness connector.
Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Red Brake Warning Indicator Driver circuit between
the Brake Fluid Level Switch connector and the Instrument Cluster connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service

Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Red Brake Warning Indicator Driver circuit between
the Brake Fluid Level Switch and the Instrument Cluster for an
open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

366
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Symptom:
*CHARGING SYSTEM WARNING INDICATOR NOT OPERATING
PROPERLY

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
INDICATOR BULB
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Ensure that the Junction Block Fuse #11 is not open. If the fuse is All
open make sure to check for a short to ground.
NOTE: Ensure that there is communication between the PCM, BCM, and the
Instrument Cluster before proceeding with this test.
Perform the Instrument Cluster Self Test.
Turn the ignition off.
Press and hold the Trip Reset button.
Turn the ignition to the Unlock position.
Release the Trip Reset button when the Self Check begins.
Observe the Charging System Warning Indicator during the Self Test.
Did the Charging System Warning Indicator illuminate for approximately 4 seconds
and then turn off?

Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 3

2 Using the DRBIIIt, read DTC’s. All

Are there any DTC’s present?
Yes → Refer to symptom list for problems related to the DTC.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → The condition is not present at this time. Monitor DRBIIIt

parameters while wiggling the related wire harness. Refer to any
Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply. Visually in-
spect the related wiring harness and connector terminals.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Remove and inspect the Charging System Warning Indicator bulb and socket. All
Is the indicator bulb or socket defective?

Yes → Replace the Indicator bulb or socket as necessary in accordance

with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

367
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Symptom:
*CRUISE ENGAGED INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO CRUISE OPERATION
INDICATOR BULB
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Ensure that the Junction Block Fuse #11 is not open. If the fuse is All
open make sure to check for a short to ground.
NOTE: Ensure that there is communication between the PCM, BCM, and the
Instrument Cluster before proceeding with this test.
Perform the Instrument Cluster Self Test.
Turn the ignition off.
Press and hold the Trip Reset button.
Turn the ignition to the Unlock position.
Release the Trip Reset button when the Self Test begins.
Observe the Cruise Indicator during the Self Test.
Did the Cruise indicator illuminate for approximately 4 seconds and then turn off?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Go To 3

2 Start the engine. All

Drive the vehicle.
Activate the Cruise system.
Does the Cruise system operate properly?

Yes → Test Complete.

No → Refer to Cruise diagnostics for the related symptom(s).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Remove and inspect the Cruise Engaged Indicator Lamp bulb and socket. All
Is the bulb or socket defective?

Yes → Replace the Cruise Indicator bulb or socket as necessary in

accordance with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

368
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Symptom:
*ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE INOPERATIVE OR
INACCURATE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE BUS MESSAGE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Using the DRBIIIt read EMIC, PCM, and BCM DTC’s. All
Are there any DTC’s present?
Yes → Refer to DRIVEABILITY information for the related symptom(s).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 2

2 Perform the Instrument Cluster Self Test. All

Turn the ignition off.
Press and hold the Trip Reset button.
Turn the ignition to the Unlock position.
Observe the Engine Coolant Temperature gauge during the Self Test.
The gauge will position the indicator needle at the following calibration points:
C, H, 1/2, C
Did the Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge position the needle correctly?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service

Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Turn the ignition on. All

With the DRBIIIt, read the Engine Coolant Temperature in the PCM, EMIC and the
BCM.
Does either the EMIC or BCM display a different Engine Coolant Temperature than
the PCM?

Yes → Refer to symptom list for problems related to inaccurate Engine

Coolant Temperature reading and communications.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service

Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

369
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Symptom:
*ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE INDICATOR NOT OPERAT-
ING PROPERLY

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE WARNING INDICATOR LED
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Ensure that there is communication between the PCM, BCM, and the All
Instrument Cluster before proceeding with this test.
Perform the Instrument Cluster Self Test.
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE: The Instrument Cluster will illuminate the Engine Coolant Temper-
ature indicator at 124°C (255°F). The indicator will turn off at 121°C (250°F).
Press and hold the Trip Reset button.
Turn the ignition to the Unlock position.
Release the Trip Reset button when the Self Test begins.
Observe the Engine Coolant Temperature Warning indicator during the Self Test.
Did the Engine Coolant Temperature indicator illuminate for approximately 4
seconds and then turn of

Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 3

2 Turn the ignition on. All

Using the DRBIIIt read DTC’s.
Are there any DTC’s present?

Yes → Refer to symptom list for problems related to DRIVEABILITY.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Remove the Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Indicator LED.
Using a DVOM, select 9Diode Mode9 and connect the leads across the LED.
CAUTION: Ensure that the RED lead is on the (+( of the LED.
Did the Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Indicator LED illuminate?
Yes → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Indicator LED

in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

370
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Symptom:
*FUEL GAUGE NOT OPERATING PROPERLY

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Ensure that there is communication between the PCM, BCM, and the All
Instrument Cluster before proceeding with this test.
Perform the Instrument Cluster Self Test.
Turn the ignition off.
Press and hold the Trip/Reset button.
Turn the ignition to the Unlock position.
Observe the Fuel Gauge during the Self Test.
The Fuel Gauge should position the indicator needle at the following calibration
points:
E, F, 1/2, E
Did the Fuel Gauge position the needle correctly?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service

Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Fuel Pump Module harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Fuel Level Sensor.
The Fuel Level Sensor resistance must be within the following values:
Full = Approximately 130 Ohms
3/4 = Approximately 340 Ohms
1/2 = Approximately 550 Ohms
1/4 = Approximately 760 Ohms
Empty = Approximately 940 Ohms
Does the Fuel Level Sensor resistance measure within specifications?
Yes → The condition is not present at this time. Monitor DRBIIIt
parameters while wiggling the related wire harness. Refer to any
Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply. Visually in-
spect the related wiring harness and connector terminals.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the Fuel Level Sensor in accordance with the Service

Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

371
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Symptom:
*HIGH BEAM INDICATOR ALWAYS ON

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DIMMER SWITCH HIGH BEAM OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK SHORT TO VOLTAGE
MULTI- FUNCTION SWITCH
BODY CONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt in Body Control Inputs/Outputs, read the Hi Beams state.
Does the DRBIIIt Inputs/Outputs, display On?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service

Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Multi- Function Switch harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt in Body Control Inputs/Outputs, read the Hi Beams state.
Does the DRBIIIt display On?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace the Multi- Function Switch in accordance with the

Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Multi- Function Switch harness connector.
Disconnect the Junction Block C6 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage between the Dimmer Switch High Beam Output circuit and
ground.
Is there any voltage present?

Yes → Repair the Dimmer Switch High Beam Output circuit between
the Multi- Function Switch and the Junction Block for a short to
voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

372
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

*HIGH BEAM INDICATOR ALWAYS ON — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Junction Block C6 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage between the #3 Fuse in the Junction Block and ground.
Is there any voltage present?
Yes → Replace the Junction Block in accordance with the Service Infor-
mation.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service

Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

373
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Symptom:
*HIGH BEAM INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INDICATOR BULB
DIMMER SWITCH HIGH BEAM OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
JUNCTION BLOCK
MULTI- FUNCTION SWITCH OPEN
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Ensure that the Junction Block Fuse #11 is not open. If the fuse is All
open make sure to check for a short to ground.
NOTE: Ensure that the Exterior High Beam Headlamps operate properly
before proceeding with this test.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt in MIC Actuators, actuate the Hi Beam Lamp.
Did the High Beam Indicator illuminate?
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 6

2 Turn the ignition on. All

With the DRBIIIt in Body Control Inputs/Outputs, read the Hi Beams state while
actuating the High Beam Headlamps.
Does the DRBIIIt Inputs/Outputs display On?
Yes → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Junction Block C6 harness connector.
Actuate the High Beam Headlamps.
Measure the voltage between the Dimmer Switch High Beam Output circuit and
ground at the Junction Block C6 harness connector.
Is the voltage above 10.5 volts?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 5

374
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

*HIGH BEAM INDICATOR INOPERATIVE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect and isolate the Negative Battery cable.
Disconnect the Junction Block C6 harness connector.
Disconnect the BCM from the Junction Block.
Using the Wiring Diagrams as a guide, measure the resistance of the Dimmer Switch
High Beam Output circuit through the Junction Block.
Is the resistance above 10 ohms?

Yes → Replace the Junction Block in accordance with the Service Infor-
mation.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Junction Block C6 harness connector.
Disconnect the Multi- Function Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Dimmer Switch High Beam Output circuit.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Dimmer Switch High Beam Output circuit between
the Multi- Function Switch and the Junction Block for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Multi- Function Switch in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition off. All

Remove and inspect the High Beam Indicator bulb and socket.
Is the bulb or socket defective?

Yes → Replace the High Beam Indicator Bulb or socket in accordance

with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

375
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Symptom:
*LOW FUEL WARNING INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
INDICATOR LED
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Ensure that the Junction Block Fuse #11 is not open. If the fuse is All
open make sure to check for a short to ground.
NOTE: Ensure that there is communication between the PCM, BCM, and the
Instrument Cluster before proceeding with this test.
Perform the Instrument Cluster Self Test.
Turn the ignition off.
Press and hold the Trip/Reset button.
Turn the ignition to the Unlock position.
During the Self Test all of the Indicators should illuminate for approximately 4
seconds.
Observe the Low Fuel Warning Indicator during the Self Test.
Did the Low Fuel Warning Indicator illuminate for approximately 4 seconds then
turn off?
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 3

2 Using the DRBIIIt read DTC’s. All

Is the DTC FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT INOP present?

Yes → Refer to symptom list for diagnosis of the DTC.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → The condition is not present at this time. Monitor DRBIIIt
parameters while wiggling the related wire harness. Refer to any
Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply. Visually in-
spect the related wiring harness connector terminals.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Remove and test the Low Fuel Warning Indicator LED.
Using a DVOM, select 9Diode Mode9 and connect the leads across the LED.
NOTE: Ensure that the RED lead is on the (+( of the LED.
Did the Low Fuel Warning Indicator LED illuminate?
Yes → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the Low Fuel Warning Indicator LED in accordance with

the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

376
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Symptom:
*MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP NOT OPERATING PROPERLY

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
INDICATOR BULB OR SOCKET
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Ensure that there is communication between the PCM, BCM, and the All
Instrument Cluster before proceeding with this test.
Perform the Instrument Cluster Self Test.
Turn the ignition off.
Press and hold the Trip/Reset button.
Turn the ignition to the Unlock position.
During the self test all Indicators should illuminate for approximately 4 seconds.
Observe the Malfunction Indicator Lamp during the Self Test.
Did the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Indicator illuminate for approximately 4
seconds then turn off?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Go To 3

2 Using the DRBIIIt read DTC’s. All

Are there any DTC’s present?
Yes → Refer to symptom list for problems related to the DTC.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → The condition is not present at this time. Monitor DRBIIIt

parameters while wiggling the related wire harness. Refer to any
Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply. Visually in-
spect the related wiring harness and connector terminals.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Remove and inspect the Malfunction Indicator Lamp bulb and socket. All
Is there a problem with the bulb or socket?

Yes → Replace the Indicator bulb or socket as necessary in accordance

with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

377
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Symptom:
*OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH ALWAYS CLOSED
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH ALWAYS OPEN
OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP INDICATOR BULB OR SOCKET
OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Ensure that the engine has normal operating oil pressure before All
proceeding with test. Refer to the Service Manual for specifications.
Without starting the engine, turn the ignition on.
Does the Oil Pressure Indicator illuminate?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Go To 4

2 Start the engine. All

Does the Oil Pressure Indicator turn off?
Yes → The condition is not present at this time. Monitor DRBIIIt
parameters while wiggling the related wire harness. Refer to any
Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply. Visually in-
spect the related wiring harness and connector terminals.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Disconnect the Oil Pressure Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Oil Pressure Switch circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Oil Pressure Indicator circuit for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Oil Pressure Switch in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

378
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

*OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 Remove and inspect the Oil Pressure Warning Indicator Lamp bulb and socket. All
Is there a problem with the bulb or socket?
Yes → Replace the Indicator bulb or socket as necessary in accordance
with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Disconnect the Oil Pressure Switch harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage between the Oil Pressure Indicator circuit and ground.
Is there any voltage present?
Yes → Repair the Oil Pressure Indicator circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6

6 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Fused Ignition Switch
Output circuit.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes → Go To 7

No → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open or

high resistance circuit. If the fuse is open make sure to check for
a short to ground and repair as necessary.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Oil Pressure Switch harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Oil Pressure Indicator
circuit.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes → Go To 8
No → Repair the Oil Pressure Indicator circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

8 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Oil Pressure Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Oil Pressure Switch terminal pin and ground.
NOTE: With the engine not running the Oil Pressure Switch should be
closed to ground.
Does the Oil Pressure Switch terminal pin have continuity to ground?

Yes → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service

Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Oil Pressure Switch in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

379
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Symptom:
*PRND OR AUTOSTICK INDICATOR INACCURATE OR INOPERA-
TIVE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Ensure that the correct Instrument Cluster is installed and is All
correctly configured for the vehicle.
NOTE: Ensure that there is communication between the MIC, PCM, and the
TCM before proceeding with this test.
NOTE: Diagnose and repair any DTCs before proceeding with this test.
NOTE: Ensure that the TCM passes the Shift Lever Test with the DRBIIIt
before proceeding with this test.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display any MIC, PCM, or TCM DTCs?
Yes → Refer to symptom list for problems related to DTC’s.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 2

2 Perform the Instrument Cluster Self Test. All

Turn the ignition off.
Press and hold the Trip Reset button.
Turn the ignition on.
Observe the PRND / AutoStick VF display during the Self Test.
Did any part of the VF display fail to illuminate?
Yes → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → The condition is not present at this time. Monitor DRBIIIt

parameters while wiggling the related wire harness. Refer to any
Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply. Visually in-
spect the related wiring harness and connector terminals.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

380
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Symptom:
*SEAT BELT INDICATOR ALWAYS ON

POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT BELT SWITCH
SEAT BELT SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
SEAT BELT SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Seat Belt Switch harness connector.
Connect a jumper wire between cavity 1 and cavity 2.
NOTE: For vehicles equipped with Seat Belt Pre- Tensioner, use the Wiring
Diagrams as a guide to ensure proper terminal selection.
Turn the ignition on.
Observe the Seat Belt Indicator.
Did the Seat Belt Indicator illuminate for approximately 4 seconds and turn off?

Yes → Replace the Seat Belt Buckle in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 2

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Seat Belt Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Seat Belt Switch Ground circuit.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the Seat Belt Switch Ground circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Seat Belt Switch harness connector.
Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Seat Belt Switch Sense circuit between the Seat Belt
Switch connector and the Instrument Cluster connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Seat Belt Switch Sense circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service

Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

381
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Symptom:
*SEAT BELT INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT BELT SWITCH
SEAT BELT SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
SEAT BELT INDICATOR LED
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Ensure that the Junction Block Fuse #11 is not open. If the fuse is All
open make sure to check for a short to ground.
NOTE: Ensure that the Instrument Cluster is configured with the correct
code.
Perform the Instrument Cluster Self Test.
Turn the ignition off.
Press and hold the Trip/Reset button.
Turn the ignition to the Unlock position.
Observe the Seat Belt Indicator during the Self Test.
Did the Seat Belt indicator illuminate for approximately 4 seconds then turn off?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Go To 4

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Seat Belt Switch harness connector.
NOTE: Performing this test on vehicles equipped with Pre- Tensioners will
set a DTC in the ACM. Clear codes after repairs are complete.
Turn the ignition on.
Observe the Seat Belt Indicator
Did the Seat Belt indicator illuminate?
Yes → Replace the Seat Belt Buckle in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Disconnect the Seat Belt Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Seat Belt Switch Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Seat Belt Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service

Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

382
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

*SEAT BELT INDICATOR INOPERATIVE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 Turn the ignition off. All
Remove and test the Seat Belt Indicator LED.
Using a DVOM, select 9Diode Mode9 and connect the leads across the LED.
NOTE: Ensure that the RED lead is on the (+( of the LED.
Did the Seat Belt Indicator illuminate?
Yes → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the Seat Belt Indicator LED in accordance with the

Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

383
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Symptom:
*SPEEDOMETER NOT OPERATING PROPERLY

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
MISSING OR INCORRECT PINION FACTOR
VEHICLE SPEED MESSAGE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Using the DRBIIIt read EMIC, PCM, ABS and BCM DTC’s. All
Are there any DTC’s present?
Yes → Refer to the symptom list for problems related to the DTC.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 2

2 Perform the Instrument Cluster Self Test. All

Turn the ignition off.
Press and hold the Trip/Reset button.
Turn the ignition to the Unlock position.
Observe the Speedometer during the Self Test.
The Speedometer should position the indicator needle at the following calibration
points:
0, 100, 75, 55, 20, 0 (MPH)
Did the Speedometer needle position correctly?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 With the DRBIIIt, verify that the pinion factor is correctly programmed. All
Is the pinion factor programmed correctly?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Using the Diagnostic (Transmission, or Chassis)/Service Manual

Information as a guide, program the correct Pinion Factor.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

384
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

*SPEEDOMETER NOT OPERATING PROPERLY — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 Turn the ignition on. All
Drive the vehicle
With the DRBIIIt in Monitors, read the Vehicle Speed in the EMIC, BCM and the
PCM.
Does the EMIC or BCM Monitor display a different Vehicle Speed than the PCM
Wheel Speed?
Yes → Refer to symptom list for problems related to inaccurate Vehicle
Speed and communications.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → The condition is not present at this time. Monitor DRBIIIt
parameters while wiggling the related wire harness. Refer to any
Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply. Visually in-
spect the related wiring harness and connector terminals.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

385
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Symptom:
*TACHOMETER NOT OPERATING PROPERLY

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Using the DRBIIIt read EMIC, PCM and BCM DTC’s. All
Are there any DTC’s present?
Yes → Refer to symptom list for problems related to the DTC.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 2

2 Perform the Instrument Cluster Self Test. All

Turn the ignition off.
Press and hold the Trip/Reset button.
Turn the ignition to the Unlock position.
Observe the Tachometer during the Self Test.
The Tachometer should position the indicator needle at the following calibration
points:
0, 6000, 3000, 1000, 0
Did the Tachometer needle position correctly?

Yes → The condition is not present at this time. Monitor DRBIIIt

parameters while wiggling the related wire harness. Refer to any
Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply. Visually in-
spect the related wiring harness and connector terminals.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

386
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Symptom:
*TRACTION CONTROL INDICATOR ALWAYS ON

POSSIBLE CAUSES
TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH
TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: With the DRBIIIt, check for any DTCs in the CAB before proceeding. All
Make necessary repairs.
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the Traction Control Switch harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
NOTE: Wait approximately 10 seconds for the instrument cluster bulb check
sequence to finish.
Observe the Traction Control Indicator.
Is the Traction Control Indicator illuminated?
Yes → Go To 2
No → Replace the Traction Control Switch in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Traction Control Switch harness connector.
Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Traction Control Switch Sense
circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the Traction Control Switch Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service

Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

387
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Symptom:
*TRACTION CONTROL INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
TRACTION CONTROL INDICATOR BULB
TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH
TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: NOTE: With the DRBIIIt, check for any DTCs in the CAB before All
proceeding. Make necessary repairs.
Turn the ignition off.
Press and hold the Trip Reset button.
Turn the ignition to the Unlock position.
Release the Trip Reset button when the Self Test begins.
Observe the Traction Control Indicator during the Self Test.
Did the Traction Control Indicator illuminate during the Self Test?

Yes → Go To 2
No → Remove and inspect the Traction Control Indicator bulb and
socket, repair or replace as necessary. If the bulb and socket check
OK, replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Traction Control Switch harness connector.
Connect a jumper wire between the Traction Control Switch Sense circuit and the
Traction Control Switch ground circuit.
Did the Traction Control Indicator Illuminate?
Yes → Replace the Traction Control Switch in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Traction Control Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Traction Control Switch ground
circuit.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the Traction Control Switch ground circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

388
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

*TRACTION CONTROL INDICATOR INOPERATIVE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Traction Control Switch harness connector.
Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Traction Control Switch Sense circuit between the
Traction Control Switch connector and the Instrument Cluster connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Traction Control Switch Sense circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

389
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Symptom:
*VTSS INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
BCM OR SKIM DTC PRESENT
VTSS INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Verify the vehicle is equipped with VTSS/SKIM. All
NOTE: Ensure that the VTSS is enabled before proceeding with this test.
NOTE: Observe the VTSS indicator during the Bulb Check. If the indicator
does not illuminate, replace the Instrument Cluster.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt, read Body Control Module / SKIM DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display any DTCs?

Yes → Refer to the VEHICLE THEFT / SECURITY category and per-

form the appropriate symptom.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 2

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the BCM C1 harness connector.
Measure the voltage between the VTSS Indicator Driver circuit and ground.
Is the voltage above 10.5 volts?
Yes → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance
with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Instrument Cluster Harness connector.
Disconnect the BCM C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the VTSS Indicator Driver circuit.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the VTSS Indicator Driver circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

390
 INTERIOR LIGHTING

Symptom:
COURTESY LAMP OUTPUT FAILURE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

COURTESY LAMP OUTPUT FAILURE

When Monitored: Any time the courtesy lamps should be on - door ajar, illuminated entry,
or dimmer switch placed in dome lamp position.
Set Condition: BCM detects an over - voltage condition on its courtesy lamp output.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
SHORT TO BATTERY
SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt, clear all BCM DTC’s.
Actuate the Courtesy Lamps.
With the DRBIIIt, read the DTC information.
Does the DRBIIIt read: Courtesy Lamp Output Failure?
Yes → Go To 2
No → The condition that caused the symptom is currently not present.
Inspect the related wiring for a possible intermittent condition.
Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Disconnect the Junction Block harness connector. All

Turn on all overhead, map and rear rearing lamps by their own individual switches.
This will disconnect each lamp from the Courtesy Lamp Driver Circuit.
Did any lamp fail to light when it was turned on by it’s own switch?
Yes → Repair the short to Battery condition.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Junction Block Harness Connector from the front of the junction
block.
Remove the Body Control Module from the junction block.
Measure the voltage of the Courtesy Lamps Driver circuit.
Is there any voltage on the Courtesy Lamps Driver Circuit?

Yes → Repair the short to ground condition.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

391
INTERIOR LIGHTING

Symptom:
DIMMING LEVEL SWITCH INPUT FAILURE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

DIMMING LEVEL SWITCH INPUT FAILURE

When Monitored: Continuously.
Set Condition: BCM detects an open or short circuit condition for 10 consecutive seconds
on the dimming level switch input.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
OPEN CIRCUIT
SHORT TO GROUND
SHORT TO BATTERY
FAILED DIMMER SWITCH
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt, clear all BCM DTC’s.
Actuate the Dimming Level Switch.
With the DRBIIIt, read the DTC information.
Does the DRBIIIt read: Dimming Level Switch Input Failure?
Yes → Go To 2

No → The condition that caused the symptom is currently not present.

Inspect the related wiring for a possible intermittent condition.
Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Disconnect the Junction Block C11 Harness Connector from the front of the junction All
block.
Cycle the ignition switch off than back on.
Did the remaining courtesy lamps, door lamps come on?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Repair the open circuit condition.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

392
 INTERIOR LIGHTING

DIMMING LEVEL SWITCH INPUT FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Ensure the Junction Block Harness connector on the front of the junction block is All
connected before proceeding.
Turn on all overhead, map and rear rearing lamps by their own individual switches.
This will disconnect each lamp from the Courtesy Lamp Driver Circuit.
Did any lamp fail to light when it was turned on by it’s own switch?
Yes → Repair the short to ground condition.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 Ensure the Junction Block Harness connector on the front of the junction block is All
connected before proceeding.
Turn on all overhead, map and rear rearing lamps by their own individual switches.
This will disconnect each lamp from the Courtesy Lamp Driver Circuit.
Did any lamp fail to light when it was turned on by it’s own switch?

Yes → Repair the short to battery condition.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Junction Block Harness Connector from the front of the junction
block.
Remove the Body Control Module from the junction block.
Measure the voltage of the Courtesy Lamps Driver circuit.
Is there any voltage on the Courtesy Lamps Driver Circuit?
Yes → Replace the Dimmer Switch.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

393
INTERIOR LIGHTING

Symptom:
*COURTESY LAMP INOPERATIVE - ALL LAMPS

POSSIBLE CAUSES
JUNCTION BLOCK
OPEN FUSE
COURTESY LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Gain access to the junction block C10 Harness connector but do not disconnect. All
While back probing, measure the voltage of the Fused B+ circuit.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Replace the Junction Block

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Check Junction Block Fuse 5 All

Is Fuse 5 open?
Yes → Replace the open fuse.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 Back probe a jumper wire from the Courtesy Lamps Driver circuit to the Junction All
Block C10 connector and ground.
Do the courtesy lamps come on?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Repair the open Courtesy Lamp Driver circuit.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

394
 INTERIOR LIGHTING

Symptom:
*I/P ILLUMINATION LAMPS NOT WORKING PROPERLY

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DEFECTIVE BULB OR SOCKET
PANEL DIMMING CIRCUIT OPEN
PANEL DIMMING GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
ILLUMINATED COMPONENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
Turn on the Headlamps.
Turn the Dimmer Switch to the maximum brightness setting.
Observe all I/P illumination.
What was observed?
No I/P illumination.
Go To 7

Some I/P illumination.

Go To 2

2 Remove and inspect the I/P illumination bulbs and sockets of the affected component. All
Is there a problem with any bulb or socket?
Yes → Replace the defective bulb or socket as needed in accordance with
the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the Body Control Module harness connector.
Disconnect the affected component harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the Panel Dimming circuit between the Body Control
Module connector and the affected component harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Panel Dimming circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

395
INTERIOR LIGHTING

*I/P ILLUMINATION LAMPS NOT WORKING PROPERLY — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the affected component harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the Panel Dimming Ground
circuit of the affected component.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Repair the Panel Dimming ground circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 Ignition on, engine not running. All

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, back probe the affected component
Dimming circuit at the BCM harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 6
No → Go To 7

6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the illuminated component.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

396
 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

Symptom:
DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID OUTPUT FAILURE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID OUTPUT FAILURE

When Monitored: During decklid release solenoid actuation.
Set Condition: The BCM detects an open or short on the decklid release solenoid driver
circuit.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID OPEN
WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT DEFECT
DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE - DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO
VOLTAGE
BODY CONTROL MODULE - DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID DRIVER INOPERATIVE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIII, erase DTC’s. All
Press the decklid release switch several times.
With the DRBIII, read DTC’s.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Go To 10

2 Disconnect the Decklid Release Solenoid/Ajar Switch harness connector. All

Turn the ignition on.
Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to ground, check the Decklid Release Solenoid
Driver circuit.
Is the test light illuminated?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 5

397
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID OUTPUT FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Decklid Release Solenoid/Ajar Switch harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the Decklid Release Solenoid Driver circuit in the Decklid
Release Solenoid connector.
Is there any voltage present?

Yes → Repair the Decklid Release Solenoid Driver circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

4 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Decklid Release Solenoid/Ajar Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the ground circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 6
No → Repair the ground circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Decklid Release Solenoid/Ajar Switch harness connector.
Connect a 12-volt Test Light between the Decklid Release Solenoid Driver ckt and the
ground circuit (cavs 1 and 3).
Press the decklid release switch several times and observe the test light.
Did the test light illuminate when the switch was pressed?
Yes → Replace the Decklid Release Solenoid.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 7

7 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Decklid Release Solenoid/Ajar Switch harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Decklid Release Solenoid Driver
circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the Decklid Release Solenoid Driver circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

398
 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID OUTPUT FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

8 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Decklid Release Solenoid/Ajar Switch harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 connector
Measure the resistance of the Decklid Release Solenoid Driver circuit between the
Decklid Release Solenoid/Ajar Switch connector and the BCM C4 connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 9

No → Repair the Decklid Release Solenoid Driver circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

9 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

10 Turn the ignition off. All

Note: Visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
Note: Visually inspect the related wire harness connectors. Look for broken,
bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
Were any problems found?

Yes → Repair wiring harness/connectors as necessary.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

399
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

Symptom:
DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH FAILURE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH FAILURE

When Monitored: Continuously.
Set Condition: The BCM detects the decklid release switch stuck in the depressed
condition for more than 30 seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH SHORTED
DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT DEFECT
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIII, erase DTC’s. All
Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait at least 30 seconds.
With the DRBIII, read DTC’s.
Did this DTC reset?

Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 5

2 Disconnect the Decklid Release Switch harness connector. All

With the DRBIII, erase DTC’s.
Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait at least 30 seconds.
With the DRBIII, read DTC’s.
Did this DTC reset?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace the Decklid Release Switch.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Decklid Release Switch harness connector.
Disconnect the BCM 9C29 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Decklid Release Switch Sense
circuit.
Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the Decklid Release Switch Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

400
 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Body Control Module Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Note: Visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
Note: Visually inspect the related wire harness connectors. Look for broken,
bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
Were any problems found?
Yes → Repair wiring harness/connectors as necessary.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

401
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

Symptom:
DOOR LOCK SWITCH FAILURE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

DOOR LOCK SWITCH FAILURE

When Monitored: Continuously
Set Condition: When the BCM detects a signal on the Driver or Passenger Door Lock
Switch for over 8 seconds this code will set. If the voltage is over 5.5 volts for over 8 seconds,
both door lock switches will be inoperative until the offending input is corrected. This is an
active code only.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH SHORTED
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH SHORTED
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
SYSTEM INTERMITTENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - DOOR LOCK SWITCH SHORTED

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt, erase DTC’s. All
Operate both door lock switches to the lock and unlock positions several times.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTC’s.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Go To 7

2 Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Switch harness connector. All

Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIII, enter BODY COMPUTER then SENSORS and observe the Dr Lock
SW voltage
Is there any voltage present?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Replace the Driver Door Lock Switch.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Disconnect the Passenger Door Lock Switch harness connector. All

Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIII, enter BODY COMPUTER then SENSORS and observe the Dr Lock
SW voltage
Is there any voltage present?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Replace the Passenger Door Lock Switch.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

402
 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

DOOR LOCK SWITCH FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the BCM 9C49 harness connector.
Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Switch connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the Driver Door Lock Switch Mux circuit.
Is there any voltage present?
Yes → Repair the Driver Door Lock Switch Mux circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the BCM 9C49 harness connector.
Disconnect the Passenger Door Lock Switch connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the Passenger Door Lock Switch Mux circuit.
Is there any voltage present?
Yes → Repair the Passenger Door Lock Switch Mux circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6

6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 Turn the ignition off. All

Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Check for either switch possibly sticking
Were any problems found?
Yes → Repair or replace as necessary.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

403
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

Symptom:
DRIVER DOOR CENTRAL LOCK (ARM)/UNLOCK (DISARM)
SWITCH FAILURE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

DRIVER DOOR CENTRAL LOCK (ARM)/UNLOCK (DISARM) SWITCH FAILURE

When Monitored: Continuously
Set Condition: If the BCM detect a signal on the Driver Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit
for over 10 seconds this code will set and will ignore the offending input until it is corrected.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
BINDING DRIVER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH
DRIVER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
DRIVER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT DEFECT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - DRIVER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH FAILURE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt, erase DTC’s. All
Insert the key in the Driver Cylinder Lock Switch and rotate the key to the lock and
unlock positions several times.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTC’s.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Go To 6

2 Insert the key in the Driver Cylinder Lock Switch and rotate the key to the lock and All
unlock positions.
Does the key bind in any position?

Yes → Repair or replace the Driver Cylinder Lock Switch as necessary.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 Disconnect the Driver Cylinder Lock Switch harness connector. All

Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIII, enter 9Body Computer9 then 9Sensors9 and observe the Dr Door
Disarm SW voltage
Is there any voltage present?

Yes → Go To 4
No → Replace the Driver Cylinder Lock Switch.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

404
 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

DRIVER DOOR CENTRAL LOCK (ARM)/UNLOCK (DISARM) SWITCH

FAILURE — Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
4 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Driver Cylinder Lock Switch harness connector.
Disconnect the BCM 9C49 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the Driver Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit.
Is there any voltage present?
Yes → Repair the Driver Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition off. All

NOTE: Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring
and connectors.
Were any problems found?

Yes → Repair wiring harness or connectors as necessary.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

405
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

Symptom:
RKE FOB BATTERY LOW

When Monitored and Set Condition:

RKE FOB BATTERY LOW

When Monitored: Anytime an RKE message is received from the transmitter.
Set Condition: RKE receiver detects an RKE FOB battery low signal (less than 3 volts)
for 5 consecutive button presses.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
BATTERIES LOW
TRANSMITTER - LOW VOLTAGE OUTPUT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 To determine which transmitter set the code, press any button on each transmitter. All
If a chime in the BCM is heard when a button is pressed, that is the problem
transmitter.
Test the voltage of each battery in the problem transmitter..
Is the voltage at or above 3.0 in each battery?
Yes → Replace the RKE Transmitter.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the batteries.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

406
 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

Symptom:
RKE PROGRAM MODE ENTERED WITHOUT PROGRAM REQUEST

When Monitored and Set Condition:

RKE PROGRAM MODE ENTERED WITHOUT PROGRAM REQUEST

When Monitored: Continuously.
Set Condition: The BCM receives an indication from the RKE module that it has entered
program mode without the BCM requesting so.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE
RKE PROGRAM MODE ENTERED WITHOUT PROGRAM REQUEST

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Note: This DTC will only set if the BCM receives an indication from the RKE All
module that it has entered program mode without the BCM requesting so.
Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module and program a transmitter..
With the DRBIII, clear DTCs.
Operate the Door Locks several times with the RKE transmitter.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTC’s.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → If the replaced module was a test unit only, replace the RKE
module. Program all transmitters used with this vehicle.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

407
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

Symptom:
RKE UNABLE TO ENTER PROGRAM MODE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

RKE UNABLE TO ENTER PROGRAM MODE

When Monitored: While attempting to program RKE.
Set Condition: Lack of response from the RKE module while attempting to put it in
program mode.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE
RKE UNABLE TO ENTER PROGRAM MODE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Note: This DTC will only set when attempting to enter the program RKE All
mode.
Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module.
With the DRB, Clear DTC’s
With the DRB, attempt to enter the RKE program mode.
With the DRB, check DTC’s.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → If the replaced module was a test unit only, replace the RKE
module. Program all transmitters used with this vehicle.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

408
 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

Symptom:
*ALL DOORS EXCEPT DRIVER FAILING TO UNLOCK FROM ANY
SWITCH

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DOOR UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - UNLOCK RELAY

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 connector. All
Measure the resistance between ground and the any Unlock Relay Output circuits in
the BCM C4 connector..
Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms (should be infinite)?

Yes → Repair the Door Unlock Relay Output circuits as necessary.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 2

2 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair All

Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

409
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

Symptom:
*ALL DOORS FAILING TO LOCK AND UNLOCK FROM ANY
SWITCH

POSSIBLE CAUSES
JUNCTION BLOCK - FUSED B(+) OPEN
OPEN FUSE #9
OBSERVE THE DOOR LOCK SWITCH VOLTAGE STATUS
OBSERVE THE DOOR LOCK SWITCH VOLTAGE STATUS WITH SWITCH IN THE LOCK POSI-
TION
FUSED B+ CKT OPEN
LOCK OR UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT OPEN
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH MUX CIRCUITSHORT TO GROUND
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
PASSENAGER DOOR SWITCH MUX CIRCUITSHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LOCK RELAY CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE- CONTROL SHORTED

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Lower the drivers window. All
Remove the ignition key.
Unlock all doors.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Door Lock Relay.
Do the doors lock during the actuation test?

Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 10

2 With the DRBIII, observe the Door Lock Switch Voltage. All
Is the voltage above 0.2 volts?

Yes → Refer to symptom DOOR LOCK SWITCH FAILURE in the

POWER DOOR LOCK/RKE category.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIII, observe the Door Lock Switch voltage All
Press and hold the Driver Door Lock Switch in the lock position and observe the DRB.
Is the voltage above 2.2 volts with the switch pressed in the lock position?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module - Control open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

410
 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

*ALL DOORS FAILING TO LOCK AND UNLOCK FROM ANY SWITCH —

Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
4 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Switch connector.
Measure the voltage of the Fused B+ circuit.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?

Yes → Go To 5

No → Repair the open Fused B+ circuit.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Switch connector.
Disconnect the BCM 9C49 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Driver Door Switch MUX circuit to ground.
Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Driver Door Switch MUX circuit to ground.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6

6 Turn the ignition off. All

Ensure the Driver Door Lock Switch is connected before proceeding
Disconnect the BCM 9C49 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Driver Door Switch MUX circuit in the BCM C4
connector to ground.
Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms?
Yes → Replace the Driver Door Lock Switch.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7

7 Turn the ignition off. All

Ensure the Passenger Door Lock Switch is connected before proceeding
Disconnect the BCM 9C49 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Door Switch MUX circuit in the BCM C4
connector to ground.
Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms?

Yes → Replace the Passenger Door Lock Switch.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Passenger Door Lock Switch connector.
Disconnect the BCM 9C49 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Door Switch MUX circuit to ground.
Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Passenger Door Switch MUX circuit to ground.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9

9 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

411
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

*ALL DOORS FAILING TO LOCK AND UNLOCK FROM ANY SWITCH —

Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
10 Test both sides of fuse #9 for battery voltage. All
Is the fuse or circuit open?
Yes → Replace the fuse or repair the open circuit as necessary.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 11

11 Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 connector. All

Connect a jumper wire from the ground to the Passenger Unlock Relay Output circuit
in the C4 connector.
Momentarily connect the jumper wire from a fused B(+) supply to the Passenger Lock
Output circuit in the C4 connector and observe the door locks.
Reverse the jumper wires to drive the motor in the unlock position.
Did the door lock and unlock?
Yes → Using the wiring diagram/schmatic as a guide, repair the open
Lock or Unlock Relay Output circuits as necessary.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 12

12 Turn the ignition off. All

Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the Ground circuit.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes → Go To 13
No → Repair the open Ground circuit through the junction block.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

13 Turn the ignition off. All

Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block.
Measure the voltage between the Fused B(+) circuit and ground.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?
Yes → Go To 14

No → Replace the Junction Block.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

14 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair All

Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

412
 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

Symptom:
*ALL DOORS FAILING TO LOCK AND UNLOCK FROM ONE
SWITCH

POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN
DOOR CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
DOOR SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
DOOR CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN
DOOR SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN
POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH OPEN
DOOR CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE - DOOR CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH SENSE OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE - DOOR LOCK SWITCH SENSE OPEN

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Operate the door locks from the door lock switches and the door cylinder lock All
switches (if equipped).
Is the problem with a Door Cylinder Lock Switch (VTSS)?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Go To 7

2 Disconnect the inoperative Door Cylinder Lock Switch connector. All

Measure the voltage between the Fused B(+) circuit and ground.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Repair the Fused B(+) circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Disconnect the inoperative Door Cylinder Lock Switch connector. All

Disconnect the BCM C4 connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit.
Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Door Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

413
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

*ALL DOORS FAILING TO LOCK AND UNLOCK FROM ONE SWITCH —

Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
4 Disconnect the inoperative Door Cylinder Lock Switch connector. All
Disconnect the BCM C4 connector.
Measure the resistance of the Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit between the Switch
connector and the BCM C4 connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 5

No → Repair the Door Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Disconnect the inoperative Door Cylinder Lock Switch connector. All

Connect a jumper wire between the appropriate Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit
and Fused B(+).
With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the appropriate Door Arm/Disarm Switch voltage.
Is the voltage above 9.0 volts?

Yes → Replace the appropriate Door Cylinder Lock Switch.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6

6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 Disconnect the inoperative Door Lock Switch connector. All

Measure the voltage between the Fused B(+) circuit and ground.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?

Yes → Go To 8
No → Repair the Fused B(+) circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

8 Disconnect the inoperative Door Lock Switch connector. All

Disconnect the BCM C4 connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Door Switch Mux circuit.
Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the Door Switch Mux circuit for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9

9 Disconnect the inoperative Door Lock Switch connector. All

Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 connector.
Measure the resistance of the Door Switch Mux circuit between the Door Lock Switch
connector and the BCM C4 connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 10

No → Repair the Door Switch Mux circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

414
 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

*ALL DOORS FAILING TO LOCK AND UNLOCK FROM ONE SWITCH —

Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
10 Disconnect the inoperative Door Lock Switch connector. All
Connect a jumper wire between the Door Switch Mux circuit and Fused B(+).
With the DRBIIIt, read the Door Lock Sw Volts status.
Is the voltage above 9.0 volts?

Yes → Replace the Power Door Lock Switch.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 11

11 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

415
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

Symptom:
*ALL DOORS FAILING TO LOCK FROM ANY SWITCH

POSSIBLE CAUSES
LOCK RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LOCK RELAY OPEN

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 connector. All
Measure the resistance between ground and any Lock Relay Output circuits in the
BCM C4 connector..
Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms (should be infinite)?

Yes → Repair the Lock Relay Output circuits as necessary.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 2

2 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair All

Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

416
 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

Symptom:
*ALL DOORS FAILING TO LOCK FROM ONE SWITCH

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DOOR LOCK SWITCH OR DOOR CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH OPERATION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Lower the driver door window. All
Operate the power door lock switch or the door cylinder lock switch in the lock
position.
Is a Power Door Lock Switch or a Door Cylinder Lock Switch inoperative in the lock
position?
Yes → Replace the Power Door Lock Switch or Door Cylinder Lock
Switch.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

417
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

Symptom:
*ALL DOORS FAILING TO UNLOCK FROM ONE SWITCH

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DOOR LOCK SWITCH OR DOOR CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH OPERATION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Operate the power door lock switch or the door cylinder lock switch in the unlock All
position.
Is a Power Door Lock Switch or a Door Cylinder Lock Switch inoperative in the
unlock position?

Yes → Replace the Power Door Lock Switch or Door Cylinder Lock
Switch.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

418
 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

Symptom:
*AUTOMATIC (ROLLING) DOOR LOCKS INOPERATIVE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK THE DOOR AJAR SWITCH STATUS
WITH THE DRB CHECK FOR PCM DTC’S
WITH THE DRB ENABLE AUTO DOOR LOCKS
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Ensure all doors are closed. All
With the DRBIII, enter 9Body Computer9 then 9Input/Output9 and observe all of the
Door Ajar states.
Does the DRBIII display CLOSED for any door ajar state?

Yes → Refer to symptom for the appropriate DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT

SHORTED in the DOOR AJAR category.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 2

2 With the DRBIII read 9Engine9 DTC’s. All

Does the DRBIII display any TPS or VSS related DTC’s?
Yes → Refer to symptom list for problems related to DRIVEABILITY.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIII, enter 9Body Computer9 then 9Miscellaneous9 and observe the All
Rolling Door Lock status.
Does the DRBIII display ROLLING DOOR LOCKS: ENABLED
Yes → Go To 4

No → With the DRBIII, enable the Auto Door Locks.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace and program the Body Control Module Module in accor-
dance with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

419
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

Symptom:
*DECKLID RELEASE INOPERATIVE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK DTC’S
DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID OPEN
DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH OPEN
DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN
DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID DRIVER WIRE OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
BODY CONTROL MODULE - DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH SENSE OPEN

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs. All
Does the DRBIIIt display either DECKLID RELEASE DTC’?
Yes → Refer to symptom DECKLID RELEASE DTC’s in the POWER
DOOR LOCK/RKE category.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 2

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Decklid Release Solenoid/Ajar Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the ground circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Repair the ground circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Turn the ignition on. All

Disconnect the Decklid Release Solenoid/Ajar Switch harness connector.
Connect a 12-volt Test Light between the Decklid Release Solenoid Driver circuit and
the Ground circuit.
Have someone press the decklid release switch while you observe the test light.
Did the test light illuminate when the switch was pressed?
Yes → Replace the Decklid Release Solenoid.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

4 Disconnect the Decklid Release Switch harness connector. All

Measure the voltage between Decklid Release Switch Sense circuit and ground.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?

Yes → Go To 5

No → Go To 9

420
 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

*DECKLID RELEASE INOPERATIVE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Decklid Release Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Ground circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 6

No → Repair the Ground circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Ensure the Decklid Release Solenoid/Ajar Switch harness is connected before All
proceeding.
Disconnect the Decklid Release Switch harness connector.
Momentarily connect a jumper wire between the Ground circuit and the Decklid
Release Switch Sense circuit in the Decklid Release Switch harness connector and
listen for the solenoid to operate.
Did the solenoid release operate?
Yes → Replace the Decklid Release Switch.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 7

7 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Decklid Release Solenoid/Ajar Switch harness connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 connector.
Measure the resistance of the Decklid Release Solenoid Driver wire between the
Decklid Release Solenoid/Ajar Switch connector and the Body Control Module C4
connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 8
No → Repair the Decklid Release Solenoid Driver wire for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

8 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

9 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Decklid Release Switch harness connector.
Disconnect the BCM 9C29 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Decklid Release Switch Sense wire between the BCM
9C29 connector and the Decklid Release Switch connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Repair the Decklid Release Switch Sense wire for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

421
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

Symptom:
*DOOR LOCK INHIBIT INOPERATIVE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK THE DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH STATUS
OBSERVE THE KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH STATUS
IGNITION SWITCH OPEN
KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
BCM - INCORRECT KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH STATUS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Open the Driver’s front door. All
With the DRBIII, enter 9Body Computer9 then 9Input/Output9 and observe the Driver
Door Ajar status.
Does the DRBIII display DRV DR AJAR SW: CLOSED?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Refer to symptom DRIVER DOOR AJAR OPEN CIRCUIT in the

DOOR AJAR category.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 NOTE: Ensure that the Key is still in the Ignition Switch. All
With the DRBIII, enter 9Body Computer9 then 9Input/Output9 and read the Key-In
Ignition Switch status.
Does the DRBIII display: KEY-IN IGN SW: CLOSED?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Ignition Switch C3 connector.
Connect a jumper between the Key-In Ignition Switch Sense circuit and Ground
circuit.
With the DRBIII, enter 9Body Computer9 then 9Input/Output9 and observe the Key-In
Ignition Switch status.
Does the DRBIII display KEY-IN IGN: CLOSED?

Yes → Replace the Ignition Switch.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

422
 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

*DOOR LOCK INHIBIT INOPERATIVE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Ignition Switch C3 connector.
Turn all lights off.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Ground circuit in the Ignition
Switch C3 connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 5

No → Repair the ground circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Ignition Switch C3 connector.
Disconnect the Body Control Module 9C19 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Key-In Ignition Switch Sense circuit between the
ignition switch connector and the BCM 9C29 connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 6

No → Repair the Key-In Ignition Switch Sense circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

423
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

Symptom:
*DRIVER DOOR FAILS TO LOCK FROM ANY SWITCH

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER LOCK RELAY OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - DRIVER UNLOCK RELAY GROUND OPEN

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 connector. All
Measure the resistance between ground and the Driver Lock Relay Output circuit.
Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Driver Lock Relay Output circuit for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module - Driver Unlock Relay Ground
open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

424
 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

Symptom:
*DRIVER DOOR FAILS TO UNLOCK FROM ANY SWITCH

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT CKT SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK RELAY DRIVER OPEN

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Driver Unlock Relay Output circuit
in the Body Control Module C4 connector
Is the resistance below 100.0 ohm?
No → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Repair the Driver Unlock Relay Output circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

425
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

Symptom:
*ONE DOOR FAILS TO LOCK AND UNLOCK FROM ANY SWITCH

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DOOR LOCK MOTOR - OPEN
DRIVER LOCK RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR - OPEN
DRIVER UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
LOCK RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK RELAY OPEN

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Operate the door locks to determine which door lock is not operating properly. All
Is there a problem with the Driver Door Lock?
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 6

2 NOTE: This test is for a motor that is completely inoperative. If the motor All
either locks OR unlocks refer to symptom list for problems related to
DRIVER DOOR FAILING TO-.
Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector.
Connect a 12-volt Test Light between the Driver Unlock Relay Output and the Driver
Lock Relay Output circuits in the door lock motor connector.
Press the Door Lock Switch in the Lock and Unlock positions and observe the test
light.
Does the Test Light flash on and off as the switch is pressed?
Yes → Replace the Driver Door Lock Motor.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. All

Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 connector.
Measure the resistance of the Driver Lock Relay Output circuit between the BCM C4
connector and the Driver Door Lock Motor connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Repair the Lock Relay Output circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

426
 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

*ONE DOOR FAILS TO LOCK AND UNLOCK FROM ANY SWITCH —

Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
4 Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. All
Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 connector.
Measure the resistance of the Driver Unlock Relay Output circuit between the BCM
C4 connector and the Driver Door Lock Motor connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 5

No → Repair the Driver Unlock Relay Output circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Body Control Module - Driver Door Unlock Relay
open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Disconnect the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. All

Connect a 12-volt Test Light between the Unlock Relay Output and the Lock Relay
Output circuits in the door lock motor connector.
Press the Door Lock Switch in the Lock and Unlock positions and observe the test
light.
Does the Test Light flash on and off as the switch is pressed?

Yes → Replace the Door Lock Motor.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7

7 Disconnect the appropriate Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. All

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Lock Relay Output circuit.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Door Lock Relay and observe the Test Light.
Did the Test Light flash as the relay was actuated?

Yes → Go To 8
No → Repair the Lock Relay Output circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

8 Disconnect the appropriate Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. All

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Unlock Relay Output circuit.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Door Unlock Relay and observe the Test Light.
Did the Test Light flash as the relay was actuated?

Yes → Test Complete.

No → Repair the Unlock Relay Output circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

427
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

Symptom:
*REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY PROBLEM

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RKE DTC’S PRESENT
TEST TRANSMITTER WITH TESTER
RKE TRANSMITTER NOT PROGRAMMED
TESTING THE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE
REPLACE TRANSMITTER
RKE MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs. All
Are there any RKE related codes present?
Yes → Refer to symptom list for problems related to POWER DOOR
LOCKS/RKE.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 2

2 Do you have access to the Miller Special Tool 99001 RF DETECTOR9? All

Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 5

3 Using the 9001 RF Detector, follow the instructions on the back of the tester and test All
the transmitter several times.
Does the signal strength display 9STRONG9?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Replace the transmitter.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 With the DRBIIIt select BODY, BODY COMPUTER, MISCELLANEOUS, then All
PROGRAM RKE. Follow instructions on the screen.
Exit PROGRAM RKE. Try the Door Locks using the Transmitter.
Did the Door Locks respond properly to the Transmitter commands ?

Yes → Repair complete. Using the DRBIIIt, program all other Transmit-
ters used with this Vehicle.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module and reprogram all

transmitters used with this vehicle.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

428
 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

*REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY PROBLEM — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 Secure a known good transmitter from another JR or LH vehicle. All
With the DRBIII, enter BODY, BODY COMPUTER, MISCELLANEOUS then
PROGRAM RKE and follow the instructions to program the substitute transmitter.
NOTE: If the RKE module will not go into programming mode, replace the
RKE module and continue testing.
With the DRBIII, enter BODY, BODY COMPUTER, MISCELLANEOUS then RKE
FOB TEST and follow the instructions on the DRB.
Did the substitute RKE Transmitter respond correctly?

No → Replace the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Module and reprogram

all vehicle transmitters following the instructions on the DRBIII.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

Yes → Replace the RKE transmitter and reprogram all others used with
this vehicle..
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

429
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

Symptom:
*RKE HORN CHIRP INOPERATIVE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK THE HORN OPERATION
CHECK THE RKE HORN CHIRP STATUS
BODY CONTROL MODULE - HORN RELAY CONTROL OPEN

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Press the horn button on the steering wheel. All
Does the horn sound?
Yes → Go To 2
No → Refer to symptom HORNS FAIL TO SOUND in the VEHICLE
THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM category.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 With the DRBIII, enter 9Body Computer9, 9Miscellaneous9 then 9RKE Horn Chirp9 All
and observe the horn chirp status.
Does the DRBIII display HORN CHIRP: DISABLED?

Yes → With the DRBIII, enable the Horn Chirp.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

430
 POWER TOP

Symptom:
POWER TOP SWITCH OPEN OR SHORTED TO BATTERY

When Monitored and Set Condition:

POWER TOP SWITCH OPEN OR SHORTED TO BATTERY

When Monitored: Whenever the ignition is on.
Set Condition: Normal power top switch voltage is approximately 1.0 to 11.5 volts. When
the BCM senses voltage above this threshold for over 10 seconds, this code will set.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH GROUND OPEN
CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH MUX WIRE OPEN
CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH MUX WIRE SHORT TO BATTERY
CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH OPEN
CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY
BODY CONTROL MODULE - CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH MUX OPEN

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt, erase DTCs. All
Turn the ignition on.
Operate the power top in all positions including the 4 window drop position.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display POWER TOP SWITCH OPEN OR SHORTED TO
BATTERY?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the

wiring and connectors for a possible intermittent open or short to
battery.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 connector. All

Measure the voltage of the Convertible Top Switch Mux circuit to ground.
Is there any voltage present?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 4

431
POWER TOP

POWER TOP SWITCH OPEN OR SHORTED TO BATTERY — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 connector. All
Disconnect the Power Top Switch connector.
Measure the voltage of the Convertible Top Switch Mux circuit to ground.
Is there any voltage present?

Yes → Repair the Convertible Top Switch Mux wire for a short to battery.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace Convertible Top Switch.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 connector. All

Measure the resistance between ground and the Convertible Top Switch Mux circuit.
Is the resistance between 4500.0 and 4900,0 ohms?

Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 5

5 Disconnect the Power Top Switch connector. All

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the Ground circuit in the Power
Top Switch connector.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 6
No → Repair the Ground circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 connector. All

Disconnect the Power Top Switch connector.
Measure the resistance of the Convertible Top Switch Mux circuit from the BCM C4
connector to the Power Top Switch connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 7
No → Repair the Convertible Top Switch Mux wire for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Convertible Top Switch.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

432
 POWER TOP

Symptom:
POWER TOP SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND

When Monitored and Set Condition:

POWER TOP SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND

When Monitored: Whenever the ignition is on.
Set Condition: Normal power top switch voltage is approximately 1.0 to 11.5 volts. When
the BCM senses voltage under 1.0 volts for over 10 seconds, this code will set.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
POWER TOP SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH MUX WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH MUX SHORT TO GROUND

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt, erase DTCs. All
Turn the ignition on.
Operate the power top in all positions including the 4 window drop position.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display POWER TOP SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND?
Yes → Go To 2
No → Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the
wiring and connectors for a possible intermittent short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Disconnect the Power Top Switch connector. All

With the DRBIIIt, erase DTCs.
Cycle the ignition switch from OFF to ON.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display POWER TOP SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace the Power Top Switch.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 connector. All

Disconnect the Power Top Switch connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Convertible Top Switch Mux circuit.
Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the Convertible Top Switch Mux wire for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

433
POWER TOP

POWER TOP SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

434
 POWER TOP

Symptom:
POWER TOP SWITCH STUCK

When Monitored and Set Condition:

POWER TOP SWITCH STUCK

When Monitored: Whenever the ignition is on.
Set Condition: Normal operation of this switch consists of pressing it for only a few
seconds. If the BCM detects the switch stuck in a depressed condition for more than 28
seconds, this code will set and the BCM will ignore the input until the condition is
corrected.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
POWER TOP SWITCH STUCK
CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH MUX WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH MUX

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt, erase DTCs. All
Turn the ignition on.
Operate the power top in all positions including the 4 window drop position.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display POWER TOP SWITCH STUCK?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Check the switch for a possible sticking condition. Using the

wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and
connectors for a possible intermittent short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Disconnect the Power Top Switch connector. All

With the DRBIIIt, erase DTCs.
Cycle the ignition switch from OFF to ON.
Wait one minute.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display POWER TOP SWITCH STUCK?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Replace the Power Top Switch.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

435
POWER TOP

POWER TOP SWITCH STUCK — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 connector. All
Disconnect the Power Top Switch connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Convertible Top Switch Mux circuit.
Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Convertible Top Switch Mux wire for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

436
 POWER TOP

Symptom:
*FOUR WINDOW DROP INOPERATIVE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT OPEN
WINDOW DOWN RELAY CONTROL OPEN
WINDOW DROP RELAY ASSEMBLY OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE - WINDOW DOWN RELAY CONTROL OPEN

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Ensure the power windows are operating properly from the master All
switch before proceeding.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display any POWER TOP SWITCH ----DTC’s?
No → Go To 2

Yes → Refer to symptom POWER TOP SWITCH --- in the POWER TOP
category.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Prepare the vehicle for the top to operate. All

With the DRBIIIt, read the CONVERT TOP SW voltage
Press the Top Switch to the second detent and observe the voltage.
Is the voltage between 1.6 and 2.2 volts when the switch is pressed?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Replace the Power Top Switch.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Disconnect the Window Drop Relay Assembly connector. All

Turn the ignition on.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check all Fused Ignition Switch
Output circuits.
Does the test light illuminate brightly on all circuits?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Using the schematic as a guide, repair the Fused Ignition Switch

Output circuit(s) for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

437
POWER TOP

*FOUR WINDOW DROP INOPERATIVE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 Disconnect the Window Drop Relay Assembly connector. All
Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 connector.
Turn the ignition off.
Measure the resistance of the Window Down Relay Control circuit between the
Window Drop Relay Assembly connector and the BCM C4 connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 5

No → Repair the Window Down Relay Control circuit for an open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 connector. All

Turn the ignition on.
Momentarily connect a jumper wire between ground and the Window Down Relay
Control circuit in the BCM C4 connector.
Did all four windows go down when the wire was grounded?
Yes → Go To 6
No → Replace the Window Drop Relay Assembly.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

438
 VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY

Symptom:
DECKLID SWITCH DISARM FAILURE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

DECKLID SWITCH DISARM FAILURE

When Monitored: Continuously
Set Condition: If the decklid disarm switch is sensed in the open position for greater than
30 seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
DECKLID CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH GROUND OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
DECKLID CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH OPEN
DECKLID SECURITY SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: When this code is present, the VTSS indicator will illuminate solid during the All
arming process.
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase DTC’s.
Cycle the ignition switch from ON to OFF.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTC’s.
Operate the Decklid Cylinder Lock Switch several times while monitoring the
DRBIIIt.
Does the DRBIIIt display DECKLID SWITCH DISARM FAILURE?
Yes → Go To 2

No → The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present.

Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the
related wiring harness and connectors for a possible intermittent
condition.

2 Disconnect the Decklid Cylinder Lock Switch connector. All

Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, test the Ground circuit for continuity.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the Ground circuit for an open.
Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.

439
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY

DECKLID SWITCH DISARM FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Disconnect the Decklid Cylinder Lock Switch connector. All
Connect a jumper wire between the Decklid Security Switch Sense circuit and the
ground wire.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the DECKLID KEY CYL SW state.
Does the DRBIIIt display CLOSED?
Yes → Replace the Decklid Cylinder Lock Switch.
Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.

No → Go To 4

4 Disconnect the Body Control Module C4 harness connector. All

Disconnect the Decklid Cylinder Lock Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.

Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.
No → Repair the Decklid Security Switch Sense circuit for an open.
Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.

440
 VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY

Symptom:
*ALARM TRIPS ON ITS OWN

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ALARM INPUT STATUS
INTERMITTENT CONDITION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the Last VTSS Cause state. All
Were there any causes displayed?

Yes → Check for a possible intermittent condition with the circuit

indicated by the DRBIIIt.

No → The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present.

Inspect the related wiring harness for a possible intermittent
condition. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched or partially
broken wires.

441
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY

Symptom:
*COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE WITH ALARM TRIPPED

POSSIBLE CAUSES
COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the Courtesy Lamps on. All
Do the Courtesy Lamps operate properly?

Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.

Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.

No → Refer to symptom COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE - ALL

LAMPS in the INTERIOR LIGHTING category.

442
 VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY

Symptom:
*DRIVER DOOR KEY FAILS TO ARM OR DISARM VTSS

POSSIBLE CAUSES
DOOR SWITCH FAILURE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 For this failure, proceed with diagnosis. All

For this condition:

Refer to symptom DOOR CENTRAL LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH
FAILURE in the POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE CATAGORY.

443
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY

Symptom:
*HEADLAMPS INOPERATIVE WITH ALARM TRIPPED (IF EN-
ABLED)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
LOW BEAM HEADLAMPS INOPERATIVE
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
HEADLAMP DELAY RELAY
JUNCTION BLOCK - OPEN FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT
JUNCTION BLOCK - OPEN HEADLAMP DELAY RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT
HEADLAMP DELAY RELAY

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the Low Beam Headlamps on. All
Do the Low Beam Headlamps operate properly?
Yes → Go To 2
No → Refer to symptom LOW BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN
ON in the EXTERIOR LIGHTING category.

2 Turn the Headlamps off. All

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Headlamp Delay Relay.
Do the Headlamps flash while actuating the Headlamp Delay Relay?

Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.

No → Go To 3

3 Remove the Headlamp Delay Relay from the Junction Block. All
Temporarily remove the Horn Relay from the Junction Block.
Reinstall the Horn Relay in place of the Headlamp Delay Relay.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Headlamp Delay Relay.
Do the Headlamps flash while actuating the Headlamp Delay Relay?
Yes → Replace the Headlamp Delay Relay.

No → Go To 4

4 Remove the Horn Relay from the Headlamp Delay Relay location in the Junction All
Block.
Reinstall the Horn Relay to its original location.
Measure the voltage of the Fused B(+) circuits at the Headlamp Delay Relay
connector.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts at each cavity?

Yes → Go To 5
No → Refer to symptom HEADLAMP TIME DELAY INOPERATIVE in
the EXTERIOR LIGHTING category.

444
 VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY

*HEADLAMPS INOPERATIVE WITH ALARM TRIPPED (IF ENABLED) —

Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
5 Remove the Headlamp Delay Relay from the junction block. All
Remove the BCM from the junction block.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B(+) circuit and the Headlamp Delay
Relay Control circuit at the Headlamp Delay Relay connector.
Measure the voltage of the Headlamp Delay Relay Control circuit (cavity 5) in the
BCM internal connector.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?

Yes → Go To 6

No → Replace the Junction Block.

Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.

6 Disconnect the jumper wire. All

Reinstall the Headlamp Delay Relay in the Junction Block.
Remove the BCM from the junction block.
Measure the voltage of the Headlamp Delay Relay Control circuit (cavity 5) in the
BCM internal connector.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.
No → Replace the Headlamp Delay Relay.
Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.

445
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY

Symptom:
*HORNS FAIL TO SOUND WITH ALARM TRIPPED (IF ENABLED)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
HORN CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION
OPEN DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 A failure in the Horn Relay Control circuit, Horn Relay Output circuit, or the Door All
Ajar circuits could cause this failure. The Horn Relay Control circuit will be
diagnosed first.
Continue to the Horn Functional Test for further diagnosis.

Horn Functional Test.

Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, actuate the HORN RELAY. All

Do the Horns sound while actuating the Horn Relay.
Yes → Go To 3

No → Refer to HORNS FAIL TO SOUND symptom in the VTSS cat-

agory.

3 With the DRBIIIt, in Inputs/Outputs, read the following Door/Decklid Ajar Switch All
states.
DRV DR AJAR SW
PAS DR AJAR SW
LR DR AJAR SW (4 Door)
RR DR AJAR SW (4 Door)
DECKLID AJAR SW
Do the Door/Decklid Ajar Switch states appear correct?

Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.

Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.
No → Refer to the appropriate DOOR AJAR test in the DOOR AJAR
catagory.

446
 VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY

Symptom:
*VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM DRIVER DOOR

POSSIBLE CAUSES
BODY CONTROL MODULE
INVALID DOOR AJAR INPUT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt, read the DRV DR AJAR SW status. All
Open the driver door.
Does the DRBIIIt display CLOSED?

Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Refer to symptom DRIVER DOOR AJAR CKT OPEN in the
DOOR AJAR category.

447
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY

Symptom:
*VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM LEFT REAR DOOR

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INVALID DOOR AJAR INPUT
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt, read the LR DR AJAR SW status. All
Open the left rear door.
Does the DRBIIIt display CLOSED?

Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.

Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.
No → Refer to symptom LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR CKT OPEN in the
DOOR AJAR category.

448
 VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY

Symptom:
*VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM PASSENGER DOOR

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INVALID DOOR AJAR INPUT
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt, read the PAS DR AJAR SW status. All
Open the passenger door.
Does the DRBIIIt display CLOSED?

Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.

Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.
No → Refer to symptom PASSENGER DOOR AJAR CKT OPEN in the
DOOR AJAR category.

449
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY

Symptom:
*VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM RIGHT REAR DOOR

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INVALID DOOR AJAR INPUT
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt, read the RR DR AJAR SW status. All
Open the right rear door.
Does the DRBIIIt display CLOSED?

Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.

Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.
No → Refer to symptom RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR CKT OPEN in the
DOOR AJAR category.

450
 VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY

Symptom:
*VTSS INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
VTSS INDICATOR LAMP TEST
OPEN FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT
OPEN JUNCTION BLOCK
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
OPEN VTSS LED
VTSS INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
OPEN FUSE #7

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt, actuate the VTSS LAMP. All
Does the VTSS Lamp flash while actuating the Lamp?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.

No → Go To 2

2 Remove and inspect Fuse #7 in the Junction Block. All

Is the fuse open?
Yes → Inspect/repair the Fused B(+) circuit for a short to ground.
Replace the Fuse.
Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.

No → Go To 3

3 Reinstall Fuse #7 in the Junction Block. All

Gain access to the Junction Block connector C7.
While back probing, measure the voltage of the Fused B(+) circuit at the Junction
Block connector C7.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Replace the Junction Block.

Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.

4 Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector. All

Measure the voltage of the Fused B(+ ) circuit at cavity 21.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?
Yes → Go To 5

No → Repair the Fused B(+) circuit for an open.

Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.

451
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY

*VTSS INDICATOR INOPERATIVE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 Remove the VTSS Indicator Bulb from the Instrument Cluster. All
Inspect the VTSS Indicator Bulb and socket.
Is there a problem with the bulb or socket?

Yes → Repair or replace the VTSS Indicator Bulb or socket as needed.

Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.

No → Go To 6

6 Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector. All

Connect a voltmeter positive probe to a 12.0 volt supply and connect the ground probe
to the VTSS Indicator Driver circuit at the Instrument Cluster connector.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRB in Vehicle Theft, actuate the VTSS Indicator lamp.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts when the VTSS Indicator lamp is actuated?
Yes → Replace the Instrument Cluster assembly.
Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.
No → Go To 7

7 Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector. All

Disconnect the BCM C1 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the VTSS Indicator Driver circuit between the Instrument
Cluster connector and the BCM C1 connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.

No → Repair the VTSS Indicator Driver circuit for an open.

Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.

452
 VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY

Symptom:
*VTSS NO TRIP FROM DECKLID

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INVALID DECKLID AJAR INPUT
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt, read the DECKLID AJAR SW status. All
Open the decklid.
Does the DRBIIIt display CLOSED?

Yes → Replace the Body Control Module.

Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.
No → Refer to symptom DECKLID DOOR AJAR CKT OPEN in the
DOOR AJAR category.

453
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY

Symptom:
*VTSS WILL NOT ARM

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK THE VTSS STATUS
CHECK THE BCM FOR DTCS
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt, check that the Theft Alarm is enabled. All
Was the Theft Alarm enabled?
Yes → Go To 2
No → With the DRBIIIt, enable the Vehicle Theft Security System
(VTSS).
Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.

2 With the DRBIIIt, read the active DTC’s. All

Are any VTSS related DTC’s present?
Yes → Refer to the Symptom List and diagnose the appropriate symp-
tom.

No → Replace the Body Control Module.

Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.

454
 WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER

Symptom:
WIPER ON/OFF RELAY OUTPUT SHORTED HIGH

When Monitored and Set Condition:

WIPER ON/OFF RELAY OUTPUT SHORTED HIGH

When Monitored: Continuoulsy.
Set Condition: BCM detects a high level on the wiper on/off relay output when it is
attempting to turn on the wipers.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
SHORT TO BATTERY
HI/LO WIPER RELAY
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt, clear all BCM DTC’s.
Actuate the Wipers.
With the DRBIIIt, read the DTC information.
Does the DRBIIIt read: Wiper On/Off Relay Output Shorted High?
Yes → Go To 2
No → The condition that caused the symptom is currently not present.
Inspect the related wiring for a possible intermittent condition.
Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the HI/LO Wiper Relay.
Disconnect the BCM from the junction block.
Measure the voltage of the HI/LO Wiper Relay Control Circuit.
Is the voltage below 5.0 volts?
Yes → Repair the Wiper HI/LO Relay Control Circuit for a short to
battery
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Install a known good relay in place of the HI/LO Wiper Relay.
Turn the Wipers on.
Do the Wipers operate normally?

Yes → Replace the HI/LO Wiper Relay.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

455
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER

Symptom:
WIPER ON/OFF RELAY OUTPUT SHORTED LOW

When Monitored and Set Condition:

WIPER ON/OFF RELAY OUTPUT SHORTED LOW

When Monitored: Continuously.
Set Condition: BCM detects a low (ground) signal on the wiper on/off relay output.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
OPEN CIRCUIT
SHORT TO GROUND
HI/LO WIPER RELAY
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt, clear all BCM DTC’s.
Actuate the Wipers.
With the DRBIIIt, read the DTC information.
Does the DRBIIIt read: Wiper On/Off Relay Output Shorted Low?
Yes → Go To 2

No → The condition that caused the symptom is currently not present.

Inspect the related wiring for a possible intermittent condition.
Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Disconnect the BCM from the junction block. All

Connect a jumper wire between the HI/LO Wiper Relay Control Circuit and ground
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the wiper relay.
Does the Wiper Relay show CLOSED?

Yes → Repair the HI/LO Wiper Relay Control Circuit for an open
condition.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Remove the HI/LO Wiper Relay.
Disconnect the BCM from the junction block.
Measure the resistance of the HI/LO Wiper Relay Output Circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the HI/LO Wiper Relay Output Circuit for a short to
ground condition.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

456
 WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER

WIPER ON/OFF RELAY OUTPUT SHORTED LOW — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 Turn the ignition off. All
Install a known good relay in place of the HI/LO Wiper Relay.
Turn the wipers on.
Do the Wipers operate normally?

Yes → Replace the Wiper HI/LO Relay.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the Body Control Module.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

457
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER

Symptom:
WIPER PARK SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

WIPER PARK SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT

When Monitored: With the wipers on (any speed).
Set Condition: BCM fails to detect a park signal from the wiper motor for 18 consecutive
seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
OPEN WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT
SHORT TO BATTERY
WIPER MOTOR
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt, clear all BCM DTC’s.
Actuate the Wipers.
With the DRBIIIt, read the DTC information.
Does the DRBIIIt read: Wiper Park Switch Open Circuit?
Yes → Go To 2

No → The condition that caused the symptom is currently not present.

Inspect the related wiring for a possible intermittent condition.
Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Disconnect the BCM C3 harness connector. All

Connect a jumper wire between the Wiper Park Switch Sense Circuit and ground.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the Wiper Park Switch.
Does the Wiper Park Switch show CLOSED?

Yes → Repair the Wiper Park Switch Sense Circuit for an open condi-
tion.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

458
 WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER

WIPER PARK SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Wiper Park Switch.
Disconnect the BCM from the junction block.
Measure the voltage of the Wiper Relay Control Circuit.
Is the voltage below 5.0 volts?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Repair the HI/LO Wiper Relay Control Circuit for a short to

voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 Turn the Wipers off. All

Disconnect the Wiper Motor Connector.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the Wiper Park Switch.
Connect a jumper wire between the Wiper Park Switch Sense Circuit and ground.
Does the Wiper Park Switch show CLOSED?
Yes → Replace the Wiper Motor.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the Body Control Module.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

459
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER

Symptom:
WIPER PARK SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND

When Monitored and Set Condition:

WIPER PARK SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND

When Monitored: With the wipers on (any speed).
Set Condition: BCM fails to detect a park signal from the wiper motor.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
SHORT TO GROUND
WIPER SWITCH
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt, clear all BCM DTC’s.
Actuate the Wipers.
With the DRBIIIt, read the DTC information.
Does the DRBIIIt read: Wiper Park Switch Shorted to Ground?
Yes → Go To 2
No → The condition that caused the symptom is currently not present.
Inspect the related wiring for a possible intermittent condition.
Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Junction Block Harness Connector from the front of the junction
block.
Disconnect the Wiper Park Switch harness connector.
Remove the Body Control Module from the junction block.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Wiper Park Switch Sense
circuit.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Repair the Wiper Park Switch Sense Circuit for a short to ground
condition.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

460
 WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER

WIPER PARK SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Disconnect the Junction Block harness connector. All
Disconnect the Wiper Switch connector.
Measure the resistance of the Wiper Switch MUX Circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Replace the Wiper Switch.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the Body Control Module.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

461
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER

Symptom:
*HEADLAMP WASHER INOPERATIVE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN
HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
HEADLAMP WASHER PUMP MOTOR
HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY
BODY CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the Washer Pump connector.
Measure the resistance of the Washer Pump ground circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 2
No → Repair the open Washer Pump ground circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition on. All

Disconnect the Headlamp Washer Relay.
Measure the voltage of the Fused B+ Circuit.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Repair the Fused B+ Circuit for an open condition.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the Headlamp Washer Relay.
Disconnect the BCM C3 harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Headlamp Washer Relay Control Circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Repair the Headlamp Washer Relay Control Circuit for a open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 Disconnect the Headlamp Washer Relay. All

Disconnect the Headlamp Washer Pump Motor.
Measure the resistance of the Headlamp Washer Relay Output Circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 5

No → Repair the Headlamp Washer Relay Output Circuit for a open.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

462
 WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER

*HEADLAMP WASHER INOPERATIVE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 Turn the ignition on. All
Disconnect the Headlamp Washer Pump Motor connector.
Actuate the washers.
Measure the voltage of the Washer Pump Output Circuit.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?
Yes → Replace the Headlamp Washer Pump Motor.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

6 Turn the ignition off. All

Install a known good relay in place of the Headlamp Washer Relay.
Turn the Washers on.
Do the Headlamp Washers operate normally?

Yes → Replace the Headlamp Washer Relay.

Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

463
VERIFICATION TESTS

Verification Tests
40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 APPLICABILITY
1. NOTE: After completion of the Transmission Verification Test, the Powertrain All
Verification Test must be performed. Refer to the Powertrain Category.
2. Connect the DRBIIIt to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
3. Reconnect any disconnected components.
4. With the DRBIIIt, erase all Transmission DTC’s, also erase the PCM DTC’s.
5. Perform *PRNDL FAULT CLEARING PROCEDURE after completion of repairs for P0706
CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL.
6. With the DRBIIIt, display Transmission Temperature. Start and run the engine until the
Transmission Temperature is HOT, above 43° C or 110° F.
7. Check the transmission fluid and adjust if necessary. Refer to the Service Information for the
Fluid Fill procedure.
8. NOTE: If the Transmission Control Module or Torque Converter has been replaced,
or if the Transmission has been repaired or replaced, it is necessary to perform the
DRBIIIt Quick Learn Procedure and reset the (Pinion Factor(.
9. Road test the vehicle. With the DRBIIIt, monitor the engine RPM. Make 15 to 20 1-2, 2-3,
3-4 upshifts. Perform these shifts from a standing start to 45 MPH with a constant throttle
opening of 20 to 25 degrees.
10. Below 25 MPH, make 5 to 8 wide open throttle kickdowns to 1st gear. Allow at least 5
seconds each in 2nd and 3rd gear between each kickdown.
11. For a specific DTC, drive the vehicle to the Symptom’s When Monitored/When Set
conditions to verify the DTC is repaired.
12. If equipped with AutoStickt, upshift and downshift several times using the AutoStickt
feature during the road test.
13. NOTE: Use the EATX OBDII task manager to run Good Trip time in each gear, this
will confirm the repair and to ensure that the DTC has not re-matured.
14. Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC’s) during the road test. If a DTC sets during the
road test , return to the Symptom list and perform the appropriate symptom.
15. NOTE: Erase P0700 DTC in the PCM to turn the MIL light off after making
transmission repairs.
Were there any Diagnostic Trouble Codes set during the road test?

Yes → Repair is not complete, refer to the appropriate symptom.

No → Repair is complete.

464
 VERIFICATION TESTS

Verification Tests — Continued

41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 APPLICABILITY

1. Connect the DRBIIIt to the Data Link Connector (DLC). All
2. Reconnect any disconnected components.
3. With the DRBIIIt, erase all Transmission DTC’s, also erase the PCM DTC’s.
4. Perform *PRNDL FAULT CLEARING PROCEDURE after completion of repairs for P0706
CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL.
5. NOTE: Erase DTC P0700 in the PCM to turn the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
off after making Transmission repairs.
6. With the DRBIIIt, display Transmission Temperature. Start and run the engine until the
Transmission Temperature is HOT - above 43° C or 110° F.
7. Check the Transmission Fluid and adjust if necessary. Refer to the Service information for
the Fluid Fill procedure.
8. NOTE: If the Transmission Control Module or the Transmission has been repaired
or replaced it is necessary to perform the DRBIIIt Quick Learn Procedure and reset
the (Pinion Factor(
9. Road test the vehicle. With the DRBIIIt, monitor the engine RPM. Make 15 to 20 1-2, 2-3,
3-4 upshifts. Perform these shifts from a standing start to 45 MPH with a constant throttle
opening of 20 to 25 degrees.
10. Below 25 MPH, make 5 to 8 wide open throttle kickdowns to 1st gear. Allow at least 5
seconds each in 2nd and 3rd gear between each kickdown.
11. For a specific DTC, drive the vehicle to the Symptom’s When Monitored/When Set
conditions to verify the DTC repair.
12. If equipped with AutoStickt, up-shift and down-shift several times using the AutoStickt
feature during the road test.
13. NOTE: Use the EATX OBDII Task Manager to run Good Trip time in each gear, this
will confirm the repair and to ensure that the DTC has not re-matured.
14. Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC’s) during the road test. If a DTC sets during the
road test , return to the Symptom list and perform the appropriate Symptom.
Were there any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) set during the road test?

Yes → Refer to the Symptom List for appropriate Symptom(s).

No → Repair is complete.

ABS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 APPLICABILITY

1. Turn the ignition off. All
2. Connect all previously disconnected components and connectors.
3. Ensure all accessories are turned off and the battery is fully charged.
4. Ensure that the Ignition is on, and with the DRBIII, erase all Diagnostic Trouble Codes from
ALL modules. Start the engine and allow it to run for 2 minutes and fully operate the system
that was malfunctioning.
5. Turn the ignition off and wait 5 seconds. Turn the ignition on and using the DRBIII, read
DTC’s from ALL modules.
6. If any Diagnostic Trouble Codes are present, return to Symptom list and troubleshoot new
or recurring symptom.
7. NOTE: For Sensor Signal and Pump Motor faults, the CAB must sense all 4 wheels
at 25 km/h (15 mph) before it will extinguish the ABS Indicator.
8. If there are no DTC’s present after turning ignition on, road test the vehicle for at least 5
minutes. Perform several antilock braking stops.
9. Caution: Ensure braking capability is available before road testing.
10. Again, with the DRBIIIt read DTC’s. If any DTC’s are present, return to Symptom list.
11. If there are no Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC’s) present, and the customer’s concern can no
longer be duplicated, the repair is complete.
Are any DTC’s present or is the original concern still present?

Yes → Repair is not complete, refer to appropriate symptom.

No → Repair is complete.

465
VERIFICATION TESTS

Verification Tests — Continued

BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 APPLICABILITY

1. Disconnect all jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components and All
connectors.
2. NOTE: If the SKIM or PCM was replaced, refer to the service information for
proper programming procedures.
3. If the Body Control Module was replaced, turn the ignition on for 15 seconds (to allow the new
BCM to learn VIN) or engine may not start (if VTSS equipped). If the vehicle is equipped with
VTSS, use the DRBIIIt and enable VTSS.
4. Program all RKE transmitters and other options as necessary.
5. If any repairs were made to the HVAC System, either disconnect the battery or remove JB
Fuse #5 for five minutes, or using the DRBIIIt, select Body, Body Computer, Miscellaneous, and
Calibrate HVAC Door Motors.
6. Ensure that all accessories are turned off and the battery is fully charged.
7. With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from ALL modules. Start and run the engine
for 2 minutes. Operate all functions of the system that caused the original concern.
8. Turn the ignition off and wait 5 seconds. Turn the ignition on and using the DRBIIIt, read
DTC’s from ALL modules.
Are any DTC’s present or is the original condition still present?

Yes → Repair is not complete, refer to the appropriate symptom.

No → Repair is complete.

POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1 APPLICABILITY

1. NOTE: If the PCM has been replaced and the correct VIN and mileage have not All
been programmed, a DTC will be set in the ABS Module, Airbag Module and the
SKIM.
2. NOTE: If the vehicle is equipped with a Sentry Key Immobilizer System, Secret Key
data must be updated. Refer to the Service Information for the PCM, SKIM and the
Transponder (ignition key) for programming information.
3. Inspect the vehicle to ensure that all components related to the repair are connected properly.
4. Inspect the engine oil for fuel contamination. Replace the oil and filter as necessary.
5. Attempt to start the engine.
6. If the No Start condition is still present, refer to the symptom list and perform the diagnostic
testing as necessary. refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.
7. Run the engine for one warm-up cycle to verify operation.
8. With the DRBIIIt, confirm that no DTCs or Secondary Indicators are present and that all
components are functioning properly.
9. If a DTC is present, refer to the appropriate category and select the corresponding symptom.
Are any DTCs present?

Yes → Repair is not complete, refer to appropriate symptom.

No → Repair is complete.

466
 VERIFICATION TESTS

Verification Tests — Continued

SKIS VERIFICATION APPLICABILITY

1. Reconnect all previously disconnected components and connectors. All
2. Obtain the vehicle’s unique Personal Identification Number (PIN) assigned to it’s original
SKIM. This number can be obtained from the vehicle’s invoice or Chrysler’s Customer Center
(1-800-992-1997).
3. NOTE: When entering the PIN, care should be taken because the SKIM will only
allow 3 consecutive attempts to enter the correct PIN. If 3 consecutive incorrect
PIN’s are entered the SKIM will Lock Out the DRB III for 1 hour.
4. To exit Lock Out mode, the ignition key must remain in the Run position continually for 1
hour. Turn off all accessories and connect a battery charger if necessary.
5. With the DRB III, select Theft Alarm, SKIM and Miscellaneous. Then select desired
procedure and follow the steps that will be displayed.
6. If the SKIM has been replaced, ensure all of the vehicle ignition keys are programmed to the
new SKIM.
7. NOTE: Prior to returning vehicle to the costumer, perform a module scan to be sure
that all DTC’s are erased. Erase any DTC’s that are found.
8. With the DRB III erase all DTC’s. Perform 5 ignition key cycles leaving the key on for at least
90 seconds per cycle.
9. With the DRB III, read the SKIM DTC’s.
Are there any SKIM DTC’s?
Yes → Repair is not complete, refer to appropriate symptom.

No → Repair is complete.

VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A APPLICABILITY

1. Ensure all doors and the decklid are closed. All
2. Open the driver door.
3. Remove the ignition key (but keep in hand).
4. Lock the doors with RKE transmitter.
5. Close the driver door.
6. - If the VTSS Indicator Lamp flashes rapidly and after approximately 15 seconds changes to
a slower flash, the system is operational.
7. - If the indicator fails to flash as described, there is a problem with the system. Select the
Identifying VTSS symptom from the Symptom List to troubleshoot.
Does the VTSS Indicator Lamp flash as specified?
Yes → Repair is complete.

No → Repair is not complete, refer to appropriate symptom.

467
VERIFICATION TESTS

Verification Tests — Continued

__AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 APPLICABILITY

1. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected All
components - except the Battery.
2. WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNITION ON,
THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
3. Connect the DRBIIIt to the Data Link Connector - use the most current software available.
4. Use the DRBIIIt and erase the stored codes in all airbag system modules.
5. Turn the ignition off, and wait 15 seconds, then turn the ignition on.
6. Wait one minute, and read active codes and if there are none present read the stored codes.
7. Note: If equipped with Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.
8. Note: Read the DTC’s in all airbag system related modules.
9. If the DRBIIIt shows any active or stored codes, return to the Symptom list and follow path
specified for that trouble code. If no active or stored codes are present, the repair is complete.
Are any DTC’s present or is the original condition still present?
YES
Repair is not complete, refer to appropriate symptom list.
NO
Repair is complete.

468
 COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
8.0 COMPONENT LOCATIONS O
M
8.1 AIRBAG SYSTEM P
O
8.1.1 BASE SYSTEM N
E
N
T

L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S

8.1.2 PREMIUM SYSTEM

469
 COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
O 8.1 AIRBAG SYSTEM (Continued)
M
P 4-Door Models
O
N
E
N
T

L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S

Convertible Models

8.2 HVAC UNIT

470
 COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
8.3 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE O
M
8.3.1 DRIVER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH P
O
N
E
N
T

L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S

8.3.2 DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID

8.3.3 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE

471
 COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
O 8.4 POWER TOP
M
P 8.4.1 POWER TOP RELAY
O
N
E
N
T

L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S

8.4.2 WINDOW DROP RELAY ASSEMBLY

472
 COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
8.5 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM O
M
8.5.1 DECKLID CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH P
O
N
E
N
T

L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S

473
NOTES

474
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
9.0 CONNECTOR PINOUTS

A/C EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 C12 20LG/BK EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
2 C57 20DB/GY SENSOR GROUND

A/C-HEATER CONTROL C1 (MTC) - NATURAL 8 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 C57 20DB/GY SENSOR GROUND
2 C16 20LB/YL FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT
3 E17 18YL/BK DAY BRIGHTNESS SENSE
4 E2 20OR PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
5 C21 20DB/OR A/C SWITCH SENSE
6 C58 20RD/TN A/C MODE SWITCH MUX
7 F11 20RD/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (OFF-RUN-START) C
8 C82 20YL/OR TEMPERATURE SELECT SIGNAL O
N
N
A/C-HEATER CONTROL C2 (MTC) - BLACK 10 WAY E
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
C
1 - -
T
2 C4 16TN LOW BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER
O
3 C6 14LB M2 BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER
R
4 - -
5 Z119 14BK/GY GROUND
P
6 - -
I
7 C5 16LG M1 BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER
N
8 - -
O
9 - -
U
10 C7 12BK/TN BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER
T
S

475
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE (ORC) (BASE) - YELLOW 23 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 R56 20LB/DG PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1
2 R54 20LB/YL PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2
3 R62 20OR/YL PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1
4 R64 20TN/YL PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2
5 R42 20BK/YL PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1
6 R44 20DG/YL PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2
7 R55 20LG/DG DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1
8 R53 20LG/YL DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2
9 R61 20OR/LB DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1
10 R63 20TN/LB DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2
11 R43 20BK/LB DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1
12 R45 20DG/LB DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2
13 - -
14 F14 20LG/YL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
15 F23 20DB/YL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
16 Z100 18BK GROUND
17 - -
18 - -
19 - -

C 20 - -

O 21 D25 20VT/YL (JR27) PCI BUS

N 21 D25 20VT (JR41) PCI BUS

N 22 - -

E 23 - -

C
T
O
R

P
I
N
O
U
T
S

476
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE C1 (ORC) (PREMIUM) - YELLOW 32 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 R53 18LG/YL DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2
2 R55 18LG/DG DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1
3 R56 18LB/DG PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1
4 R54 18LB/YL PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2
5 - -
6 - -
7 - -
8 - -
9 - -
10 - -
11 - -
12 - -
13 - -
14 - -
15 - -
16 - -
17 - -
18 - -
19 - -
20 - - C
21 - - O
22 - - N
23 - - N
24 - - E
25 R77 20LB/BR LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 C
26 R75 20LB/OR LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 T
27 R74 20LB/YL RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 O
28 R76 20LB/WT RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 R
29 - -
30 - - P
31 - - I
32 - - N
O
U
T
S

477
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE C2 (ORC) (PREMIUM) - YELLOW 32 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 R45 20DG/LB DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2
2 R43 20BK/LB DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1
3 R61 20OR/LB DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1
4 R63 20TN/LB DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2
5 R44 20DG/YL PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2
6 R42 20BK/YL PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1
7 R62 20OR/YL PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1
8 R64 20TN/YL PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2
9 - -
10 - -
11 - -
12 R16 20BR/LG RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 GROUND
13 - -
14 - -
15 D25 20VT/YL (JR27) PCI BUS
15 D25 20VT (JR41) PCI BUS
16 F14 20LG/YL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
17 - -
18 - -

C 19 - -

O 20 R15 20LG/BR LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 GROUND

N 21 - -

N 22 Z100 20BK GROUND

E 23 - -

C 24 F23 20DB/YL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)

T 25 R13 20LG/TN LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 SIGNAL

O 26 R14 20TN/LG RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 SIGNAL

R 27 - -
28 - -

P 29 - -

I 30 - -

N 31 - -

O 32 - -

U
T AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL HEAD - BLACK 12 WAY
S CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Z116 20BK GROUND
2 D25 20VT/LG PCI BUS
3 Z117 20BK GROUND
4 E2 20OR PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
5 - -
6 - -
7 C10 20RD/TN IN-CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
8 C57 20DB/GY SENSOR GROUND
9 - -
10 F20 20WT/YL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
11 C9 20RD/TN (JR27) ASPIRATOR MOTOR DRIVER
11 C9 20YL/DG (JR41) ASPIRATOR MOTOR DRIVER
12 M1 20PK FUSED B(+)

478
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS

BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR - NATURAL 5 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 C33 20DB/RD BLEND AIR DOOR DRIVER
2 C57 20DB/GY SENSOR GROUND
3 C36 20RD/WT BLEND DOOR FEEDBACK SIGNAL
4 C26 20PK/DB 5 VOLT SUPPLY
5 C34 20DB/WT COMMON DOOR DRIVER

BLOWER MOTOR - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 C72 12GY (ATC) BLOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
1 C7 12BK (MTC) BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER
2 C71 12DB (ATC) BLOWER MOTOR GROUND
2 C1 12DG (MTC) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)

C
O
N
N
E
BLOWER MOTOR POWER MODULE C1 (ATC) - BLACK 4 WAY C
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
T
1 C1 12DG FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
O
2 C56 20RD/LG BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL
R
3 C7 20BK/TN BLOWER SPEED SENSE
4 Z118 12BK GROUND
P
I
N
O
U
T
S

BLOWER MOTOR POWER MODULE C2 (ATC) - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 C72 12GY BLOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
2 C71 12DB BLOWER MOTOR GROUND

479
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR BLOCK (MTC) - BLACK 10 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 C7 12BK BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER
2 C7 12BK/TN HIGH BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER
3 C6 16LB M2 BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER
4 C5 14LG M1 BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER
5 C4 14TN LOW BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER
6 - -
7 - -
8 - -
9 - -
10 - -

BODY CONTROL MODULE C1 - 16 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 E19 20RD PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
2 X3 20BK/RD HORN/RADIO CONTROL MUX
3 G69 20BK/OR VTSS INDICATOR DRIVER
4 G26 20LB KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH SENSE
5 L177 20WT/OR (PRE- PARK LAMP RELAY CONTROL
MIUM)
C 6 P58 20WT (EXPORT) RKE EXTERNAL ANTENNA
O 7 P158 20BK (EXPORT) RKE EXTERNAL ANTENNA
N 8 C10 20RD/TN (ATC) IN-CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
N 9 C38 20DB (ATC) SUN SENSOR SIGNAL
E 10 D6 20PK/LB (2.0L/2.4L SCI RECEIVE (TCM)
C EATX EARLY BUILD)
T 10 D6 20PK/LB (2.7L EATX SCI RECEIVE
EARLY BUILD)
O
10 D6 20PK/LB (EATX LATE SCI RECEIVE (TCM)
R BUILD)
11 C56 20RD/LG (ATC) BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL
P 12 A31 18BK/LB FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC)
I 13 Z380 18BK/DG (EXCEPT GROUND
N BASE)
O 14 E17 18YL/BK (EXCEPT EX- DAY BRIGHTNESS SENSE
PORT)
U
15 L124 20WT/DB (PRE- AUTO HEADLAMP RELAY CONTROL
T MIUM)
S 16 C9 20RD/TN (JR27 PRE- ASPIRATOR MOTOR DRIVER
MIUM)
16 C9 20YL/DG (JR41 PRE- ASPIRATOR MOTOR DRIVER
MIUM)

480
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
BODY CONTROL MODULE C2 - 26 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 C26 20PK/DB 5 VOLT SUPPLY
2 Z132 16BK/GY (BASE GROUND
EARLY BUILD)
2 Z132 16BK/GY (LATE GROUND
BUILD)
2 Z999 16BK/GY (PREMIUM GROUND
EARLY BUILD)
3 P1 20BK/WT DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH SENSE
4 V52 20DG/RD FRONT WIPER SWITCH MUX
5 C7 18BK/TN (ATC) BLOWER SPEED SENSE
5 C7 12BK/TN (MTC EARLY BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER
BUILD)
5 C7 18BK/TN (MTC LATE BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER
BUILD)
6 C21 20DB/OR (BASE) A/C SWITCH SENSE
7 C37 20YL MODE DOOR FEEDBACK SIGNAL
8 C36 18RD/WT BLEND DOOR FEEDBACK SIGNAL
9 C12 20LG/BK EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
10 C57 20DB/GY SENSOR GROUND
11 E2 18OR/BR PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
12 E2 20OR PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
13 - - C
14 C82 20YL/OR (BASE) TEMPERATURE SELECT SIGNAL O
15 C34 20DB/WT COMMON DOOR DRIVER N
16 D25 20VT/YL PCI BUS (RADIO) N
17 D25 20VT/YL (JR27) PCI BUS (AIRBAG) E
17 D25 20VT (JR41) PCI BUS (AIRBAG) C
18 D25 20VT/PK (EXCEPT PCI BUS (SKIM) T
JR41 BASE) O
19 D25 20VT/OR PCI BUS (MIC) R
20 D25 20VT/YL PCI BUS (DLC)
21 D25 20VT/LG (JR27) PCI BUS (ATC) P
21 D25 18VT/LG (JR41 EARLY PCI BUS (ATC) I
BUILD)
21 D25 20VT/LG (JR41 LATE PCI BUS (ATC)
N
BUILD) O
22 E2 20OR PANEL LAMPS DRIVER U
23 C58 20RD/TN (BASE/ A/C MODE SWITCH MUX T
EXPORT) S
23 L109 20WT (PREMIUM) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT
24 C32 20GY/DB RECIRCULATION DOOR DRIVER
25 C33 20DB/RD BLEND AIR DOOR DRIVER
26 C35 20DG/YL MODE DOOR DRIVER

481
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
BODY CONTROL MODULE C3 - GRAY 16 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 D25 20OR (2.0L/2.4L PCI BUS (PCM)
EARLY BUILD)
1 D25 20OR (2.7L EARLY PCI BUS
BUILD)
1 D25 20OR (LATE BUILD) PCI BUS (PCM)
2 D25 18YL/VT PCI BUS (ABS)
3 D25 20VT/YL (2.0L/2.4L PCI BUS (PCM)
EATX EARLY BUILD)
3 D25 20VT/YL (2.7L EATX PCI BUS
EARLY BUILD)
3 D25 20VT/YL (EATX LATE PCI BUS (PCM)
BUILD)
4 V55 20TN/RD FRONT WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE
5 V14 20RD/VT FRONT WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CONTROL
6 V16 20VT/PK FRONT WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY CONTROL
7 - -
8 - -
9 V58 18BR/YL (HEADLAMP HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY CONTROL
WASHER)
10 V10 18BR FRONT WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL
11 - -

C 12 - -

O 13 Z132 18BK GROUND

N 14 - -

N 15 - -

E 16 P340 18LG/YL (HEATED HEATED SEAT RELAY CONTROL

SEAT)
C
T
BODY CONTROL MODULE C4 - 26 WAY
O
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
R
1 P2 20BK/WT DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID DRIVER
2 Q37 20OR/WT (JR27) WINDOW DROP RELAY CONTROL
P
3 - -
I
4 G73 20LG/OR (VTSS) DRIVER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX
N
5 G75 20TN DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
O
6 G74 20TN/RD PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
U
7 G77 20TN/OR (JR41) LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
T
8 G76 20TN/YL (JR41) RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
S
9 P175 20OR/BK DRIVER LOCK RELAY OUTPUT
10 P179 20OR/BR (JR41) LEFT REAR LOCK RELAY OUTPUT
11 P180 20OR/TN (JR41) RIGHT REAR LOCK RELAY OUTPUT
12 P176 20PK/BK PASSENGER LOCK RELAY OUTPUT
13 P177 20DB/WT DRIVER UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT
14 G38 18GY (JR27) GARAGE DOOR OPENER ENABLE
15 P97 20WT/DG DRIVER DOOR SWITCH MUX
16 P96 20WT/LG PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH MUX
17 Q31 20WT/BK (JR27) CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH MUX
18 G78 18TN/BK DECKLID AJAR SWITCH SENSE
19 E2 20OR PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
20 P6 20RD/WT (JR27) TOP UP RELAY CONTROL
21 G71 20VT/YL (VTSS) DECKLID SECURITY SWITCH SENSE
22 G4 20DB FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL
23 P5 20 YL/BK (JR27) TOP DOWN RELAY CONTROL
24 P182 20PK/DB (JR41) RIGHT REAR UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT
25 P178 20PK/LB PASSENGER UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT
26 P181 20PK/BK (JR41) LEFT REAR UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT

482
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C200 (ATC) - (HVAC SIDE)
CAV CIRCUIT
1 C34 20DB/WT
2 C35 20DG/YL
3 C33 20DB/RD
4 C32 20GY/DB
5 C57 20DB/GY
6 C26 20PK/DB
7 C1 12DG
8 C7 20BK/TN
9 C12 20LG/BK
10 C36 20RD/WT
11 C37 20YL
12 Z118 12BK
13 C56 20RD/LG
14 -

C200 (ATC) - WHITE (INSTRUMENT PANEL SIDE)

CAV CIRCUIT
1 C34 20DB/WT
2 C35 20DG/YL
3 C33 20DB/RD C
4 C32 20GY/DB O
5 C57 20DB/YL N
6 C26 20PK/DB N
7 C1 14DG E
8 C7 18BK/TN C
9 C12 20LG/BK T
10 C36 18RD/WT O
11 C37 20YL R
12 Z118 12BK
13 C56 20RD/LG P
14 - I
N
C200 (MTC) - NATURAL (HVAC SIDE) O
CAV CIRCUIT U
1 C34 20DB/WT T
2 C35 20DG/YL S
3 C33 20DB/RD
4 C4 14TN
5 C57 20DB/GY
6 C26 20PK/DB
7 C7 12BK/TN
8 C1 12DG
9 C12 20LG/BK
10 C36 20RD/WT
11 C37 20YL
12 C5 14LG
13 -
14 -
15 C6 16LB
16 C32 20GY/DB

483
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C200 (MTC) - NATURAL (INSTRUMENT PANEL SIDE)
CAV CIRCUIT
1 C34 20DB/WT
2 C35 20DG/YL
3 C33 20DB/RD
4 C4 16TN
5 C57 20DB/YL
6 C26 20PK/DB
7 C7 14BK/TN
8 C1 14DG
9 C12 20LG/BK
10 C36 18RD/WT
11 C37 20YL
12 C5 16LG
13 -
14 -
15 C6 14LB
16 C32 20GY/DB

C304 (JR41) - YELLOW (INSTRUMENT PANEL SIDE)

CAV CIRCUIT

C 1 R53 20LG/YL (EXCEPT SIDE

AIR BAG)
O
1 R13 20LG/TN (SIDE AIR
N BAG)
N 2 R55 20LG/DG (EXCEPT
E SIDE AIR BAG)

C 2 R15 20LG/BR (SIDE AIR

BAG)
T
3 R54 20LB/YL (EXCEPT SIDE
O AIR BAG)
R 3 R14 20TN/LG (SIDE AIR
BAG)

P 4 R56 20LB/DG (EXCEPT

SIDE AIR BAG)
I
4 R16 20BR/LG (SIDE AIR
N BAG)
O
U C304 (JR41) - YELLOW (UNIBODY SIDE)
T CAV CIRCUIT
S 1 R53 18LG/YL (EXCEPT SIDE
AIR BAG)
1 R13 20LG/TN (SIDE AIR
BAG)
2 R55 18LG/DG (EXCEPT
SIDE AIR BAG)
2 R15 20LG/BR (SIDE AIR
BAG)
3 R54 18LB/YL (EXCEPT SIDE
AIR BAG)
3 R14 20TN/LG (SIDE AIR
BAG)
4 R56 18LB/DG (EXCEPT
SIDE AIR BAG)
4 R16 20BK/LG (SIDE AIR
BAG)

484
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C310 - BROWN (INSTRUMENT PANEL SIDE)
CAV CIRCUIT
1 -
2 M1 20PK
3 P97 20WT/DG
4 P91 22WT/BK
5 P95 22DB
6 -
7 Q16 14BR/WT
8 Q14 14GY (JR27)
8 Q18 14GY/BK (JR41)
9 Q37 20OR/WT (JR27)
10 P175 20OR/BK
11 P177 20DB/WT
12 P93 22YL/BK
13 G75 20TN/RD (JR27)
13 G75 20TN (JR41)
14 -
15 -
16 -

C310 - BROWN (LEFT FRONT DOOR SIDE) C

CAV CIRCUIT O
1 - N
2 M1 20PK N
3 P97 20WT/DG E
4 P91 22WT/BK C
4 P91 22WT/BK (JR27 PRE- T
MIUM)
O
5 P95 22DB/WT (EARLY
BUILD) R
5 P95 22DB (LATE BUILD)
6 - P
7 Q16 14BR/WT I
8 Q14 14GY (JR27) N
8 Q18 14GY/BK (JR41) O
9 Q37 20OR/WT (JR27) U
10 P175 20OR/BK T
11 P177 20DB/WT S
12 P93 22YL/BK
13 G75 20TN
14 -
15 -
16 -

485
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C311 - BLUE (INSTRUMENT PANEL SIDE)
CAV CIRCUIT
1 Q1 14YL (JR41)
2 Q23 14RD/WT (JR27)
2 Q27 14RD/BK (JR41)
3 Q13 14DB (JR27)
3 Q17 14DB/WT (JR41)
4 F21 14TN
5 Q26 14VT/WT
6 Z314 14BK/TN (JR27)
6 Z243 14BK/TN (JR41)
7 Q24 14DG (JR27)
7 Q28 14DG/WT (JR41)
8 X55 20BR/RD (BASE)
8 X55 20BR/RD (JR27 BASE
LATE BUILD)
8 X85 18LG/BK (JR27 PRE-
MIUM EARLY BUILD)
8 X85 18LG/DG (JR27 PRE-
MIUM LATE BUILD)
8 X85 18LG/DG (JR41 PRE-
MIUM)
9 X53 20DG (BASE)
C 9 X53 20DG (JR27 BASE
O LATE BUILD)
N 9 X87 18LG/VT (PREMIUM)
N 10 G73 20LG/OR (VTSS)
E 11 F20 20WT/YL (JR27 EX-
C CEPT ATC)

T 11 F20 20WT/YL (JR27)

O 12 C16 20LB/YL (POWER MIR-

ROR)
R
C311 - BLUE (LEFT FRONT DOOR SIDE)
P
CAV CIRCUIT
I
1 Q1 14YL (JR41)
N
2 Q27 14RD/BK (JR27 EARLY
O BUILD)
U 2 Q23 14RD/WT (JR27 LATE
T BUILD)

S 3 Q17 14DB/WT (EXCEPT

JR27 LATE BUILD)
3 Q13 14DB (JR27 LATE
BUILD)
4 F21 14TN
5 Q26 14VT/WT
6 Z314 14BK (JR27)
6 Z243 14BK (JR41)
7 Q28 14DG/WT (EXCEPT
JR27 LATE BUILD)
7 Q24 14DG (JR27 LATE
BUILD)
8 X85 18LG/DG
9 X87 18LG/VT
10 G73 20LG/OR (VTSS)
11 F20 20WT (JR27 EARLY
BUILD)
11 F20 20WT/YL (JR27 LATE
BUILD)
12 C16 20LB/YL (EXCEPT JR41
BASE)

486
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
CD CHANGER - BLACK 8 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 X40 22GY/WT AUDIO OUT RIGHT
2 E14 22OR/TN PANEL LAMPS DIMMER SIGNAL
3 D25 22VT/YL PCI BUS
4 X112 22RD IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC)
5 X41 22DG/WT AUDIO OUT LEFT
6 Z4 22BK/OR GROUND
7 Z140 22BK/TN GROUND
8 X160 22GY/YL B(+)

CLOCKSPRING C1 - 5 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 V37 20RD/LG (2.0L/2.4L S/C SWITCH SIGNAL
EARLY BUILD)
1 V37 20RD/LG (2.7L EARLY SPEED CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL
BUILD)
1 V37 20RD/LG (LATE S/C SWITCH SIGNAL
BUILD)
2 Z123 20BK/OR GROUND
3 X3 20BK/RD HORN/RADIO CONTROL MUX
4 R63 20TN/LB DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2
5 R61 20OR/LB DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 C
O
N
N
CLOCKSPRING C2 - YELLOW 2 WAY E
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION C
1 R43 20BK/LB DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 T
2 R45 20DG/LB DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 O
R

P
I
CLOCKSPRING C3 - 4 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
N
1 V37 22RD/LG (2.0L/2.4L S/C SWITCH SIGNAL
O
EARLY BUILD) U
1 V37 22RD/LG (2.7L EARLY SPEED CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL T
BUILD)
S
1 V37 22RD/LG (LATE S/C SWITCH SIGNAL
BUILD)
2 Z123 22BK/LB GROUND
3 Z123 22BK/OR GROUND
4 X3 22BK/RD HORN/RADIO CONTROL MUX

COMPASS/MINI-TRIP COMPUTER - BLACK 6 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 - -
2 D25 20VT/RD PCI BUS
3 M1 20PK FUSED B(+)
4 Z104 20BK GROUND
5 F20 20WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
6 - -

487
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE - 24 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Z101 12BK GROUND
2 B1 18YL/DB (EARLY RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
BUILD)
2 B1 20YL/DB (LATE BUILD) RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
3 B2 20YL RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY
4 - -
5 D25 18YL/VT PCI BUS
6 B6 20WT/DB RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
7 B7 20WT RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY
8 - -
9 A20 12RD/DB FUSED B(+)
10 F20 18WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
11 - -
12 - -
13 G7 18WT/OR (2.7L MTX VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
EARLY BUILD)
14 - -
15 - -
16 Z102 12BK GROUND
17 - -
C 18 L50 20WT/TN BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT
O 19 B3 20LG/DB LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
N 20 B4 20LG LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY
N 21 - -
E 22 B8 18RD/DB LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
C 23 B9 20RD LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY
T 24 A10 12RD/DG FUSED B(+)
O
R DATA LINK CONNECTOR - BLACK 16 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
P 1 - -
I 2 D25 20VT/YL PCI BUS (DLC)
N 3 - -
O 4 Z305 20BK/YL GROUND
U 5 Z306 20BK/VT GROUND
T 6 - -
S 7 D21 20PK SCI TRANSMIT
8 F11 20RD/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (OFF-RUN-START)
9 D6 20PK/LB (2.0L/2.4L SCI RECEIVE (TCM)
EATX EARLY BUILD)
9 D6 20PK/LB (2.7L EATX SCI RECEIVE
EARLY BUILD)
9 D6 20PK/LB (LATE BUILD) SCI RECEIVE (TCM)
10 - -
11 - -
12 D20 20LG SCI RECEIVE
13 - -
14 - -
15 D15 20WT/DG SCI TRANSMIT (TCM)
16 M1 20PK FUSED B(+)

488
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS

DECKLID CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH (VTSS) - 2 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Z236 20BK GROUND
2 G71 20VT/YL DECKLID SECURITY SWITCH SENSE

DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID/AJAR SWITCH (JR27 EARLY BUILD/JR41 EXPORT EARLY BUILD)
- 3 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Z217 20BK (JR27) GROUND
1 Z217 20BK/VT (JR41) GROUND
2 G78 18TN/BK DECKLID AJAR SWITCH SENSE
2 G78 18TN/BK DECKLID AJAR SWITCH SENSE
3 P2 20BK/WT DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID DRIVER

C
O
N
N
E
DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID/AJAR SWITCH (JR41 EXCEPT EXPORT EARLY BUILD) - 3 WAY C
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION T
1 P2 20BK/WT DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID DRIVER O
2 Z217 20BK/VT GROUND R
3 G78 18TN/BK DECKLID AJAR SWITCH SENSE
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID/AJAR SWITCH (LATE BUILD) - BLACK 3 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Z217 20BK (JR27) GROUND
1 Z217 20BK/VT (JR41) GROUND
2 G78 18TN/BK DECKLID AJAR SWITCH SENSE
2 G78 18TN/BK DECKLID AJAR SWITCH SENSE
3 P2 20BK/WT DECKLID RELEASE SOLENOID DRIVER

489
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS

DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 P1 20BK/WT DECKLID RELEASE SWITCH SENSE
2 Z223 20BK/DB GROUND

DOME LAMP (JR41) - BLACK 3 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 - -
2 M1 20PK FUSED B(+)
3 M2 20YL COURTESY LAMPS DRIVER
3 M2 20YL (PREMIUM) COURTESY LAMPS DRIVER

C
O
N
N DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 - GRAY 2 WAY
E CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
C 1 R45 20DG/LB DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2
T 2 R43 20BK/LB DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1
O
R

P
I
N
O
U
T
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 - BLACK 2 WAY
S
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 R63 20DG/LB DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2
2 R61 20BK/LB DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1

DRIVER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH (VTSS) - GRAY 2 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 G73 20LG/OR DRIVER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX
2 M1 20PK FUSED B(+)

490
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS

DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH - BLACK 4 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 G75 20TN DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
2 Z314 20BK (JR27) GROUND
2 Z243 20BK (JR41) GROUND
3 P177 20DB/WT DRIVER UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT
4 P175 20OR/BK DRIVER LOCK RELAY OUTPUT

DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH - NATURAL 4 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 M1 20PK FUSED B(+)
2 - -
3 Z314 20BK (EARLY BUILD) GROUND
3 Z243 20BK (LATE BUILD) GROUND
4 P97 20WT/DG DRIVER DOOR SWITCH MUX
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
DRIVER POWER WINDOW MOTOR (JR27) - BLACK 2 WAY O
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION R
1 Q21 14WT LEFT FRONT POWER WINDOW DRIVER (DOWN)
2 Q11 14LB LEFT FRONT POWER WINDOW DRIVER (UP) P
I
N
O
U
T
S

DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH (JR41 EXCEPT EXPORT) - GRAY 2 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Z237 20BK GROUND
2 G10 20LG/RD SEAT BELT SWITCH SENSE

491
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS

DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER (JR27) - YELLOW 4 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Z237 20BK (EXCEPT EX- GROUND
PORT)
2 G10 20LG/RD (EXCEPT SEAT BELT SWITCH SENSE
EXPORT)
3 R53 20LG/YL DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2
4 R55 20LG/DG DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1

DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER (JR41) - YELLOW 2 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 R53 18LG/YL DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2
2 R55 18LG/DG DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1

C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R FRONT WASHER PUMP MOTOR - BLACK 2 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Z216 18BK GROUND
P
2 V10 18BR FRONT WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL
I
N
O
U
T
S

FRONT WIPER MOTOR (EARLY BUILD) - 4 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 V55 20TN/RD FRONT WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE
2 Z114 20BK GROUND
3 V3 16BR/WT FRONT WIPER LOW SPEED OUTPUT
4 V4 16RD/YL FRONT WIPER HIGH SPEED OUTPUT

492
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS

FUEL PUMP MODULE - 4 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Z211 12BK GROUND
2 Z211 18BK GROUND
3 G4 18DB FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL
4 A141 14RD FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT

HEADLAMP LEVELING SWITCH (EXPORT) - BLACK 3 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 L7 18BK/YL FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT
2 Z3 16BK/OR (JR27) GROUND
2 Z3 16BK (JR41) GROUND
3 L101 18RD HEADLAMP ADJUST SIGNAL

C
O
N
HEADLAMP WASHER PUMP MOTOR (JR41 EXPORT) - 2 WAY N
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION E
1 V53 14RD/YL HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY OUTPUT C
2 Z216 14BK GROUND T
O
R

P
I
N
HORN - BLACK 2 WAY
O
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION U
1 Z307 20BK GROUND T
2 X2 20DG/RD HORN RELAY OUTPUT S

IGNITION SWITCH C1 - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 A51 20RD/WT FUSED B(+)
2 A81 20DG/RD FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (OFF-RUN-START)

493
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
IGNITION SWITCH C2 - BLACK 10 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 - -
2 - -
3 A2 12PK/BK FUSED B(+)
4 A22 12BK/OR FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
5 - -
6 - -
7 A1 18RD FUSED B(+)
8 A31 16BK/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC)
8 A31 18BK/LB FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC)
9 A21 16DB FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
10 A41 18YL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)

IGNITION SWITCH C3 - GREEN 2 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Z233 20BK/WT GROUND
2 G26 20LB KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH SENSE

C
O
N
N
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER - 26 WAY
E
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
C
1 - -
T
2 D25 20VT/OR PCI BUS (MIC)
O
3 D25 20VT/RD PCI BUS (TRAVELER)
R
4 - -
5 G69 20BK/OR VTSS INDICATOR DRIVER
P
6 - -
I
7 - -
N
8 B27 20RD/YL TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH SENSE
O
9 - -
U
10 Z105 20BK/LB GROUND
T
11 Z106 18BK/OR GROUND
S
12 E2 20OR PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
13 L36 18LG (REAR FOG REAR FOG LAMP INDICATOR
LAMPS)
14 G6 20GY ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
15 F11 20RD/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (OFF-RUN-START)
16 - -
17 - -
18 L61 18LG/TN LEFT TURN SIGNAL
19 L60 18TN/BR RIGHT TURN SIGNAL
20 - -
21 F33 20PK/WT FUSED B(+)
22 G9 18GY/BK BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER
23 Z104 20BK GROUND
24 G10 20LG/RD (EXCEPT SEAT BELT SWITCH SENSE
EXPORT)
25 - -
26 L39 18LB FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT

494
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS

C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R

P
I
N
O
U
T
S

495
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
FUSES (JB)
FUSE AMPS FUSED CIRCUIT FUNCTION
NO.
1 30A C1 14DG FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
2 10A INTERNAL FUSED RIGHT HIGH BEAM OUTPUT
3 10A L33 18LG/BR FUSED LEFT HIGH BEAM OUTPUT
4 15A INTERNAL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
5 10A INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
6 10A INTERNAL FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT
7 20A INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
8 20A INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
9 15A INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
10 20A INTERNAL (EXCEPT EXPORT) FUSED B(+)
10 20A L25 20BR (EXPORT) FUSED FOG LAMP SWITCH FEED
11 10A INTERNAL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (OFF-RUN-START)
12 10A INTERNAL FUSED LEFT LOW BEAM OUTPUT
13 20A INTERNAL FUSED RIGHT LOW BEAM OUTPUT
14 10A X12 18RD/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC)
15 10A INTERNAL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC)
16 10A F23 20DB/YL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
17 10A F14 18LG/YL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
17 10A F14 20LG/YL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
C
O
HEADLAMP DELAY RELAY
N
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
N
1 INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
E
2 INTERNAL HEADLAMP DELAY RELAY CONTROL
C
3 INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
T
4 - -
O
5 INTERNAL HEADLAMP DELAY RELAY OUTPUT
R

P HORN RELAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
I
6 INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
N
7 INTERNAL HORN RELAY CONTROL
O
8 INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
U
9 - -
T
10 X2 18DG/RD HORN RELAY OUTPUT
S

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
11 INTERNAL REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY CONTROL
12 INTERNAL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC)
13 INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
15 INTERNAL REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT

496
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
JUNCTION BLOCK BODY CONTROL MODULE JB - 12 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 L3 14RD/OR DIMMER SWITCH HIGH BEAM OUTPUT
2 INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
3 INTERNAL REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY CONTROL
4 INTERNAL HEADLAMP DELAY RELAY OUTPUT
5 INTERNAL HEADLAMP DELAY RELAY CONTROL
6 INTERNAL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (OFF-RUN-START)
7 INTERNAL HORN RELAY CONTROL
8 INTERNAL HEADLAMP SWITCH OUTPUT
9 M2 18YL (JR27) COURTESY LAMPS DRIVER
9 M2 20YL (JR41) COURTESY LAMPS DRIVER
10 INTERNAL GROUND
11 INTERNAL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
12 INTERNAL FUSED B(+)

JUNCTION BLOCK C1 - BROWN 12 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 G9 20GY/BK BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER
2 - -
3 L34 18RD/OR FUSED RIGHT HIGH BEAM OUTPUT
4 L60 20TN RIGHT TURN SIGNAL C
5 L61 16LG LEFT TURN SIGNAL O
6 L33 20LG/BR FUSED LEFT HIGH BEAM OUTPUT N
7 - - N
8 L7 20BK/YL HEADLAMP SWITCH OUTPUT E
9 L7 20BK/BR HEADLAMP SWITCH OUTPUT C
10 L39 20LB/OR (FRONT FOG FOG LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT T
LAMPS)
O
11 L39 20LB (FRONT FOG FOG LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT
LAMPS) R
12 L43 18VT FUSED LEFT LOW BEAM OUTPUT
P
JUNCTION BLOCK C2 - 10 WAY
I
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION N
1 L50 20WT/TN (ABS) BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT O
2 A7 18RD/BK FUSED B(+) U
3 L50 16WT/TN BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT T
4 F20 18WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) S
5 L44 20VT/RD FUSED RIGHT LOW BEAM OUTPUT
6 F11 18RD/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (OFF-RUN-START)
7 A21 16DB FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
8 X2 20DG/RD HORN RELAY OUTPUT
9 F20 18WT/YL (EARLY FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
BUILD)
9 F20 20WT/YL (LATE FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
BUILD)
10 F13 20DB FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC)

497
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS

JUNCTION BLOCK C3 - WHITE 4 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 A7 16RD/BK FUSED B(+)
2 A13 12PK/WT FUSED B(+)
3 A3 12RD/WT FUSED B(+)
4 A4 12BK/PK FUSED B(+)

JUNCTION BLOCK C4 - BLUE 10 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 - -
2 Z106 18BK/OR GROUND
3 Z239 20BK/LB GROUND
4 F23 20DB/YL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
5 G9 20GY/BK BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER
6 Z3 16BK/OR (JR27 EX- GROUND
PORT)
6 Z3 16BK (JR41 EXPORT) GROUND
7 Z305 20BK/YL GROUND
C 8 - -
O 9 Z115 16BK/RD (PREMIUM) GROUND
N 10 Z126 16BK/LG (JR41 PRE- GROUND
N MIUM)

E
C JUNCTION BLOCK C5 - GRAY 16 WAY
T CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION

O 1 F75 16VT (PREMIUM) FUSED B(+)

R 2 - -
3 L7 16BK/YL HEADLAMP SWITCH OUTPUT

P 4 - -

I 5 L39 20LB/WT (BASE/ FOG LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT

EXPORT EARLY BUILD)
N
5 L39 20LB/WT (LATE FOG LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT
O BUILD)
U 6 G9 18GY/BK BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER
T 7 - -
S 8 - -
9 A21 16DB FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
10 L39 18LB FOG LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT
11 - -
12 M1 18PK FUSED B(+)
13 M1 20PK/DB FUSED B(+)
14 A31 16BK/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC)
15 Z110 20BK GROUND
16 F14 20LG/YL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
16 F14 18LG/YL (JR41) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)

498
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
JUNCTION BLOCK C6 - WHITE 6 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 A22 12BK/OR FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
2 L4 16VT/WT DIMMER SWITCH LOW BEAM OUTPUT
2 L4 16VT/WT (BASE/ DIMMER SWITCH LOW BEAM OUTPUT
EXPORT)
3 L3 14RD/OR DIMMER SWITCH HIGH BEAM OUTPUT
4 A3 16RD/WT FUSED B(+)
4 A3 16RD/WT FUSED B(+)
5 - -
6 C1 14DG FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)

JUNCTION BLOCK C7 - NATURAL 12 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 F13 18DB FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC)
2 A81 20DG/RD FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (OFF-RUN-START)
3 L60 18TN/BR RIGHT TURN SIGNAL
4 L44 20VT/RD (FOG FUSED RIGHT LOW BEAM OUTPUT
LAMPS)
5 C16 20LB/YL (MTC) FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT
6 X12 18RD/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC)
7 L61 20LG LEFT TURN SIGNAL
8 L60 16TN RIGHT TURN SIGNAL C
9 L61 18LG/TN LEFT TURN SIGNAL O
10 F11 18RD/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (OFF-RUN-START) N
11 F33 20PK/WT FUSED B(+) N
12 F33 16PK/RD FUSED B(+) E
C
JUNCTION BLOCK C8 - BLACK 8 WAY
T
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION O
1 Q1 14YL (JR41) POWER WINDOW SWITCH FEED R
2 M1 16PK FUSED B(+)
3 C16 20LB/YL (MTC) FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT P
4 C16 20LB/OR (MTC) FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT I
5 F21 14TN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) N
6 Q1 14YL/VT (JR41) POWER WINDOW SWITCH FEED O
7 Q1 14YL/WT (JR41) POWER WINDOW SWITCH FEED U
8 Q1 14YL/TN (JR41) POWER WINDOW SWITCH FEED T
S

499
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
JUNCTION BLOCK C9 - WHITE 12 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 F35 16RD (POWER SEATS) FUSED B(+)
2 F20 20WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
2 F20 20WT (JR27) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
3 Z313 14BK GROUND
4 L60 20TN RIGHT TURN SIGNAL
5 L61 20LG (JR27) LEFT TURN SIGNAL
5 L61 20LG/TN (JR41 EARLY LEFT TURN SIGNAL
BUILD)
5 L61 20LG (JR41 LATE LEFT TURN SIGNAL
BUILD)
6 C15 12BK/WT REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT
7 M1 18PK/VT (JR27/JR41 FUSED B(+)
EXPORT)
8 - -
9 L50 18WT/TN BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT
9 L50 18WT/TN BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT
10 L7 20BK/YL HEADLAMP SWITCH OUTPUT
10 L7 20BK/YL (JR27) HEADLAMP SWITCH OUTPUT
11 - -
12 M1 18PK FUSED B(+)

C
O JUNCTION BLOCK C10 - NATURAL 6 WAY
N CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION

N 1 M2 18YL (JR27) COURTESY LAMPS DRIVER

E 1 M2 18BK/YL (JR27) COURTESY LAMPS DRIVER

C 1 M2 20YL (JR41) COURTESY LAMPS DRIVER

T 1 M2 20YL (JR41) COURTESY LAMPS DRIVER

O 2 - -

R 3 F21 18TN (JR41 PRE- FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)

MIUM)
4 Z312 18BK (JR27 JR41 GROUND
P PREMIUM)
I 4 Z312 18BK (JR27) GROUND
N 5 - -
O 6 M1 18PK (JR27) FUSED B(+)
U 6 M1 20PK (JR41) FUSED B(+)
T
S JUNCTION BLOCK C11 (EXPORT) - BLACK 8 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 - -
2 L25 20BR FUSED FOG LAMP SWITCH FEED
3 - -
4 - -
5 - -
6 - -
7 - -
8 - -

500
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS

LEFT CURTAIN AIRBAG SQUIB (JR41) - YELLOW 2 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 R77 20LB/BR LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2
2 R75 20LB/OR LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1

LEFT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER - BLACK 3 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 X85 18LG/DG (BASE) LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (-)
1 X85 18LG/DG (PREMIUM) AMPLIFIED LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (-)
2 - -
3 X87 18LG/VT (BASE) LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (+) C
3 X87 18LG/VT (PREMIUM) AMPLIFIED LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (+) O
N
N
E
C
LEFT FRONT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (JR27 BASE) - BLACK 3 WAY T
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION O
1 X55 20BR/RD LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (-) R
1 X55 20BR/RD LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (-)
2 - - P
3 X53 20DG LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (+) I
3 X53 20DG LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (+) N
O
U
T
S

LEFT FRONT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (JR27 PREMIUM) - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 X81 18YL/BK AMPLIFIED LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (-)
2 X83 18YL/RD AMPLIFIED LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (+)

501
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS

LEFT FRONT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (JR41 PREMIUM) - 3 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 X81 18YL/BK AMPLIFIED LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (-)
2 - -
3 X83 18YL/RD AMPLIFIED LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (+)

LEFT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH (JR41) - BLACK 4 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 G77 20TN/YL LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
2 Z317 18BK GROUND
3 P181 18PK/DB LEFT REAR UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT
4 P179 18OR/TN LEFT REAR LOCK RELAY OUTPUT

C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O LEFT REAR POWER WINDOW MOTOR - 2 WAY
R CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Q23 14RD/WT (JR27) LEFT REAR WINDOW DRIVER DOWN
P 1 Q23 14DG (JR41) LEFT REAR WINDOW DRIVER DOWN
I 2 Q13 14DB (JR27) LEFT REAR WINDOW DRIVER UP
N 2 Q13 14GY (JR41) LEFT REAR WINDOW DRIVER UP
O
U
T
S

LEFT REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH (JR41) - BLUE 6 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Q23 14RD/WT LEFT REAR WINDOW DRIVER DOWN
2 Q17 14DB/WT MASTER WINDOW SWITCH LEFT REAR UP
3 - -
4 Q27 14RD/BK MASTER WINDOW SWITCH LEFT REAR DOWN
5 Q13 14DB LEFT REAR WINDOW DRIVER UP
6 Q1 14YL POWER WINDOW SWITCH FEED

502
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
LEFT REAR SPEAKER - 3 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 X91 18WT/BK (BASE) LEFT REAR SPEAKER (-)
1 X91 18WT/BK (PREMIUM) AMPLIFIED LEFT REAR SPEAKER (-)
2 - -
3 X93 18WT/RD (BASE) AMPLIFIED LEFT REAR WOOFER (+)
3 X93 18WT/RD (PREMIUM) AMPLIFIED LEFT REAR SPEAKER (+)

LEFT REMOTE RADIO SWITCH (2.7L) - 2 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 X3 22BK/RD HORN/RADIO CONTROL MUX
2 Z123 22BK/OR GROUND

C
O
N
N
LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 - GRAY 2 WAY E
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
C
1 R15 20LG/BR LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 GROUND
T
2 R13 20LG/TN LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 SIGNAL
O
R

P
I
N
O
U
T
S

503
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
MASTER POWER WINDOW SWITCH - BLUE 12 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 F21 14TN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
2 Q17 14DB/WT (EXCEPT MASTER WINDOW SWITCH LEFT REAR UP
JR27 LATE BUILD)
2 Q13 14DB (JR27 LATE LEFT REAR WINDOW DRIVER UP
BUILD)
3 Q290 14YL/OR (JR27) MASTER WINDOW SWITCH LEFT REAR DOWN
3 Q27 14RD/BK (JR41) MASTER WINDOW SWITCH LEFT REAR (DOWN)
4 Q18 14GY/BK (EXCEPT MASTER WINDOW SWITCH RIGHT REAR UP
JR27 LATE BUILD)
4 Q14 14GY (JR27 LATE RIGHT REAR WINDOW DRIVER UP
BUILD)
5 Q1 14YL (JR41) POWER WINDOW SWITCH FEED
6 - -
7 Q11 14LB (JR27) LEFT FRONT WINDOW DRIVER (UP)
7 Q11 16LB (JR41) LEFT FRONT WINDOW DRIVER (UP)
8 Q19 14OR/YL (JR27) MASTER WINDOW SWITCH LEFT FRONT (DOWN)
8 Q21 16WT (JR41) LEFT FRONT WINDOW DRIVER (DOWN)
9 Q32 14LB/OR (JR27) MASTER WINDOW SWITCH RIGHT REAR (DOWN)
9 Q28 14DG/WT (JR41) MASTER WINDOW SWITCH RIGHT REAR (DOWN)
10 Z314 14BK GROUND
11 Q38 14OR/LB (JR27) MASTER WINDOW SWITCH RIGHT FRONT (DOWN)
C 11 Q26 14VT/WT (JR41) MASTER WINDOW SWITCH RIGHT FRONT (DOWN)
O 12 Q16 14BR/WT MASTER WINDOW SWITCH RIGHT FRONT (UP)
N
N
E MODE DOOR ACTUATOR - BLACK 5 WAY
C CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
T 1 C35 20DG/YL MODE DOOR DRIVER
O 2 C57 20DB/GY SENSOR GROUND
R 3 C37 20YL MODE DOOR FEEDBACK SIGNAL
4 C26 20PK/DB 5 VOLT SUPPLY
P 5 C34 20DB/WT COMMON DOOR DRIVER
I
N
O MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH C1 - NATURAL 10 WAY
U CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION

T 1 L61 20LG LEFT TURN SIGNAL

S 2 L60 16TN RIGHT TURN SIGNAL

3 V10 18BR FRONT WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL
4 V52 20DG/RD FRONT WIPER SWITCH MUX
5 Z234 16BK (BASE EARLY GROUND
BUILD)
5 Z234 16BK (LATE BUILD) GROUND
5 Z997 16BK (PREMIUM GROUND
EARLY BUILD)
6 - -
7 - -
8 A15 16PK (BASE/EXPORT FUSED B(+)
EARLY BUILD)
8 A15 16PK (LATE BUILD) FUSED B+
8 A15 16PK/LB (PREMIUM FUSED B(+)
EARLY BUILD)
9 F13 18DB FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC)
9 F13 18DB (JR27) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC)
10 - -

504
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH C2 - BLUE 12 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 L4 16VT/WT (EXCEPT DIMMER SWITCH LOW BEAM OUTPUT
PREMIUM)
1 L309 20WT/OR (PRE- AUTO HEADLAMP RELAY OUTPUT
MIUM)
2 L4 16VT/WT DIMMER SWITCH LOW BEAM OUTPUT
3 L3 14RD/OR DIMMER SWITCH HIGH BEAM OUTPUT
4 A3 16RD/WT FUSED B(+)
5 A3 16RD/WT FUSED B(+)
6 L7 16BK/YL HEADLAMP SWITCH OUTPUT
7 F33 16PK/RD FUSED B(+)
8 E19 20RD PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
9 C57 20DB/GY SENSOR GROUND
10 L109 20WT (EXCEPT EX- FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT
PORT)
10 L36 18LG (EXPORT) REAR FOG LAMP CONTROL
11 L44 20VT/RD (BASE) FUSED RIGHT LOW BEAM OUTPUT
11 L25 20BR (EXPORT) FUSED FOG LAMP SWITCH FEED
11 F33 18PK/RD (PREMIUM) FUSED B(+)
12 L39 20LB/WT (EXCEPT FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR DRIVER
PREMIUM)
12 L35 20BR/WT (PREMIUM) FOG LAMP SWITCH SENSE
C
O
N
N
E
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH - 2 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
C
1 G6 20GY ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
T
2 - -
O
R

P
I
N
O
PASSENGER AIRBAG - YELLOW 4 WAY U
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
T
1 R42 20BK/YL PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1
S
2 R44 20DG/YL PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2
3 R62 20OR/YL PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1
4 R64 20TN/YL PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2

PASSENGER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH - BLACK 4 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 G74 20TN/RD PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
2 Z315 20BK (JR27) GROUND
2 Z242 20BK (JR41) GROUND
3 P178 20PK/LB PASSENGER UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT
4 P176 20PK/BK PASSENGER LOCK RELAY OUTPUT

505
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS

PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH - NATURAL 4 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 M1 20PK FUSED B(+)
2 - -
3 Z315 20BK (EARLY BUILD) GROUND
3 Z242 20BK (LATE BUILD) GROUND
4 P96 20WT/LG PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH MUX

PASSENGER POWER WINDOW MOTOR (JR27) - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Q22 14VT RIGHT FRONT WINDOW DRIVER (DOWN)
2 Q12 14BR RIGHT FRONT WINDOW DRIVER (UP)

C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
PASSENGER POWER WINDOW MOTOR (JR41 EARLY BUILD) - 2 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
P 1 Q22 16VT RIGHT FRONT WINDOW DRIVER (DOWN)
I 2 Q12 16BR RIGHT FRONT WINDOW DRIVER (UP)
N
O
U
T
S

PASSENGER POWER WINDOW MOTOR (JR41 LATE BUILD) - LT. GRAY 2 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Q22 16VT RIGHT FRONT WINDOW DRIVER (DOWN)
2 Q12 16BR RIGHT FRONT WINDOW DRIVER (UP)

506
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
PASSENGER POWER WINDOW SWITCH - BLUE 6 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Q22 14VT (JR27) RIGHT FRONT WINDOW DRIVER (DOWN)
1 Q22 16VT (JR41) RIGHT FRONT WINDOW DRIVER (DOWN)
2 Q16 14BR/WT MASTER WINDOW SWITCH RIGHT FRONT (UP)
3 - -
4 Q26 14VT/WT MASTER WINDOW SWITCH RIGHT FRONT (DOWN)
5 Q12 14BR (JR27) RIGHT FRONT WINDOW DRIVER (UP)
5 Q12 16BR (JR41) RIGHT FRONT WINDOW DRIVER (UP)
6 F21 14TN (JR27) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
6 Q1 14YL (JR41) POWER WINDOW SWITCH FEED

PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER (JR27) - YELLOW 4 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 - -
2 - -
3 R54 20LB/YL PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2
4 R56 20LB/DG PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER (JR41) - YELLOW 2 WAY R
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 R54 18LB/YL PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2 P
2 R56 18LB/DG PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 I
N
O
U
T
S
POWER AMPLIFIER C1 (JR27 PREMIUM) - WHITE 12 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 X82 18LB/VT AMPLIFIED RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (+)
2 X87 18LG/VT AMPLIFIED LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (+)
3 X92 20TN/BK AMPLIFIED RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (-)
4 X86 18OR/RD AMPLIFIED RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (+)
5 X83 18YL/RD AMPLIFIED LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (+)
6 X80 18LB/BK AMPLIFIED RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (-)
7 X85 18LG/BK (EARLY AMPLIFIED LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (-)
BUILD)
7 X85 18LG/DG (LATE AMPLIFIED LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (-)
BUILD)
8 X94 20TN/VT AMPLIFIED RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (+)
9 X93 20WT/RD AMPLIFIED LEFT REAR SPEAKER (+)
10 X91 20WT/BK AMPLIFIED LEFT REAR SPEAKER (-)
11 X84 18OR/BK AMPLIFIED RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (-)
12 X81 18YL/BK AMPLIFIED LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (-)

507
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWER AMPLIFIER C1 (JR41 PREMIUM) - WHITE 22 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 F75 16VT FUSED B(+)
2 Z115 16BK/RD GROUND
3 X60 20DG/RD RADIO 12V OUTPUT
4 X54 20VT RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (+)
5 X53 20DG LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (+)
6 X52 20DB/WT RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (+)
7 X51 20BR/YL LEFT REAR SPEAKER (+)
8 - -
9 - -
10 X93 20WT/RD AMPLIFIED LEFT REAR SPEAKER (+)
11 X94 20TN/VT AMPLIFIED RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (+)
12 F75 16VT FUSED B(+)
13 Z126 16BK/LG GROUND
14 - -
15 X56 20DB/RD RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (-)
16 X55 20BR/RD LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (-)
17 X58 20DB/OR RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (-)
18 X57 20BR/LB LEFT REAR SPEAKER (-)
19 - -

C 20 - -

O 21 X91 20WT/BK AMPLIFIED LEFT REAR SPEAKER (-)

N 22 X92 20TN/BK AMPLIFIED RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (-)

N
E POWER AMPLIFIER C2 (JR27 PREMIUM) - WHITE 18 WAY
C CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION

T 1 F75 16VT FUSED B(+)

O 2 - -

R 3 - -
4 - -

P 5 X52 20DB/WT RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (+)

I 6 X51 20BR/YL LEFT REAR SPEAKER (+)

N 7 X54 20VT RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (+)

O 8 X53 20DG LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (+)

U 9 Z115 16BK/RD GROUND

T 10 - -

S 11 - -
12 - -
13 - -
14 X60 20DG/RD RADIO 12V OUTPUT
15 X58 20DB/OR RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (-)
16 X57 20BR/LB LEFT REAR SPEAKER (-)
17 X56 20DB/RD RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (-)
18 X55 20BR/RD LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (-)

508
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWER AMPLIFIER C2 (JR41 PREMIUM) - WHITE 12 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 X87 18LG/VT AMPLIFIED LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (+)
2 X82 18LB/VT AMPLIFIED RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (+)
3 X83 18YL/RD AMPLIFIED LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (+)
4 X86 18OR/RD AMPLIFIED RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (+)
5 - -
6 - -
7 X85 18LG/DG AMPLIFIED LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (-)
8 X80 18LB/BK AMPLIFIED RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (-)
9 X81 18YL/BK AMPLIFIED LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (-)
10 X84 18OR/BK AMPLIFIED RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (-)
11 - -
12 - -

POWER ANTENNA (EXPORT) - BROWN 2 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 M1 18PK FUSED B(+)
2 X60 20DG/RD RADIO 12V OUTPUT
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R

P
I
N
O
U
T
S

509
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS

C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R

P
I
N
O
U
T
S

510
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
FUSES (PDC)
FUSE AMPS FUSED CIRCUIT FUNCTION
NO.
1 40A A2 12PK/BK FUSED B(+)
2 20A F30 16RD FUSED B(+)
3 30A A53 14RD/YL (JR41 EXPORT) FUSED B(+)
4 40A A3 12RD/WT FUSED B(+)
5 - SPARE -
6 40A A4 12BK/PK FUSED B(+)
7 40A A161 14LB/WT FUSED B(+)
8 20A A1 18RD FUSED B(+)
9 20A A24 18BK (EATX) FUSED B(+)
10 10A A51 20RD/WT FUSED B(+)
11 20A A7 16RD/BK FUSED B(+)
12 40A A16 12RD/LG FUSED B(+)
13 20A F235 16RD FUSED B(+)
14 30A A14 14RD/TN FUSED B(+)
15 40A A10 12RD/DG (ABS) FUSED B(+)
16 40A A13 12PK/WT FUSED B(+)
17 40A A25 12DB (JR27) FUSED B(+)
18 40A A5 12RD/GY FUSED B(+)
19 20A A45 18BR (JR27) FUSED B(+)
20 20A A15 16PK FUSED B(+)
C
21 - SPARE -
O
22 20A A20 12RD/DB (ABS) FUSED B(+)
N
23 20A F12 18DB/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
N
23 20A F12 18DB/WT (HEATED SEATS) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
E
24 20A F42 16DG/LG (2.7L) FUSED AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT
C
25 20A F142 16OR/DG FUSED AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT
T
O
R
HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY (JR41 EXPORT)
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
P
85 V58 18BR/YL HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY CONTROL
I
86 A53 16RD/YL FUSED B(+)
N
87 V53 14RD/YL HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY OUTPUT
O
88 - -
U
89 A53 14RD/YL FUSED B(+)
T
S
HEATED SEAT RELAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
65 P340 18LG/YL HEATED SEAT RELAY CONTROL
66 - -
67 F12 18DB/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
68 P86 16PK/BK HEATED SEAT RELAY OUTPUT
69 F235 16RD FUSED B(+)

511
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS

POWER TOP PUMP MOTOR (JR27) - RED 2 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 P3 12YL TOP UP RELAY OUTPUT
2 P4 12RD TOP DOWN RELAY OUTPUT

POWER TOP SWITCH (JR27) - 3 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 F20 20YL/BK FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
2 Z249 20BK GROUND
3 Q31 20OR/DB CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH MUX

C
O POWER TOP UP/DOWN RELAYS (JR27) - 6 WAY
N CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
N A P6 20RD/WT TOP UP RELAY CONTROL
E B P3 12YL TOP UP RELAY OUTPUT
C C A25 12DB FUSED B(+)
T D Z253 12BK GROUND
O E P4 12RD TOP DOWN RELAY OUTPUT
R F P5 20YL/BK TOP DOWN RELAY CONTROL

P
I
N
O
U
T
S

512
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C1 (NGC EARLY BUILD) - 38 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 - -
2 - -
3 - -
4 - -
5 - -
6 - -
7 - -
8 - -
9 Z12 16BK/TN GROUND
10 - -
11 F12 18DB/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
12 F11 18RD/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (OFF-RUN-START)
13 G7 18WT/OR (MTX) VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
14 - -
15 - -
16 - -
17 - -
18 Z12 16BK/TN GROUND
19 - -
20 - - C
21 C18 20DB A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL O
22 - - N
23 - - N
24 - - E
25 D20 20LG SCI RECEIVE (PCM) C
26 D6 20PK/LB (EATX) SCI RECEIVE (TCM) T
27 K7 18OR (MTX) 5 VOLT SUPPLY O
28 - - R
29 A14 16RD/TN FUSED B(+)
30 A41 16YL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START) P
31 - - I
32 K904 18DB/DG O2 RETURN (DOWN) N
33 - - O
34 - - U
35 - - T
36 D21 20PK SCI TRANSMIT (PCM) S
37 D15 20WT/DG (EATX) SCI TRANSMIT (TCM)
38 D25 20YL/VT (EATX) PCI BUS (PCM)
38 D25 20OR (MTX) PCI BUS (PCM)

513
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C1 (NGC LATE BUILD) - 38 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 -
2 -
3 -
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 -
8 -
9 Z12 16BK/TN GROUND
10 -
11 F12 18DB/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
12 F11 18RD/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (OFF-RUN-START)
13 G7 18WT/OR (MTX) VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
14 -
15 -
16 -
17 -
18 Z12 16BK/TN GROUND
19 -

C 20 -

O 21 C18 20DB A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL

N 22 -

N 23 -

E 24 -

C 25 D20 20LG SCI RECEIVE (PCM)

T 26 D6 20PK/LB (EATX) SCI RECEIVE (TCM)

O 27 K7 18OR (MTX EXPORT) 5 VOLT SUPPLY

R 28 K62 18BK/OR (2.4L PZEV) AIR PUMP MOTOR RELAY CONTROL

29 A14 16RD/TN FUSED B(+)

P 30 A41 16YL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)

I 31 K141 20TN/WT (MTX EX- O2 SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL

CEPT EXPORT)
N 32 K904 18DB/DG O2 RETURN (DOWN)
O 33 K341 20PK/WT (MTX EX- O2 SENSOR 2/2 SIGNAL
U CEPT EXPORT)
T 34 -
S 35 -
36 D21 20PK SCI TRANSMIT (PCM)
37 D15 20WT/DG (EATX) SCI TRANSMIT (TCM)
38 D25 20VT/YL (EATX) PCI BUS (PCM)
38 D25 20OR (MTX) PCI BUS (PCM)

514
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C1 (SBEC EARLY BUILD) - GRAY 40 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 K94 18TN/LG COIL ON PLUG DRIVER NO. 4
2 K93 18TN/OR COIL ON PLUG DRIVER NO. 3
3 K92 18TN/PK COIL ON PLUG DRIVER NO. 2
4 K96 18TN/LB COIL ON PLUG DRIVER NO. 6
5 V32 20YL/RD SPEED CONTROL POWER SUPPLY
6 A142 14DG/OR AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT
7 K13 18YL/WT FUEL INJECTOR NO. 3 DRIVER
8 K20 18DG GENERATOR FIELD DRIVER
9 - -
10 Z108 16BK/TN GROUND
11 K91 18TN/RD COIL ON PLUG DRIVER NO. 1
12 - -
13 K11 18WT/DB FUEL INJECTOR NO. 1 DRIVER
14 K58 18BR/DB FUEL INJECTOR NO. 6 DRIVER
15 K38 18GY FUEL INJECTOR NO. 5 DRIVER
16 K14 18LB/BR FUEL INJECTOR NO. 4 DRIVER
17 K12 18TN FUEL INJECTOR NO. 2 DRIVER
18 - -
19 - -
20 F12 18DB/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) C
21 K95 18TN/DG COIL ON PLUG DRIVER NO. 5 O
22 - - N
23 - - N
24 - - E
25 K42 18BK/VT KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL C
26 K2 20TN/BK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL T
27 K127 18DB/LG OXYGEN SENSOR GROUND O
28 - - R
29 K241 20LG/RD OXYGEN SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL
30 K41 20BK/DG OXYGEN SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL P
31 K90 20TN STARTER RELAY CONTROL I
32 K24 20GY/BK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL N
33 K44 20TN/YL CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL O
34 - - U
35 K22 20OR/DB THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL T
36 K1 20DG/RD MAP SENSOR SIGNAL S
37 K21 20BK/RD INLET AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
38 - -
39 - -
40 - -

515
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C2 (NGC EARLY BUILD) - 38 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 - -
2 - -
3 - -
4 - -
5 - -
6 - -
7 - -
8 - -
9 K17 18DB/TN COIL CONTROL NO. 2
10 K19 18BK/GY COIL CONTROL NO. 1
11 K14 18LB/BR INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 4
12 K13 18YL/WT INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 3
13 K12 18TN INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 2
14 K11 18WT/DB INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 1
15 - -
16 - -
17 K199 18BR/VT O2 1/2 HEATER CONTROL
18 K99 18BR/OR O2 1/1 HEATER CONTROL
19 K20 18DG GEN FIELD DRIVER

C 20 K2 20TN/BK ECT SIGNAL

O 21 K22 20OR/DB TP SIGNAL

N 22 - -

N 23 K1 20DG/RD MAP SIGNAL

E 24 K45 20BK/VT KS RETURN

C 25 K42 20DB/LG KS SIGNAL

T 26 - -

O 27 K4 20BK/LB SENSOR GROUND 1

R 28 K60 18YL/BK IAC RETURN

29 K6 20VT/WT 5 VOLT SUPPLY

P 30 K21 20BK/RD IAT SIGNAL

I 31 K41 20BK/DG O2 1/1 SIGNAL

N 32 K902 18BR/DG O2 RETURN (UP)

O 33 K141 20TN/WT O2 1/2 SIGNAL

U 34 K44 20TN/YL CMP SIGNAL

T 35 K24 20GY/BK CKP SIGNAL

S 36 - -
37 - -
38 K39 18GY/RD IAC MOTOR CONTROL

516
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C2 (NGC LATE BUILD) - 38 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 K96 18TN/LB (2.7L) COIL CONTROL NO. 6
2 K95 18TN/DG (2.7L) COIL CONTROL NO. 5
3 K94 18TN/LG (2.7L) COIL CONTROL NO. 4
4 K58 18BR/DB (2.7L) INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 6
5 K38 18GY (2.7L) INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 5
6 -
7 K93 18TN/OR (2.7L) COIL CONTROL NO. 3
8 K35 20GY/YL (2.4L PZEV) EGR SOLENOID CONTROL
9 K17 18DB/TN (2.0L/2.4L) O2 1/2 HEATER CONTROL
9 K92 18TN/PK (2.7L) COIL CONTROL NO. 2
10 K19 18BK/GY (2.0L/2.4L) COIL CONTROL NO. 1
10 K91 18TN/RD (2.7L) COIL CONTROL NO. 1
11 K14 18LB/BR INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 4
12 K13 18YL/WT INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 3
13 K12 18TN INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 2
14 K11 18WT/DB INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 1
15 -
16 -
17 K199 18BR/VT (2.0L/2.4L) O2 1/2 HEATER CONTROL
17 K299 18BR/WT (2.7L) O2 2/1 HEATER CONTROL C
18 K99 18BR/OR O2 1/1 HEATER CONTROL O
19 K20 18DG GEN FIELD CONTROL N
20 K2 20TN/BK ECT SIGNAL N
21 K22 20OR/DB TP SIGNAL E
22 K235 20LG/PK (2.4L PZEV) EGR SENSOR SIGNAL C
23 K1 20DG/RD MAP SIGNAL T
24 K45 20BK/VT KS RETURN O
25 K42 20DB/LG KS SIGNAL R
26 K57 20DB (2.4L PZEV) MAF SENSOR SIGNAL
27 K4 20BK/LB SENSOR GROUND 1 P
28 K60 18YL/BK IAC RETURN I
29 K6 20VT/WT 5 VOLT SUPPLY N
30 K21 20BK/RD IAT SIGNAL O
31 K41 20BK/DG O2 1/1 SIGNAL U
32 K902 18BR/DG O2 RETURN (UP) T
33 K141 20TN/WT (2.0L/2.4L) O2 1/2 SIGNAL S
33 K241 20LG/RD (2.7L) O2 2/1 SIGNAL
34 K44 20TN/YL CMP SIGNAL
35 K24 20GY/BK CKP SIGNAL
36 -
37 -
38 K39 18GY/RD IAC MOTOR CONTROL

517
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C2 (SBEC EARLY BUILD) - GRAY 40 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
41 V37 20PK/LG SPEED CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL
42 C18 20DB A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL
43 K4 18BK/LB SENSOR GROUND 1
44 K7 18OR/WT 8 VOLT SUPPLY
45 - -
46 A14 14RD/TN FUSED B(+)
47 Z109 16BK GROUND
48 K40 20BR/WT IDLE AIR CONTROL MOTOR NO. 3 DRIVER
49 K60 20YL/BK IDLE AIR CONTROL MOTOR NO. 2 DRIVER
50 Z107 16BK/TN GROUND
51 K141 20TN/WT OXYGEN SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL
52 K25 18VT/LG AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
53 K341 20PK/WT (EATX) OXYGEN SENSOR 2/2 SIGNAL
54 - -
55 C24 20DB/TN LOW SPEED RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL
56 V36 20TN/RD SPEED CONTROL VACUUM SOLENOID CONTROL
57 K39 20GY/RD IDLE AIR CONTROL MOTOR NO. 1 DRIVER
58 K59 20VT/BK IDLE AIR CONTROL MOTOR NO. 4 DRIVER
59 D25 20OR PCI BUS

C 60 - -

O 61 K6 18VT/WT 5 VOLT SUPPLY

N 62 K29 20WT/PK BRAKE SWITCH SENSE

N 63 T10 20YL/DG (EATX) TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE

E 64 C28 20DB/OR A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL

C 65 D21 20PK SCI TRANSMIT

T 66 G7 18WT/OR (ABS) VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL

O 67 K51 20DB/VT AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY CONTROL

R 68 K52 20PK/BK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SOLENOID CONTROL

69 C27 20DB/PK HIGH SPEED RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL

P 70 K108 20WT/TN EVAPORATIVE SOLENOID SENSE

I 71 K71 20WT/RD (EATX) EATX RPM SIGNAL

N 72 K107 20OR LEAK DETECTION PUMP SWITCH SENSE

O 73 - -

U 74 K31 20BR/LG FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL

T 75 D20 20LG SCI RECEIVE

S 76 T41 20BK/LB (EATX) TRS T41 SENSE

77 K106 20WT/DG LEAK DETECTION PUMP SOLENOID CONTROL
78 - -
79 - -
80 V35 20LG/RD SPEED CONTROL VENT SOLENOID CONTROL

518
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C3 (NGC EARLY BUILD) - 38 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 - -
2 - -
3 K51 20DB/VT AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY CONTROL
4 C27 20DB/PK HIGH RAD FAN RELAY CONTROL
5 V35 20LG/RD S/C VENT CONTROL
6 C24 20DB/TN LOW RAD FAN RELAY CONTROL
7 V32 20YL/RD S/C SUPPLY
8 K106 20WT/DG NVLD SOLENOID CONTROL
9 - -
10 - -
11 C28 20DB/OR A/C CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL
12 V36 20TN/RD S/C VACUUM CONTROL
13 - -
14 - -
15 - -
16 - -
17 K4 18BK/LB SENSOR GROUND 1
18 - -
19 F142 16OR/DG FUSED AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT
20 K52 20PK/BK EVAP PURGE CONTROL C
21 T141 20YL/RD (MTX) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START) O
22 - - N
23 K29 20WT/PK BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL N
24 - - E
25 - - C
26 T44 20YL AUTOSTICK DOWNSHIFT SWITCH SIGNAL T
27 T5 20LG AUTOSTICK UPSHIFT SWITCH SIGNAL O
28 F142 16OR/DG FUSED AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT R
29 K108 20WT/TN EVAP PURGE RETURN
30 K10 18DB/LG PSP SWITCH SIGNAL P
31 - - I
32 K25 18VT/LG AAT SIGNAL N
33 - - O
34 V37 20PK/LG S/C SWITCH SIGNAL U
35 K107 20OR NVLD SWITCH SIGNAL T
36 - - S
37 K31 20BR/LG FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL
38 K90 20TN STARTER RELAY CONTROL

519
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C3 (NGC LATE BUILD) - 38 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 -
2 -
3 K51 20DB/VT AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY CONTROL
4 C27 20DB/PK HIGH SPEED RAD FAN RELAY CONTROL
5 V35 20LG/RD S/C VENT CONTROL
6 C24 20DB/TN LOW RAD FAN RELAY CONTROL
7 V32 20YL/RD S/C SUPPLY
8 K106 20WT/DG NVLD SOLENOID CONTROL
9 K199 18BR/VT O2 1/2 HEATER CONTROL
10 K399 18BR/GY O2 2/2 HEATER CONTROL
11 C28 20DB/OR A/C CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL
12 V36 20TN/RD S/C VACUUM CONTROL
13 -
14 -
15 -
16 -
17 K4 18BK/LB SENSOR GROUND 1
18 -
19 F142 16OR/DG FUSED AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT

C 20 K52 20PK/BK EVAP PURGE CONTROL

O 21 T26 20DG/OR CLUTCH INTERLOCK/ UPSTOP SWITCH OUTPUT

N 22 -

N 23 K29 20WT/PK BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL

E 24 -

C 25 -

T 26 T44 20YL AUTOSTICK DOWNSHIFT SWITCH SIGNAL

O 27 T5 20LG AUTOSTICK UPSHIFT SWITCH SIGNAL

R 28 F142 16OR/DG FUSED AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT

29 K108 20WT/TN EVAP PURGE RETURN

P 30 K10 18DB/LG PSP SWITCH SIGNAL

I 31 -

N 32 K25 18VT/LG AAT SIGNAL

O 33 -

U 34 V37 20RD/LG S/C SWITCH SIGNAL

T 35 K107 20OR NVLD SWITCH SIGNAL

S 36 -
37 K31 20BR/LG FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL
38 K90 20TN STARTER RELAY CONTROL

520
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C4 (NGC) - 38 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 T60 20BR OVERDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL
2 T59 20PK UNDERDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL
3 - -
4 - -
5 - -
6 T19 20WT 2-4 SOLENOID CONTROL
7 - -
8 - -
9 - -
10 T20 20LB LOW/REVERSE SOLENOID CONTROL
11 - -
12 Z14 16BK/YL GROUND
13 Z13 16BK/RD GROUND
14 Z13 16BK/RD GROUND
15 T1 20LG/BK TRS T1 SENSE
16 T3 20VT TRS T3 SENSE
17 - -
18 T15 20LG TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL
19 T16 20RD TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
20 - - C
21 - - O
22 T9 20OR/BK OVERDRIVE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE N
23 - - N
24 - - E
25 - - C
26 - - T
27 T41 20BK/WT TRS T41 SENSE O
28 T16 20RD TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT R
29 T50 20DG LOW/REVERSE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
30 T47 20YL/BK 2-4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE P
31 - - I
32 T14 20LG/WT OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL N
33 T52 20RD/BK INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL O
34 T13 20DB/BK SPEED SENSOR GROUND U
35 T54 20VT/YL TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL T
36 - - S
37 T42 20VT/WT TRS T42 SENSE
38 T16 20RD TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT

521
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
RADIO C1 - WHITE 22 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 - -
2 X12 18RD/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC)
3 E2 18OR/BR PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
4 - -
5 - -
6 - -
7 X54 20VT RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (+)
8 X56 20DB/RD RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (-)
9 X55 20BR/RD LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (-)
10 X53 20DG LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (+)
11 Z1 18BK GROUND
12 M1 20PK FUSED B(+)
13 X60 20DG/RD (EXCEPT RADIO 12V OUTPUT
JR27 BASE)
14 D25 20VT/YL PCI BUS (RADIO)
15 - -
16 - -
17 - -
18 X51 20BR/YL LEFT REAR SPEAKER (+)
19 X57 20BR/LB LEFT REAR SPEAKER (-)
C 20 X58 20DB/OR RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (-)
O 21 X52 20DB/WT RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (+)
N 22 - -
N
E
RADIO C2 - BLACK 10 WAY
C
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
T
1 X40 22GY/WT AUDIO OUT RIGHT
O
2 Z4 22BK/OR GROUND
R
3 C235 WT/LB CD GROUND SHIELD
4 D25 22VT/YL PCI BUS
P
5 X112 22RD IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC)
I
6 X41 22DG/WT AUDIO OUT LEFT
N
7 Z140 22BK/TN GROUND
O
8 - -
U
9 E14 22OR/TN PANEL LAMPS DIMMER SIGNAL
T
10 X160 22GY/YL B(+)
S

RECIRCULATION DOOR ACTUATOR - 2 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 C32 20GY/DB RECIRCULATION DOOR DRIVER
2 C34 20DB/WT COMMON DOOR DRIVER

522
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS

RIGHT CURTAIN AIRBAG SQUIB (JR41) - YELLOW 2 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 R76 20LB/WT RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2
2 R74 20LB/YL RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1

RIGHT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER - BLACK 3 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 X80 18LB/BK (BASE) RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (-)
1 X80 18LB/BK (PREMIUM) AMPLIFIED RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (-)
2 - -
3 X82 18LB/VT (BASE) RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (+)
C
3 X82 18LB/VT (PREMIUM) AMPLIFIED RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (+)
O
N
N
E
C
T
RIGHT FRONT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (JR27 BASE) - BLACK 3 WAY O
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
R
1 X56 20DB/RD RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (-)
1 X56 20DB/RD RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (-)
P
2 - -
I
3 X54 20VT RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (+)
N
3 X54 20VT RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (+)
O
U
T
S

RIGHT FRONT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (JR27 PREMIUM) - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 X86 18OR/RD (EARLY AMPLIFIED RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (+)
BUILD)
1 X84 18OR/BK (LATE AMPLIFIED RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (-)
BUILD)
2 X84 18OR/BK (EARLY AMPLIFIED RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (-)
BUILD)
2 X86 18OR/RD (LATE AMPLIFIED RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (+)
BUILD)

523
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS

RIGHT FRONT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (JR41 PREMIUM) - 3 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 X84 18OR/BK AMPLIFIED RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (-)
2 - -
3 X86 18OR/RD AMPLIFIED RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (+)

RIGHT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH (JR41) - BLACK 4 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 G76 20TN/YL RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
2 Z318 18BK GROUND
3 P182 18PK/DB RIGHT REAR UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT
4 P180 18OR/TN RIGHT REAR LOCK RELAY OUTPUT

C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R RIGHT REAR POWER WINDOW MOTOR - 2 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
P 1 Q24 14DG RIGHT REAR WINDOW DRIVER DOWN
I 2 Q14 14GY RIGHT REAR WINDOW DRIVER UP
N
O
U
T
S

RIGHT REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH (JR41) - BLUE 6 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Q24 14DG RIGHT REAR WINDOW DRIVER DOWN
2 Q18 14GY/BK MASTER WINDOW SWITCH RIGHT REAR (UP)
3 - -
4 Q28 14DG/WT MASTER WINDOW SWITCH RIGHT REAR (DOWN)
5 Q14 14GY RIGHT REAR WINDOW DRIVER UP
6 Q1 14YL POWER WINDOW SWITCH FEED

524
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
RIGHT REAR SPEAKER - 3 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 X92 18TN/BK (BASE) RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (-)
1 X92 18TN/BK (PREMIUM) AMPLIFIED RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (-)
2 - -
3 X94 18TN/VT (BASE) RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (+)
3 X94 18TN/VT (PREMIUM) AMPLIFIED RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (+)

RIGHT REMOTE RADIO SWITCH (2.7L) - 2 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 X3 22BK/RD HORN/RADIO CONTROL MUX
2 Z123 22BK/OR GROUND

C
O
N
N
RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 - GRAY 2 WAY E
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
C
1 R16 20BK/LG RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 GROUND
T
2 R14 20TN/LG RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 SIGNAL
O
R

P
I
N
O
SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE - BLACK 6 WAY U
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION T
1 - - S
2 D25 20VT/PK PCI BUS
3 - -
4 F12 20DB/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
5 Z110 20BK GROUND
6 A51 20RD/WT FUSED B(+)

SUN SENSOR (ATC) - BLACK 4 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 - -
2 - -
3 C57 20DB/GY SENSOR GROUND
4 C38 20DB SUN SENSOR SIGNAL

525
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS

TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH - 2 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Z2 20BK/LG GROUND
2 B27 20RD/YL TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH SENSE

C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R

P
I
N
O
U
T
S

526
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (2.7L EARLY BUILD) - BLACK 60 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 T1 20LG/BK TRS T1 SENSE
2 - -
3 T3 20VT TRS T3 SENSE
4 - -
5 T5 20LG (AUTOSTICK) AUTOSTICK UPSHIFT SWITCH SENSE
6 K71 20WT/RD EATX RPM SIGNAL
7 D21 20PK SCI TRANSMIT
8 A41 16YL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
9 T9 20OR/BK OVERDRIVE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
10 T10 20YL/DG TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE
11 F11 18RD/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (OFF-RUN-START)
12 K22 20OR/DB THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
13 T13 20DB/BK SPEED SENSOR GROUND
14 T14 20LG/WT OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
15 T15 20LG TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL
16 T16 20RD TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
17 T16 20RD TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
18 - -
19 T19 20WT 2-4 SOLENOID CONTROL
20 T20 20LB LOW/REVERSE SOLENOID CONTROL C
21 - - O
22 - - N
33 - - N
34 - - E
35 - - C
36 - - T
37 - - O
38 - - R
39 - -
40 - - P
41 T41 20BK/WT TRS T41 SENSE I
42 T42 20VT/WT TRS T42 SENSE N
43 D25 20VT/YL PCI BUS O
44 T44 20YL (AUTOSTICK) AUTOSTICK DOWNSHIFT SWITCH SENSE U
45 - - T
46 D6 20PK/LB SCI RECEIVE S
47 T47 20YL/BK 2-4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
48 - -
49 - -
50 T50 20DG LOW/REVERSE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
51 K4 18BK/LB SENSOR GROUND 1
52 T52 20RD/BK INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
53 Z112 18BK/YL GROUND
54 T54 20VT/YL TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
55 - -
56 A24 18BK FUSED B(+)
57 Z113 18BK/RD GROUND
58 G7 18WT/OR VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
59 T59 20PK UNDERDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL
60 T60 20BR OVERDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL

527
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
WINDOW DROP RELAY ASSEMBLY (JR27) - 12 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Q19 14OR/YL MASTER WINDOW SWITCH LEFT FRONT (DOWN)
2 Q290 14YL/OR MASTER WINDOW SWITCH LEFT REAR DOWN
3 Q38 14OR/LB MASTER WINDOW SWITCH RIGHT FRONT DOWN
4 Q32 14LB/OR MASTER WINDOW SWITCH RIGHT REAR DOWN
5 F20 20WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
6 Q37 20OR/WT WINDOW DROP RELAY CONTROL
7 Q21 14WT LEFT FRONT WINDOW DRIVER (DOWN)
8 Q23 14RD/BK LEFT REAR WINDOW DRIVER DOWN
9 Q26 14VT/WT WINDOW DROP RELAY RIGHT FRONT (DOWN)
10 Q24 14DG RIGHT REAR WINDOW DRIVER (DOWN)
11 F21 14TN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
12 F21 14TN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)

C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R

P
I
N
O
U
T
S

528
 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.0 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

10.1 AIRBAG SYSTEMS

10.1.1 BASE

S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C

D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
529
 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.1 AIRBAG SYSTEMS (Continued)
10.1.2 PREMIUM

S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C

D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
530
 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.2 AUDIO SYSTEM

10.2.1 BASE RADIO–JR41

S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C

D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
531
 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.2 AUDIO SYSTEM (Continued)
10.2.2 BASE RADIO–JR27

S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C

D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
532
 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.2.3 PREMIUM SYSTEM–JR41

S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C

D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
533
 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.2 AUDIO SYSTEM (Continued)
10.2.4 PREMIUM SYSTEM–JR27

S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C

D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
534
 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.2.5 CD CHANGER

10.2.6 REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS

S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C

D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
535
 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.3 CHIME SYSTEM

10.4 COMPASS/MINI TRIP COMPUTER (CMTC)

S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C

D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
536
 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.5 DOOR AJAR

S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C

D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
537
 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.6 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS

10.6.1 HEATED SEAT RELAY

10.6.2 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER (AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL)

S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C

D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
538
 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.6.3 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER (MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL)

S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C

D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
539
 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.7 EXTERIOR LIGHTING (HEADLAMPS)

S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C

D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
540
 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.8 HEATING AND A/C

10.8.1 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (ATC)

S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C

D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
541
 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.8 HEATING AND A/C (Continued)
10.8.2 MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL (MTC)

S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C

D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
542
 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.9 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY

HORN SYSTEM

S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C

D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
543
 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.10 INTERIOR LIGHTING

10.10.1 COURTESY LAMPS

10.10.2 PANEL LAMPS

S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C

D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
544
 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.11 MECHANICAL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C

D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
545
 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.12 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE

S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C

D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
546
 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.13 POWER TOP

10.13.1 CONVERTIBLE TOP

S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C

D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
547
 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.13 POWER TOP (Continued)
10.13.2 POWER TOP/4 WINDOW DROP

S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C

D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
548
 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.14 VEHICLE COMMUNICATION

10.14.1 PCI BUS COMMUNICATION

S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C

D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
549
 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.14 VEHICLE COMMUNICATION (Continued)
10.14.2 PCM COMMUNICATION

10.14.3 PCM COMMUNICATION - NGC

S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C

D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
550
 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.15 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM

S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C

D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
551
 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.16 WIPER SYSTEM

10.16.1 WIPER SWITCH

10.16.2 FRONT WIPERS

S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C

D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
552